From 08bee8851a8bb53675475bdbfc12f1e814b7c213 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Richard Mahn Date: Tue, 28 Mar 2023 23:31:02 +0000 Subject: [PATCH] Stephen's edits of MAT, 1CO, 2CO (#3170) Co-authored-by: stephenwunrow Reviewed-on: https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn/pulls/3170 --- tn_1CO.tsv | 4 +- tn_2CO.tsv | 2 +- tn_MAT.tsv | 1534 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++---------------- 3 files changed, 1073 insertions(+), 467 deletions(-) diff --git a/tn_1CO.tsv b/tn_1CO.tsv index 9471b86901..389c7fba99 100644 --- a/tn_1CO.tsv +++ b/tn_1CO.tsv @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ Reference ID Tags SupportReference Quote Occurrence Note -front:intro e8ey 0 # Introduction to 1 Corinthians\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Book of 1 Corinthians\n\n1. Opening (1:1–9)\n2. Against divisions (1:10–4:15)\n3. Against sexual immorality (4:16–6:20)\n4. On abstinence (7:1–40)\n5. On food (8:1–11:1)\n6. On head coverings (11:2–16)\n7. On the Lord’s Supper (11:17–34)\n8. On spiritual gifts (12:1–14:40)\n9. On the resurrection of the dead (15:1–58)\n10. On the collection and visits (16:1–12)\n11. Closing: final commands and greetings (16:13–24)\n\nMore detailed outlines for each of these sections appear in the chapter introductions.\n\n### Who Wrote the Book of 1 Corinthians?\n\nThe author identifies himself as Paul the apostle. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee, and he persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire, telling people about Jesus. Paul first visited the Corinthians during his third time traveling around the Roman Empire (See: [Acts 18:1–18](../act/18/01.md)). After that, Paul wrote this letter while he was in Ephesus ([16:8](../16/08.md)). He lived and proclaimed the gospel there for more than two years (See: [Acts 19:1–10](../act/19/01.md)), and it was sometime during those years that he wrote this letter to the Corinthians.\n\n### What Is the Book of 1 Corinthians about?\n\nWhile Paul was in Ephesus, he learned things about the Corinthians. People from “Chloe” told Paul about “factions” in the Corinthian group ([1:11](../01/11.md)), and the Corinthian believers wrote a letter to him asking questions ([7:1](../07/01.md)). Paul also mentions that he has “heard” things about what they are doing and saying (See: [5:1](../05/01.md); [11:18](../11/18.md); [15:12](../15/12.md)). He may have learned these things from the people “from Chloe,” from their letter, or from other sources, such as “Stephanas and Fortunatus and Achaicus,” who visited Paul before he wrote this letter (See: [16:17](../16/17.md)). Paul writes his letter in response to what he has learned about how the Corinthians are thinking and acting. He addresses multiple topics in order. You can see these topics in the outline above. Paul focuses on encouraging the Corinthian believers to remain faithful to Jesus and to behave as those who follow Jesus.\n\n### How Should the Title of this Book Be Translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “First Corinthians” or “1 Corinthians.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s First Letter to the Church in Corinth” or “A First Letter to the Christians in Corinth.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What was the city of Corinth like?\n\nCorinth was a major city located in ancient Greece. Because it was near the Mediterranean Sea and in an important location, many travelers and traders came to buy and sell goods there. Therefore, many different kinds of people lived in the city, and there were many wealthy people. Also, people in Corinth worshiped many different gods, and their worship could include food and sexual activity. In this culture, Christians who did not participate in worshiping at least some of the many gods were often considered to be strange, and people would not want to associate with them.\n\n### What was the issue that Paul was addressing in this letter?\n\nPaul addresses many specific topics and issues in his letter to the Corinthian believers. These include church unity, sexual behavior, worship practices, food sacrificed to idols, spiritual gifts, and the resurrection. It is possible that all the problems that Paul wishes to correct in these areas come from one single issue in the Corinthian church. It could be that false teachers are leading the Corinthians astray, or it could be that the Corinthians are acting like everyone else in their culture, even when this is not properly following Jesus. Most likely, the Corinthians believed that they had already received all the blessings that Christians will receive when Jesus comes back to the earth. They may have also believed the false teaching that matter and physical things were less important than “spiritual” things. Whatever exactly the primary problem is, what is clear is that the Corinthians were not properly following Jesus in how they were thinking and acting, and Paul writes the letter to guide them back to faithfully following Jesus.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### What does Paul mean when he talks about “wisdom” and “foolishness”?\n\nThese words do not refer primarily to how much or how little education someone has. Rather, they refer to how well or how poorly someone plans actions and knows how the world works. If someone creates plans and ideas that work out well, that person is wise. If someone creates plans and ideas that do not work out well, that person is foolish. The wise person makes good choices, and the foolish person makes bad choices. Paul uses these words to contrast what humans think is wise or foolish with what God thinks is wise or foolish. By doing this, Paul wishes to keep the Corinthians from thinking in ways that other humans consider to be “wise.” Rather, he wishes them to think in ways that God considers to be “wise,” which are ways that the other humans might consider to be “foolish.”\n\n### What does Paul mean when he talks about “knowledge”?\n\nPaul uses “knowledge” to refer to comprehending or understanding what is true about God and the world. Paul emphasizes that no one really has “knowledge” without the help of the Holy Spirit. He also wants those who have this “knowledge” to continue to act in ways that respect and honor those who do not have the “knowledge.” In other words, he wants to convince the Corinthians that acting in love toward fellow believers is more valuable than any “knowledge.” So, Paul argues that “knowledge” is valuable, but other things are more important.\n\n### What does Paul mean when he talks about “power” and “weakness”?\n\nSomeone who has “power” has much influence and authority and can accomplish many things. Someone who has “weakness” does not have much influence and authority and is not able to accomplish many things. Paul contrasts what humans think is powerful or weak with what God thinks is powerful or weak. By doing this, Paul wishes to keep the Corinthians from acting in ways that other humans think are “powerful.” Rather, he wishes them to act in ways that God considers “powerful,” which are ways that the other humans might consider to be “weak.”\n\n### What did Paul mean by the expressions “in Christ,” “in the Lord,” etc.?\n\nPaul uses the spatial metaphor “in Christ” (often with another name for “Christ,” such as “Lord” or “Jesus”) very frequently in this letter. This metaphor emphasizes that believers are as closely united to Christ as if they were inside him. Paul believes that this is true for all believers, and sometimes he uses “in Christ” simply to identify that what he is speaking about is true for those who believe in Jesus. Other times, he emphasizes union with Christ as the means or the basis for some statement or exhortation. See the notes on specific verses for help in understanding the contextual meaning of “in Christ” and related phrases. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### How should “brothers” be translated?\n\nMany times in this letter, Paul directly addresses or refers to people he calls “brothers.” Often, a direct address to the “brothers” indicates that Paul is beginning a new section. The word “brothers” refers in general to fellow believers, both male and female. Paul uses this word because he considers believers to be as closely united together as siblings in a family. Consider what word or phrase would best express both the reference to fellow believers and the idea that these fellow believers are as close as family members. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/brother]])\n\n### How should extended metaphors be translated?\n\nThroughout this letter, Paul uses long or extended metaphors. In [3:1–17](../03/01.md), he speaks about children, farming, construction, and temples to discuss how he and others who preach the gospel should relate to the Corinthians. In [5:6–8](../05/06.md), he uses the Jewish festival of Passover to encourage the Corinthians to behave in a certain way. In [9:9–11](../09/09.md), he uses a farming metaphor to speak about receiving money for preaching the gospel, and in [9:24–27](../09/24.md), he uses metaphors related to athletic competitions to encourage the Corinthians to behave in a certain way. In [12:12–27](../12/12.md), Paul uses the human body as an analogy and metaphor for the church. Finally, in [15:36–38](../15/36.md), [42–44](../15/42.md), Paul uses a farming metaphor to speak about the resurrection of the dead. Since these extended metaphors are a significant part of Paul’s argument in these sections, you should retain the metaphors in your translation if possible or express the idea by using an analogy. See the chapter introductions and notes for more information and translation options. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])\n\n### How should rhetorical questions be translated?\n\nPaul asks many questions in this letter. He does not asking these questions because he wants the Corinthians to provide him with information. Rather, he asks these questions because he wants the Corinthians to think about how they are acting and what they are thinking. The questions encourage them to think along with Paul. If your readers would understand these kinds of questions, you should retain them in your translation. If your readers would understand these kinds of questions, you could supply the answers or express the questions as statements. See the notes on each rhetorical question for the implied answer and ways to translate the question as a statement. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n\n### How should euphemisms be translated?\n\nPaul uses euphemisms in multiple places in this letter, particularly when he is discussing sexual activity or death. If possible, use similar euphemisms in your translation. See the notes on each verse that has a euphemism for translation options. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])\n\n### How should “you” and “we” be translated?\n\nThroughout the letter, you should assume that “you,” “your,” and “yours” are plural and refer to the Corinthian believers unless a note specifies that the form of “you” is singular. Similarly, throughout the letter, you should assume that “we,” “us,” “our,” and “ours” include Paul, those who work with Paul, and the Corinthian believers unless a notes specifies that the form of “we” excludes the Corinthian believers. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 1 Corinthians?\n\nIn the following verses, ancient manuscripts do not all have the same words. The ULT uses the words that are found in most of the earliest manuscripts. When you translate these verses, you should compare the ULT with any translations that your readers may be familiar with to see what your readers may expect. Unless there is a good reason to use the alternate words, you should follow the ULT. See the footnotes and notes at each of these verses for more information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])\n\n* “the mystery of God” ([2:1](../02/01.md)). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “the testimony of God.”\n* “God judges” ([5:13](../05/13.md)). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “God will judge.”\n* “glorify God in your body” ([6:20](../06/20.md)). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “glorify God in your body and in your spirit, which belong to God.”\n* “as under the law, not being under the law myself in order to gain those under the law” ([9:20](../09/20.md)). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “as under the law in order to gain those under the law.”\n* “put the Lord to the test” ([10:9](../10/09.md)). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “put Christ to the test.”\n* “and conscience—” ([10:28](../10/28.md)). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “and conscience, for the earth and everything in it belong to the Lord—”\n* “I hand over my body so that I might boast” ([13:3](../13/03.md)). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “I hand over my body to be burned.”\n* “let him be ignorant” ([14:38](../14/38.md)). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “he is considered ignorant.”\n* “let us also bear” ([15:49](../15/49.md)). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “we will also bear.”\n* “Amen” ([16:24](../16/24.md)). Some ancient manuscripts do not have “Amen.” +front:intro e8ey 0 # Introduction to 1 Corinthians\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Book of 1 Corinthians\n\n1. Opening (1:1–9)\n2. Against divisions (1:10–4:15)\n3. Against sexual immorality (4:16–6:20)\n4. On abstinence (7:1–40)\n5. On food (8:1–11:1)\n6. On head coverings (11:2–16)\n7. On the Lord’s Supper (11:17–34)\n8. On spiritual gifts (12:1–14:40)\n9. On the resurrection of the dead (15:1–58)\n10. On the collection and visits (16:1–12)\n11. Closing: final commands and greetings (16:13–24)\n\nMore detailed outlines for each of these sections appear in the chapter introductions.\n\n### Who Wrote the Book of 1 Corinthians?\n\nThe author identifies himself as Paul the apostle. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee, and he persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire, telling people about Jesus. Paul first visited the Corinthians during his second time traveling around the Roman Empire (See: [Acts 18:1–18](../act/18/01.md)). After that, Paul wrote this letter while he was in Ephesus ([16:8](../16/08.md)). He lived and proclaimed the gospel there for more than two years (See: [Acts 19:1–10](../act/19/01.md)), and it was sometime during those years that he wrote this letter to the Corinthians.\n\n### What Is the Book of 1 Corinthians about?\n\nWhile Paul was in Ephesus, he learned things about the Corinthians. People from “Chloe” told Paul about “factions” in the Corinthian group ([1:11](../01/11.md)), and the Corinthian believers wrote a letter to him asking questions ([7:1](../07/01.md)). Paul also mentions that he has “heard” things about what they are doing and saying (See: [5:1](../05/01.md); [11:18](../11/18.md); [15:12](../15/12.md)). He may have learned these things from the people “from Chloe,” from their letter, or from other sources, such as “Stephanas and Fortunatus and Achaicus,” who visited Paul before he wrote this letter (See: [16:17](../16/17.md)). Paul writes his letter in response to what he has learned about how the Corinthians are thinking and acting. He addresses multiple topics in order. You can see these topics in the outline above. Paul focuses on encouraging the Corinthian believers to remain faithful to Jesus and to behave as those who follow Jesus.\n\n### How Should the Title of this Book Be Translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “First Corinthians” or “1 Corinthians.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s First Letter to the Church in Corinth” or “A First Letter to the Christians in Corinth.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What was the city of Corinth like?\n\nCorinth was a major city located in ancient Greece. Because it was near the Mediterranean Sea and in an important location, many travelers and traders came to buy and sell goods there. Therefore, many different kinds of people lived in the city, and there were many wealthy people. Also, people in Corinth worshiped many different gods, and their worship could include food and sexual activity. In this culture, Christians who did not participate in worshiping at least some of the many gods were often considered to be strange, and people would not want to associate with them.\n\n### What was the issue that Paul was addressing in this letter?\n\nPaul addresses many specific topics and issues in his letter to the Corinthian believers. These include church unity, sexual behavior, worship practices, food sacrificed to idols, spiritual gifts, and the resurrection. It is possible that all the problems that Paul wishes to correct in these areas come from one single issue in the Corinthian church. It could be that false teachers are leading the Corinthians astray, or it could be that the Corinthians are acting like everyone else in their culture, even when this is not properly following Jesus. Most likely, the Corinthians believed that they had already received all the blessings that Christians will receive when Jesus comes back to the earth. They may have also believed the false teaching that matter and physical things were less important than “spiritual” things. Whatever exactly the primary problem is, what is clear is that the Corinthians were not properly following Jesus in how they were thinking and acting, and Paul writes the letter to guide them back to faithfully following Jesus.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### What does Paul mean when he talks about “wisdom” and “foolishness”?\n\nThese words do not refer primarily to how much or how little education someone has. Rather, they refer to how well or how poorly someone plans actions and knows how the world works. If someone creates plans and ideas that work out well, that person is wise. If someone creates plans and ideas that do not work out well, that person is foolish. The wise person makes good choices, and the foolish person makes bad choices. Paul uses these words to contrast what humans think is wise or foolish with what God thinks is wise or foolish. By doing this, Paul wishes to keep the Corinthians from thinking in ways that other humans consider to be “wise.” Rather, he wishes them to think in ways that God considers to be “wise,” which are ways that the other humans might consider to be “foolish.”\n\n### What does Paul mean when he talks about “knowledge”?\n\nPaul uses “knowledge” to refer to comprehending or understanding what is true about God and the world. Paul emphasizes that no one really has “knowledge” without the help of the Holy Spirit. He also wants those who have this “knowledge” to continue to act in ways that respect and honor those who do not have the “knowledge.” In other words, he wants to convince the Corinthians that acting in love toward fellow believers is more valuable than any “knowledge.” So, Paul argues that “knowledge” is valuable, but other things are more important.\n\n### What does Paul mean when he talks about “power” and “weakness”?\n\nSomeone who has “power” has much influence and authority and can accomplish many things. Someone who has “weakness” does not have much influence and authority and is not able to accomplish many things. Paul contrasts what humans think is powerful or weak with what God thinks is powerful or weak. By doing this, Paul wishes to keep the Corinthians from acting in ways that other humans think are “powerful.” Rather, he wishes them to act in ways that God considers “powerful,” which are ways that the other humans might consider to be “weak.”\n\n### What did Paul mean by the expressions “in Christ,” “in the Lord,” etc.?\n\nPaul uses the spatial metaphor “in Christ” (often with another name for “Christ,” such as “Lord” or “Jesus”) very frequently in this letter. This metaphor emphasizes that believers are as closely united to Christ as if they were inside him. Paul believes that this is true for all believers, and sometimes he uses “in Christ” simply to identify that what he is speaking about is true for those who believe in Jesus. Other times, he emphasizes union with Christ as the means or the basis for some statement or exhortation. See the notes on specific verses for help in understanding the contextual meaning of “in Christ” and related phrases. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### How should “brothers” be translated?\n\nMany times in this letter, Paul directly addresses or refers to people he calls “brothers.” Often, a direct address to the “brothers” indicates that Paul is beginning a new section. The word “brothers” refers in general to fellow believers, both male and female. Paul uses this word because he considers believers to be as closely united together as siblings in a family. Consider what word or phrase would best express both the reference to fellow believers and the idea that these fellow believers are as close as family members. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/brother]])\n\n### How should extended metaphors be translated?\n\nThroughout this letter, Paul uses long or extended metaphors. In [3:1–17](../03/01.md), he speaks about children, farming, construction, and temples to discuss how he and others who preach the gospel should relate to the Corinthians. In [5:6–8](../05/06.md), he uses the Jewish festival of Passover to encourage the Corinthians to behave in a certain way. In [9:9–11](../09/09.md), he uses a farming metaphor to speak about receiving money for preaching the gospel, and in [9:24–27](../09/24.md), he uses metaphors related to athletic competitions to encourage the Corinthians to behave in a certain way. In [12:12–27](../12/12.md), Paul uses the human body as an analogy and metaphor for the church. Finally, in [15:36–38](../15/36.md), [42–44](../15/42.md), Paul uses a farming metaphor to speak about the resurrection of the dead. Since these extended metaphors are a significant part of Paul’s argument in these sections, you should retain the metaphors in your translation if possible or express the idea by using an analogy. See the chapter introductions and notes for more information and translation options. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])\n\n### How should rhetorical questions be translated?\n\nPaul asks many questions in this letter. He does not asking these questions because he wants the Corinthians to provide him with information. Rather, he asks these questions because he wants the Corinthians to think about how they are acting and what they are thinking. The questions encourage them to think along with Paul. If your readers would understand these kinds of questions, you should retain them in your translation. If your readers would understand these kinds of questions, you could supply the answers or express the questions as statements. See the notes on each rhetorical question for the implied answer and ways to translate the question as a statement. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n\n### How should euphemisms be translated?\n\nPaul uses euphemisms in multiple places in this letter, particularly when he is discussing sexual activity or death. If possible, use similar euphemisms in your translation. See the notes on each verse that has a euphemism for translation options. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])\n\n### How should “you” and “we” be translated?\n\nThroughout the letter, you should assume that “you,” “your,” and “yours” are plural and refer to the Corinthian believers unless a note specifies that the form of “you” is singular. Similarly, throughout the letter, you should assume that “we,” “us,” “our,” and “ours” include Paul, those who work with Paul, and the Corinthian believers unless a notes specifies that the form of “we” excludes the Corinthian believers. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 1 Corinthians?\n\nIn the following verses, ancient manuscripts do not all have the same words. The ULT uses the words that are found in most of the earliest manuscripts. When you translate these verses, you should compare the ULT with any translations that your readers may be familiar with to see what your readers may expect. Unless there is a good reason to use the alternate words, you should follow the ULT. See the footnotes and notes at each of these verses for more information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])\n\n* “the mystery of God” ([2:1](../02/01.md)). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “the testimony of God.”\n* “God judges” ([5:13](../05/13.md)). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “God will judge.”\n* “glorify God in your body” ([6:20](../06/20.md)). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “glorify God in your body and in your spirit, which belong to God.”\n* “as under the law, not being under the law myself in order to gain those under the law” ([9:20](../09/20.md)). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “as under the law in order to gain those under the law.”\n* “put the Lord to the test” ([10:9](../10/09.md)). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “put Christ to the test.”\n* “and conscience—” ([10:28](../10/28.md)). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “and conscience, for the earth and everything in it belong to the Lord—”\n* “I hand over my body so that I might boast” ([13:3](../13/03.md)). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “I hand over my body to be burned.”\n* “let him be ignorant” ([14:38](../14/38.md)). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “he is considered ignorant.”\n* “let us also bear” ([15:49](../15/49.md)). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “we will also bear.”\n* “Amen” ([16:24](../16/24.md)). Some ancient manuscripts do not have “Amen.” 1:intro ud5y 0 # 1 Corinthians 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Opening (1:1–9)\n * Greetings and Blessing (1:1–3)\n * Praise and Prayer (1:4–9)\n2. Against divisions (1:10–4:15)\n * Divisions, Leaders, and Baptism (1:10–17)\n * Wisdom, Foolishness, and Boasting (1:18–31)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the words of verse 19, which are from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Disunity\n\nIn this chapter, Paul urges the Corinthians to stop dividing up into smaller groups that identify themselves with one specific leader. He mentions some of the leaders, including himself, in [1:12](../01/12.md). The Corinthians probably chose these leaders themselves, since there is no evidence that any of the people mentioned in [1:12](../01/12.md) were trying to create their own groups. People in the Corinthian church were probably trying to sound wiser or more powerful than other people, so they would choose a group and a leader and say they were better than others. Paul argues against these kinds of divisions first, and then he argues against anyone who tries to sound wiser and more powerful than others.\n\n### Wisdom and foolishness\n\nThroughout this chapter, Paul speaks of both wisdom and foolishness. These words do not refer primarily to how much or how little education someone has. Rather, they refer to how well or how poorly someone plans actions and knows how the world works. If someone creates plans and ideas that work out well, that person is wise. If someone creates plans and ideas that do not work out well, that person is foolish. The wise person makes good choices, and the foolish person makes bad choices. Use words in your language that indicate these ideas. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]])\n\n### Power and weakness\n\nThroughout this chapter, Paul speaks of both power and weakness. These words primarily refer to how much influence and authority a person has and to how much they can accomplish. Someone who has “power” has much influence and authority and can accomplish many things. Someone who has “weakness” does not have much influence and authority and is not able to accomplish many things. Use words in your language that indicate these ideas (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/power]])\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Metaphors about Christ\n\nIn this chapter, Paul says that “Christ is the power of God and the wisdom of God” ([1:24](../01/24.md)) and that Christ “was made for us wisdom from God, righteousness, and also sanctification and redemption” ([1:30](../01/30.md)). With these two verses, Paul is not saying that Christ is no longer a person and is instead these abstract ideas. Rather, Paul is speaking in this way because Christ and his work for believers include all of these abstract ideas. Christ’s work is powerful and wise, and gives those who believe in him wisdom, righteousness, sanctification, and redemption. For ways to translate these two statements, see the notes on these two verses.\n\n### Rhetorical questions\n\nPaul asks many questions in this chapter. He is not asking these questions because he wants the Corinthians to provide him with information. Rather, he is asking these questions because he wants the Corinthians to think about how they are acting and what they are thinking. The questions encourage them to think along with Paul. For ways to translate these questions, look for the notes on each verse that includes these kinds of questions. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Positive and negative uses of “wisdom”\n\nThroughout this chapter, Paul speaks about wisdom in both positive and negative ways. He uses the same words throughout the chapter, and he distinguishes between positive and negative meanings by connecting the words to different people or ideas. For example, he speaks of wisdom negatively when it is the wisdom of the world, or the wisdom of humans. However, he speaks of wisdom positively when it is wisdom from God or wisdom given by God. If possible, translate the negative and positive meanings of wisdom with the same word, just as Paul uses one word for both negative and positive. If you must use different words, use positive words for God’s wisdom and negative words for human wisdom.\n\n### Using different perspectives\n\nSometimes, Paul speaks of God as if God were “foolish” and “weak” ([1:25](../01/25.md)) and as if he chose “foolish” and “weak” things ([1:27](../01/27.md)). Paul does not actually think that God is foolish and weak and chooses foolish and weak things. Rather, he is speaking from the perspective of normal human thinking. What God does, from a human perspective, is “weak” and “foolish.” He makes this clear in several verses. For example, in [1:26](../01/26.md), Paul says that most of the Corinthians were not wise “according to the flesh.” This is Paul’s way of saying that they were not wise according to human thinking. If possible translate the times Paul speaks from a human perspective with the same words he uses for “weakness” and “foolishness” when he speaks from God’s perspective. If it is necessary to distinguish these uses, use a word or phrase that explains which perspective Paul is using. He does this himself sometimes, and if it is necessary, you could do it in other places as well.\n\n### Information presented out of order\n\nThe ULT puts parentheses around [1:16](../01/16.md) because Paul is speaking about whom he baptized, an idea that fits logically with [1:14](../01/14.md) and not as well after [1:15](../01/15.md). Paul has remembered someone else that he baptized, and instead of going back and putting that information in [1:14](../01/14.md), he includes it in [1:16](../01/16.md), interrupting the flow of the argument. If possible, keep [1:16](../01/16.md) where it is, and use a form in your language that indicates that Paul is interrupting his argument. If there is no way to do this in your language, you could move [1:16](../01/16.md) so that it is between [1:14](../01/14.md) and [1:15](../01/15.md). 1:1 o7ie rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person Παῦλος 1 In this culture, letter writers would give their own names first, referring to themselves in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person here. Or if your language has a particular way of introducing the author of a letter, and if it would be helpful to your readers, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “From Paul. I have been” 1:1 qp1n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive κλητὸς ἀπόστολος Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Paul uses the passive form here to focus on who is **called** rather than focusing on the person doing the “calling.” Alternate translation: “whom Christ Jesus called to be an apostle” @@ -2174,7 +2174,7 @@ front:intro e8ey 0 # Introduction to 1 Corinthians\n\n## Part 1: General Intr 15:23 p4g9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἀπαρχὴ Χριστός 1 Here, just as in [15:20](../15/20.md), **firstfruits** refers to what farmers first gathered from their fields. Often, these **firstfruits** were offered to God to thank him for providing food. What Paul emphasizes here is that **firstfruits** implies that there will be more “fruits”, that is, crops or produce. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that Paul uses **firstfruits** to emphasize that Jesus’ resurrection implies that there will be more resurrections with an analogy or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “Christ, who is like the firstfruits” or “the guarantee” 15:23 bzh4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **his coming** refers specifically to Jesus “coming back” to earth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **at his coming** with a phrase that more clearly refers to Jesus’ “second coming.” Alternate translation: “when he comes again” or “at his return” 15:23 xr5q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession οἱ τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here Paul uses the possessive form to describe **the ones** who belong to or believe in **Christ**. If your language does not use that form for this meaning, you can express the idea with a phrase such as “belong to” or “believe in.” Alternate translation: “those who believe in Christ” -15:23-24 any2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential εἶτα 1 # General Information:\n\In verse [15:24](../15/24.md), **Then** introduces events that occur after the “coming” in the last verse ([15:23](../15/23.md)). Paul does not clarify how soon after the “coming” these events will happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **Then** with a word or phrase that more clearly identifies events happening in sequence. Alternate translation: “Next will be” +15:23-24 any2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential εἶτα 1 # General Information:\n\\In verse [15:24](../15/24.md), **Then** introduces events that occur after the “coming” in the last verse ([15:23](../15/23.md)). Paul does not clarify how soon after the “coming” these events will happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **Then** with a word or phrase that more clearly identifies events happening in sequence. Alternate translation: “Next will be” 15:24 fp4n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ τέλος 1 Here, **the end** identifies that something has reached its goal and thus ended. Paul does not state explicitly what **end** he has in mind, but the Corinthians would have inferred that he meant **the end** of the world as it currently exists. This does not mean that there will be no more world, but it means that things will be very different after **the end**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea behind what **end** Paul is speaking about explicitly. Alternate translation: “the end of this world” or “the end of the way things are now” 15:24 towh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure ὅταν παραδιδῷ τὴν Βασιλείαν τῷ Θεῷ καὶ Πατρί; ὅταν καταργήσῃ πᾶσαν ἀρχὴν, καὶ πᾶσαν ἐξουσίαν, καὶ δύναμιν 1 Here, **when he has abolished** will occur before **when he hands over**. In Paul’s language, the sequence is clear even though the events are not in order. If your language would put the events in order, you could rearrange these two clauses to make the sequence clearer. Alternate translation: “when he has abolished all rule and all authority and power, when he hands over the kingdom to the God and Father” 15:24 u298 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns παραδιδῷ & καταργήσῃ 1 Here, **he** refers to “Christ.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could express to whom **he** refers with “Christ” in one or both of these places. Alternate translation: “Christ hands over … Christ has abolished” diff --git a/tn_2CO.tsv b/tn_2CO.tsv index fef97467a7..39bb272b22 100644 --- a/tn_2CO.tsv +++ b/tn_2CO.tsv @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ Reference ID Tags SupportReference Quote Occurrence Note -front:intro ur4j 0 # Introduction to 2 Corinthians\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Book of 2 Corinthians\n\n1. Opening and blessing (1:1–2)\n2. Paul praises God for his comfort in affliction (1:3–11)\n3. Interrupted travel plans (1:12–2:13)\n * The interruption and the reason for it (1:15–2:4)\n * The person who caused grief (2:5–11)\n * Travel to Troas and Macedonia (2:12–13)\n4. Paul’s ministry (2:14–7:4)\n * The fragrance of Christ (2:14–17)\n * Qualification for ministry (3:1–6)\n * Ministry of Moses and ministry of Paul (3:7–4:6)\n * Suffering and ministry (4:7–18)\n * Confidence in the resurrection (5:1–10)\n * The gospel (5:11–6:2)\n * Proofs of ministry (6:3–10)\n * Join with fellow believers, not unbelievers (6:11–7:4)\n5. Paul rejoices about Titus’ visit to the Corinthians (7:5–16)\n6. Giving for the gospel (8:1–9:15)\n * Example of the Macedonians (8:1–6)\n * Paul appeals to the Corinthians to give generously (8:7–9:5)\n * Blessing and thanksgiving (9:6–15)\n7. Paul defends his apostolic authority (10:1–13:10)\n * The true standard for boasting (10:1–18)\n * Paul defends his speech and conduct (11:1–15)\n * Paul boasts about his suffering (11:16–33)\n * Paul’s ascent to heaven and the thorn in the flesh (12:1–10)\n * Paul concludes his boasting (12:11–13)\n * Paul defends his financial conduct (12:14–18)\n * Paul warns the Corinthians about his third visit (12:19–13:10)\n8. Closing (13:11–13)\n\n### Who wrote the book of 2 Corinthians?\n\nThe author identifies himself as Paul the apostle. Paul was originally from the city of Tarsus but lived in Jerusalem. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee, and he persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire, telling people about Jesus. Paul first visited the Corinthians during his third time traveling around the Roman Empire (See: [Acts 18:1–18](../act/18/01.md)). After he visited them, he stayed in the city of Ephesus for more than two years (See: [Acts 19:1–10](../act/19/01.md)).\n\nFrom Ephesus, he wrote them a letter that we call First Corinthians. After he wrote that letter, and during the two years that he lived in Ephesus, he visited the Corinthians very briefly, but it was a painful visit (See: [2:1](../02/01.md)). After this visit, he wrote two letters to the Corinthians. We do not have the first letter that Paul wrote, but it was a severe letter that may have grieved the Corinthians (See: [2:4](../02/04.md)). The second letter that Paul wrote is this letter, Second Corinthians. He wrote it from the region of Macedonia after his friend Titus returned from visiting the Corinthians and told him how the Corinthians were doing.\n\n### What is the book of 2 Corinthians about?\n\nPaul wrote 2 Corinthians to continue to help the Corinthians believe the true gospel and trust him as an apostle of Christ. He wrote this letter after Titus returned to Paul from visiting the Corinthians and delivering to them a letter of strong rebuke from Paul. In 2 Corinthians, Paul tells the Corinthians that he is happy that they have responded well to his letter. However, he still has instructions and corrections to write to them, and he continues to defend himself as an apostle who taught them the true gospel. Most generally, Paul wrote 2 Corinthians to strengthen his relationship with the Corinthians, to strengthen relationships between all Christians, and to help the Christians trust in and obey Christ more and more.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Second Corinthians” or “2 Corinthians.” Or they may choose a different title, such as “Paul’s Second Letter to the Church in Corinth” or “A Second Letter to the Christians in Corinth.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What was the city of Corinth like?\n\nCorinth was a major city located in ancient Greece. Because it was near the Mediterranean Sea and in an important location, many travelers and traders came to buy and sell goods there. Therefore, many different kinds of people lived in the city, and there were many wealthy people. Also, people in Corinth worshiped many different gods, and their worship could include food and sexual activity. In this culture, Christians who did not participate in worshiping at least some of the many gods were often considered to be strange, and people did not want to associate with them.\n\n### What were the issues that Paul was addressing in this letter?\n\nThere are four major issues about which Paul wrote in 2 Corinthians. First, he decided not to visit the Corinthians again right away, even though that was his original plan. He wanted to tell the Corinthians that he had changed his plans and to show them that he was not making promises and then breaking them. Second, Paul and the Corinthians had a conflict or fight when Paul visited them. Paul wished to rebuild their relationship so that they could trust and care for each other. Third, Paul wanted to encourage the Corinthians to give money to help the believers in Jerusalem. Paul was collecting this money from many churches he knew, and he wanted the Corinthians to contribute generously. Fourth, some people were saying that Paul was not really a true apostle, and the message he preached was not the true gospel. These people were either visitors or lived in Corinth. Paul defended himself and the gospel that he preached against these people who opposed him. All four of these issues relate to one specific problem: the Corinthians were doubting Paul’s authority over and care for them. He wrote 2 Corinthians to address this primary issue, and he focused on these four specific themes.\n\n### Who were the false teachers that Paul speaks about?\n\nEverything we know about the false teachers who opposed Paul in Corinth comes from this letter. So, we do not know for sure who they were. Paul refers to them with two especially important names: “super-apostles” and “false apostles.” Some scholars think that the super-apostles were some of the twelve apostles that Jesus appointed, while the false apostles were people who were not actually apostles but claimed to be. On the other hand, many scholars think that these two names refer to the same group of people: false teachers who claimed to be apostles but were not actually apostles. Paul does not carefully distinguish the names; this second view is probably correct. Paul implies that these false teachers were Jewish people who claimed to serve Christ (See: [11:22–23](../11/22.md)). They claimed to have authority and power. However, we do not know what exactly they were teaching about Jesus. We do know that they claimed that their gospel was better than what Paul preached, but Paul tells us that what they were teaching was wrong.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### What letters did Paul write to the Corinthians?\n\nPaul wrote at least four letters to the believers in Corinth. First, he wrote a letter related to avoiding sexual immorality (See: [1 Corinthians 5:9](../1co/10509.md)). We do not have this letter. Second, he wrote a letter to the Corinthians that answered some of their questions and that addressed disputes within the Corinthian church. This letter is now known as First Corinthians. Third, Paul wrote a stern or “severe” letter to the Corinthians (See: [2:3–4](../02/03.md) and [7:8–12](../07/08.md)). We again do not have this letter. Fourth, Paul wrote a letter after his friend Titus came from Corinth and told him that the Corinthians had responded well to the “severe letter.” This letter is now known as Second Corinthians.\n\n### About what visits to the Corinthians does Paul speak?\n\nWhile Paul does not directly mention it in 2 Corinthians, he first visited the Corinthians to proclaim the gospel to them. You can read about that in [Acts 18:1–18](../act/18/01.md). In 2 Corinthians, Paul briefly refers to his second visit to the Corinthians, which was “sorrowful” or “painful” (See: [2:1](../02/01.md)). Sometime after this “painful” visit, Titus visited the Corinthians and then returned to Paul in Macedonia (See: [2:12–13](../02/12.md) and [7:6–7](../07/06.md)). He probably took Paul’s “severe letter” with him. This may be the same visit of Titus that Paul refers to in [8:6](../08/06.md) and [12:18](../12/18.md), although either or both of these verses could refer instead to Titus taking this letter, 2 Corinthians, to the Corinthians.\n\nPaul also refers to two visits that had not yet happened when he wrote 2 Corinthians. First, Paul has asked Titus and two unnamed fellow believers to visit the Corinthians, taking the 2 Corinthians letter with them ([8:16–24](../08/16.md) and [9:3](../09/03.md)). Second, Paul plans to visit the Corinthians for a third time ([12:14](../12/14.md) and [13:1](../13/01.md)). You will need to make sure that your translation uses appropriate verb tenses and forms for referring to these visits. See the notes on specific verses for details and translation options.\n\n### How does Paul use irony and sarcasm?\n\nIn many places in this letter, Paul uses irony and sarcasm. In these places, he says things that he does not actually believe to be true. Usually, he is speaking from the perspective of other people and saying what they believe to be true. He does this to respond to what other people are saying or to show that what other people are saying is foolish or silly. The ULT often indicates that Paul is using irony or sarcasm by including quotation marks around the words that Paul does not actually believe to be true. The UST often indicates that Paul is using irony or sarcasm by indicating that someone is speaking the words. Consider how you might present sarcasm and irony in your language, and see the notes for places where Paul is using irony. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])\n\n### What does Paul mean when he speaks about boasting?\n\nIn Paul’s culture, not all boasting was considered bad. Instead, there were good and bad kinds of boasting. In this letter, Paul explains what counts as good boasting, and he explains that he boasts in a good way. He also implies that his opponents boast in a bad way. Paul thinks the best way to boast is to say great things about God and what God has done. However, in this letter Paul also boasts about himself, because his opponents, the false teachers, boast about themselves. He does not think that this boasting is the best way for him to be speaking to the Corinthians, but he does it to respond to his opponents and to show the Corinthians that he is a true apostle of Christ. He calls this boasting foolish. Consider how you might express both good, bad, and foolish kinds of boasting. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/boast]])\n\n### What did Paul mean by the expressions “in Christ,” “in the Lord,” etc.?\n\nPaul frequently uses the spatial metaphor “in Christ” (often with another name for Christ, such as Lord or Jesus) in this letter. This metaphor emphasizes that believers are as closely united to Christ as if they were inside him. Paul believes that this is true for all believers, and sometimes he uses “in Christ” simply to identify that what he is speaking about is true for those who believe in Jesus. Other times, he emphasizes union with Christ as the means or the basis for some statement or exhortation. See the notes on specific verses for help in understanding the contextual meaning of “in Christ” and related phrases. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### How should “brothers” be translated?\n\nMany times in this letter, Paul directly addresses or refers to people he calls “brothers.” The plural form, “brothers,” refers in general to fellow believers, both men and women. The singular form, “brother,” refers to a specific fellow believer, almost certainly one who is a man. Paul uses this word because he considers believers to be as closely united together as siblings in a family. Consider what word or phrase would best express both the reference to fellow believers and the idea that these fellow believers are as close as family members. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/brother]])\n\n### How should “you” and “we” be translated?\n\nThroughout the letter, you should assume that “you,” “your,” and “yours” are plural and refer to the Corinthian believers unless a note specifies that the form of “you” is singular. Also, throughout the letter, you should assume that “we,” “us,” “our,” and “ours” include Paul and those who work with Paul but do not include the Corinthian believers unless a notes specifies that the form of “we” includes the Corinthian believers. Some scholars think that Paul sometimes uses the first person plural to refer to only himself. Other scholars think that Paul uses the first person plural to refer to both himself and those who serve with him. There is often not enough evidence be certain of which meaning Paul intended. It is recommended that you preserve how Paul sometimes uses the first person singular and sometimes uses the first person plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the book of 2 Corinthians?\n\nIn the following verses, ancient manuscripts do not all have the same words. The ULT uses the words that are found in most of the earliest manuscripts. When you translate these verses, you should compare the ULT with any translations with which your readers may be familiar to see what your readers may expect. Unless there is a good reason to use the alternate words, you should follow the ULT. See the footnotes and notes at each of these verses for more information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])\n\n* “in holiness” ([1:12](../01/12.md)). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “in sincerity.”\n* “a second grace” ([1:15](../01/15.md)). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “a second joy.”\n* “new things have come” ([5:17](../05/17.md)). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “all {things} have become new.”\n* “I see” ([7:8](../07/08.md)). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “for I see.” Other ancient manuscripts have this: “seeing.”\n* “and in the love from us in you” ([8:7](../08/07.md)). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “and in your love for us.”\n* “by this situation” ([9:4](../09/04.md)). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “by this situation of boasting.”\n* “so that he might buffet me, so that I would not become super arrogant” ([12:7](../12/07.md)). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “so that he might buffet me.”\n* “If loving you” ([12:15](../12/15.md)). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “If I love you.”\n* “[12] Greet each other with a holy kiss. All the saints greet you. [13] The grace of the Lord Jesus Christ and the love of God and the fellowship of the Holy Spirit {be} with all of you.” ([13:12–13](../13/12.md)). Some translations divide these sentences up into 3 verses instead of 2: “[12] Greet each other with a holy kiss. [13] All the saints greet you. [14] The grace of the Lord Jesus Christ and the love of God and the fellowship of the Holy Spirit {be} with all of you.” +front:intro ur4j 0 # Introduction to 2 Corinthians\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Book of 2 Corinthians\n\n1. Opening and blessing (1:1–2)\n2. Paul praises God for his comfort in affliction (1:3–11)\n3. Interrupted travel plans (1:12–2:13)\n * The interruption and the reason for it (1:15–2:4)\n * The person who caused grief (2:5–11)\n * Travel to Troas and Macedonia (2:12–13)\n4. Paul’s ministry (2:14–7:4)\n * The fragrance of Christ (2:14–17)\n * Qualification for ministry (3:1–6)\n * Ministry of Moses and ministry of Paul (3:7–4:6)\n * Suffering and ministry (4:7–18)\n * Confidence in the resurrection (5:1–10)\n * The gospel (5:11–6:2)\n * Proofs of ministry (6:3–10)\n * Join with fellow believers, not unbelievers (6:11–7:4)\n5. Paul rejoices about Titus’ visit to the Corinthians (7:5–16)\n6. Giving for the gospel (8:1–9:15)\n * Example of the Macedonians (8:1–6)\n * Paul appeals to the Corinthians to give generously (8:7–9:5)\n * Blessing and thanksgiving (9:6–15)\n7. Paul defends his apostolic authority (10:1–13:10)\n * The true standard for boasting (10:1–18)\n * Paul defends his speech and conduct (11:1–15)\n * Paul boasts about his suffering (11:16–33)\n * Paul’s ascent to heaven and the thorn in the flesh (12:1–10)\n * Paul concludes his boasting (12:11–13)\n * Paul defends his financial conduct (12:14–18)\n * Paul warns the Corinthians about his third visit (12:19–13:10)\n8. Closing (13:11–13)\n\n### Who wrote the book of 2 Corinthians?\n\nThe author identifies himself as Paul the apostle. Paul was originally from the city of Tarsus but lived in Jerusalem. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee, and he persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire, telling people about Jesus. Paul first visited the Corinthians during his second time traveling around the Roman Empire (See: [Acts 18:1–18](../act/18/01.md)). After he visited them, he stayed in the city of Ephesus for more than two years (See: [Acts 19:1–10](../act/19/01.md)).\n\nFrom Ephesus, he wrote them a letter that we call First Corinthians. After he wrote that letter, and during the two years that he lived in Ephesus, he visited the Corinthians very briefly, but it was a painful visit (See: [2:1](../02/01.md)). After this visit, he wrote two letters to the Corinthians. We do not have the first letter that Paul wrote, but it was a severe letter that may have grieved the Corinthians (See: [2:4](../02/04.md)). The second letter that Paul wrote is this letter, Second Corinthians. He wrote it from the region of Macedonia after his friend Titus returned from visiting the Corinthians and told him how the Corinthians were doing.\n\n### What is the book of 2 Corinthians about?\n\nPaul wrote 2 Corinthians to continue to help the Corinthians believe the true gospel and trust him as an apostle of Christ. He wrote this letter after Titus returned to Paul from visiting the Corinthians and delivering to them a letter of strong rebuke from Paul. In 2 Corinthians, Paul tells the Corinthians that he is happy that they have responded well to his letter. However, he still has instructions and corrections to write to them, and he continues to defend himself as an apostle who taught them the true gospel. Most generally, Paul wrote 2 Corinthians to strengthen his relationship with the Corinthians, to strengthen relationships between all Christians, and to help the Christians trust in and obey Christ more and more.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Second Corinthians” or “2 Corinthians.” Or they may choose a different title, such as “Paul’s Second Letter to the Church in Corinth” or “A Second Letter to the Christians in Corinth.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What was the city of Corinth like?\n\nCorinth was a major city located in ancient Greece. Because it was near the Mediterranean Sea and in an important location, many travelers and traders came to buy and sell goods there. Therefore, many different kinds of people lived in the city, and there were many wealthy people. Also, people in Corinth worshiped many different gods, and their worship could include food and sexual activity. In this culture, Christians who did not participate in worshiping at least some of the many gods were often considered to be strange, and people did not want to associate with them.\n\n### What were the issues that Paul was addressing in this letter?\n\nThere are four major issues about which Paul wrote in 2 Corinthians. First, he decided not to visit the Corinthians again right away, even though that was his original plan. He wanted to tell the Corinthians that he had changed his plans and to show them that he was not making promises and then breaking them. Second, Paul and the Corinthians had a conflict or fight when Paul visited them. Paul wished to rebuild their relationship so that they could trust and care for each other. Third, Paul wanted to encourage the Corinthians to give money to help the believers in Jerusalem. Paul was collecting this money from many churches he knew, and he wanted the Corinthians to contribute generously. Fourth, some people were saying that Paul was not really a true apostle, and the message he preached was not the true gospel. These people were either visitors or lived in Corinth. Paul defended himself and the gospel that he preached against these people who opposed him. All four of these issues relate to one specific problem: the Corinthians were doubting Paul’s authority over and care for them. He wrote 2 Corinthians to address this primary issue, and he focused on these four specific themes.\n\n### Who were the false teachers that Paul speaks about?\n\nEverything we know about the false teachers who opposed Paul in Corinth comes from this letter. So, we do not know for sure who they were. Paul refers to them with two especially important names: “super-apostles” and “false apostles.” Some scholars think that the super-apostles were some of the twelve apostles that Jesus appointed, while the false apostles were people who were not actually apostles but claimed to be. On the other hand, many scholars think that these two names refer to the same group of people: false teachers who claimed to be apostles but were not actually apostles. Paul does not carefully distinguish the names; this second view is probably correct. Paul implies that these false teachers were Jewish people who claimed to serve Christ (See: [11:22–23](../11/22.md)). They claimed to have authority and power. However, we do not know what exactly they were teaching about Jesus. We do know that they claimed that their gospel was better than what Paul preached, but Paul tells us that what they were teaching was wrong.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### What letters did Paul write to the Corinthians?\n\nPaul wrote at least four letters to the believers in Corinth. First, he wrote a letter related to avoiding sexual immorality (See: [1 Corinthians 5:9](../1co/10509.md)). We do not have this letter. Second, he wrote a letter to the Corinthians that answered some of their questions and that addressed disputes within the Corinthian church. This letter is now known as First Corinthians. Third, Paul wrote a stern or “severe” letter to the Corinthians (See: [2:3–4](../02/03.md) and [7:8–12](../07/08.md)). We again do not have this letter. Fourth, Paul wrote a letter after his friend Titus came from Corinth and told him that the Corinthians had responded well to the “severe letter.” This letter is now known as Second Corinthians.\n\n### About what visits to the Corinthians does Paul speak?\n\nWhile Paul does not directly mention it in 2 Corinthians, he first visited the Corinthians to proclaim the gospel to them. You can read about that in [Acts 18:1–18](../act/18/01.md). In 2 Corinthians, Paul briefly refers to his second visit to the Corinthians, which was “sorrowful” or “painful” (See: [2:1](../02/01.md)). Sometime after this “painful” visit, Titus visited the Corinthians and then returned to Paul in Macedonia (See: [2:12–13](../02/12.md) and [7:6–7](../07/06.md)). He probably took Paul’s “severe letter” with him. This may be the same visit of Titus that Paul refers to in [8:6](../08/06.md) and [12:18](../12/18.md), although either or both of these verses could refer instead to Titus taking this letter, 2 Corinthians, to the Corinthians.\n\nPaul also refers to two visits that had not yet happened when he wrote 2 Corinthians. First, Paul has asked Titus and two unnamed fellow believers to visit the Corinthians, taking the 2 Corinthians letter with them ([8:16–24](../08/16.md) and [9:3](../09/03.md)). Second, Paul plans to visit the Corinthians for a third time ([12:14](../12/14.md) and [13:1](../13/01.md)). You will need to make sure that your translation uses appropriate verb tenses and forms for referring to these visits. See the notes on specific verses for details and translation options.\n\n### How does Paul use irony and sarcasm?\n\nIn many places in this letter, Paul uses irony and sarcasm. In these places, he says things that he does not actually believe to be true. Usually, he is speaking from the perspective of other people and saying what they believe to be true. He does this to respond to what other people are saying or to show that what other people are saying is foolish or silly. The ULT often indicates that Paul is using irony or sarcasm by including quotation marks around the words that Paul does not actually believe to be true. The UST often indicates that Paul is using irony or sarcasm by indicating that someone is speaking the words. Consider how you might present sarcasm and irony in your language, and see the notes for places where Paul is using irony. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])\n\n### What does Paul mean when he speaks about boasting?\n\nIn Paul’s culture, not all boasting was considered bad. Instead, there were good and bad kinds of boasting. In this letter, Paul explains what counts as good boasting, and he explains that he boasts in a good way. He also implies that his opponents boast in a bad way. Paul thinks the best way to boast is to say great things about God and what God has done. However, in this letter Paul also boasts about himself, because his opponents, the false teachers, boast about themselves. He does not think that this boasting is the best way for him to be speaking to the Corinthians, but he does it to respond to his opponents and to show the Corinthians that he is a true apostle of Christ. He calls this boasting foolish. Consider how you might express both good, bad, and foolish kinds of boasting. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/boast]])\n\n### What did Paul mean by the expressions “in Christ,” “in the Lord,” etc.?\n\nPaul frequently uses the spatial metaphor “in Christ” (often with another name for Christ, such as Lord or Jesus) in this letter. This metaphor emphasizes that believers are as closely united to Christ as if they were inside him. Paul believes that this is true for all believers, and sometimes he uses “in Christ” simply to identify that what he is speaking about is true for those who believe in Jesus. Other times, he emphasizes union with Christ as the means or the basis for some statement or exhortation. See the notes on specific verses for help in understanding the contextual meaning of “in Christ” and related phrases. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### How should “brothers” be translated?\n\nMany times in this letter, Paul directly addresses or refers to people he calls “brothers.” The plural form, “brothers,” refers in general to fellow believers, both men and women. The singular form, “brother,” refers to a specific fellow believer, almost certainly one who is a man. Paul uses this word because he considers believers to be as closely united together as siblings in a family. Consider what word or phrase would best express both the reference to fellow believers and the idea that these fellow believers are as close as family members. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/brother]])\n\n### How should “you” and “we” be translated?\n\nThroughout the letter, you should assume that “you,” “your,” and “yours” are plural and refer to the Corinthian believers unless a note specifies that the form of “you” is singular. Also, throughout the letter, you should assume that “we,” “us,” “our,” and “ours” include Paul and those who work with Paul but do not include the Corinthian believers unless a notes specifies that the form of “we” includes the Corinthian believers. Some scholars think that Paul sometimes uses the first person plural to refer to only himself. Other scholars think that Paul uses the first person plural to refer to both himself and those who serve with him. There is often not enough evidence be certain of which meaning Paul intended. It is recommended that you preserve how Paul sometimes uses the first person singular and sometimes uses the first person plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the book of 2 Corinthians?\n\nIn the following verses, ancient manuscripts do not all have the same words. The ULT uses the words that are found in most of the earliest manuscripts. When you translate these verses, you should compare the ULT with any translations with which your readers may be familiar to see what your readers may expect. Unless there is a good reason to use the alternate words, you should follow the ULT. See the footnotes and notes at each of these verses for more information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])\n\n* “in holiness” ([1:12](../01/12.md)). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “in sincerity.”\n* “a second grace” ([1:15](../01/15.md)). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “a second joy.”\n* “new things have come” ([5:17](../05/17.md)). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “all {things} have become new.”\n* “I see” ([7:8](../07/08.md)). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “for I see.” Other ancient manuscripts have this: “seeing.”\n* “and in the love from us in you” ([8:7](../08/07.md)). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “and in your love for us.”\n* “by this situation” ([9:4](../09/04.md)). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “by this situation of boasting.”\n* “so that he might buffet me, so that I would not become super arrogant” ([12:7](../12/07.md)). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “so that he might buffet me.”\n* “If loving you” ([12:15](../12/15.md)). Some ancient manuscripts have this: “If I love you.”\n* “[12] Greet each other with a holy kiss. All the saints greet you. [13] The grace of the Lord Jesus Christ and the love of God and the fellowship of the Holy Spirit {be} with all of you.” ([13:12–13](../13/12.md)). Some translations divide these sentences up into 3 verses instead of 2: “[12] Greet each other with a holy kiss. [13] All the saints greet you. [14] The grace of the Lord Jesus Christ and the love of God and the fellowship of the Holy Spirit {be} with all of you.” 1:intro tsh3 0 # 2 Corinthians 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Opening and blessing (1:1–2)\n2. Paul praises God for his comfort in affliction (1:3–11)\n3. Interrupted travel plans (1:12–2:13)\n * The interruption and the reason for it (1:15–2:4)\n\nThe first paragraph reflects a common way to begin a letter in the ancient Near East.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Comfort\n\nComfort is a major theme of this chapter. Paul explains that believers experience affliction because they belong to Jesus. When this happens, the Holy Spirit comforts them. Then they are able to comfort others. Paul wants the Corinthian believers to know that he is not exempt from terrible persecution but that God always rescues and comforts him as well. He also wants them to know that God will do the same for them.\n\n### Paul’s integrity\n\nApparently, people in Corinth had been criticizing Paul, saying that he was not sincere and did not truly care about the Corinthian believers. Therefore, Paul refutes them by explaining his motives for what he was doing.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Rhetorical question\n\nPaul uses two rhetorical questions in 1:17 to defend himself against a charge of not being sincere. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n\n### Metaphorical “Yes and No”\n\nIn 1:17-20 Paul uses the words “yes” and “no” together to represent the attitudes and speech of a person who is unstable and easily changes his mind about what he wants to do. It seems that some people had been accusing Paul of being such a person, but he makes it clear that he is not. Instead, he imitates God, who is always faithful, and Jesus, who faithfully fulfills all of the promises of God.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Holy Spirit as guarantee\n\nIn 1:22 Paul says that the Holy Spirit is the guarantee of all of God’s promises, including eternal life with him. The term “guarantee” comes from business deals in which a person gives some valuable item to another person as a guarantee that the first person will pay the full amount of money that he owes. Other words for this idea include “pledge” or “down-payment.” Paul uses this idea to explain that, because believers experience the blessings of the Holy Spirit now, they can be sure that they will experience all of God’s given promises after they die. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])\n\n### God as witness\n\nIn 1:23 Paul calls God to be a witness to his character, that he is being honest and faithful to the Corinthian believers. It is probable that Paul means this as an oath, in which it is expected that God would bear witness to what Paul is saying by dramatically punishing him or striking him dead if he is lying. Alternatively, he may intend that God will bear witness by affirming Paul's honesty to the Corinthian believers through the Holy Spirit. 1:1 mel3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Παῦλος & τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ τῇ οὔσῃ ἐν Κορίνθῳ 1 Your language may have a particular way of introducing the author of a letter and its intended audience. For example, you may want to indicate that this is a letter. Alternate translation: “I, Paul … wrote this letter to you, the church of God that is in Corinth” 1:1 f59u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive Τιμόθεος ὁ ἀδελφὸς 1 The word **our** here includes the Corinthian believers. The original has only “the brother,” but the word “our” was considered necessary for English. Use the wording that is most natural in your language. diff --git a/tn_MAT.tsv b/tn_MAT.tsv index 49aeedb6d1..2e7ce78ced 100644 --- a/tn_MAT.tsv +++ b/tn_MAT.tsv @@ -1,409 +1,1016 @@ Reference ID Tags SupportReference Quote Occurrence Note front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the book of Matthew\n\n1. The birth of Jesus Christ and the beginning of his ministry (1:1-4:25)\n1. Jesus’ Sermon on the Mount (5:1-7:28)\n1. Jesus illustrates the kingdom of God through acts of healing (8:1-9:34)\n1. Jesus teaches about mission and the kingdom (9:35-10:42)\n1. Jesus teaches about the gospel of the kingdom of God. Opposition to Jesus begins. (11:1-12:50)\n1. Jesus tells parables about the kingdom of God (13:1-52)\n1. Further opposition to Jesus and misunderstanding of the kingdom of God (13:53-17:57)\n1. Jesus teaches about life in the kingdom of God (18:1-35)\n1. Jesus ministers in Judea (19:1-22:46)\n1. Jesus teaches about the final judgment and salvation (23:1-25:46)\n1. The crucifixion of Jesus, his death and resurrection (26:1-28:19)\n\n### What is the book of Matthew about?\n\nThe Gospel of Matthew is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life of Jesus Christ. The authors of the Gospels wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. Matthew showed that Jesus was the Messiah, and God would save Israel through him. Matthew often explained that Jesus fulfilled the Old Testament prophecies about the Messiah. This may indicate that he expected most of his first readers to be Jewish. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of Matthew,” or “The Gospel according to Matthew.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News about Jesus that Matthew wrote.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the book of Matthew?\n\nThe book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the author was the Apostle Matthew.\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What is the “kingdom of heaven?”\n\nMatthew spoke of the “kingdom of heaven” in the same way that other Gospel writers spoke of the kingdom of God. The kingdom of heaven represents God ruling over all people and all creation everywhere. Those whom God accepts into his kingdom will be blessed. They will live with God forever.\n\n### What were the teaching methods of Jesus?\n\nThe people regarded Jesus as a rabbi. A rabbi is a teacher of God’s law. Jesus taught in ways similar those of other religious teachers in Israel. He had students who followed him wherever he went. These students were called disciples. He often told parables. Parables are stories that teach moral lessons. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/parable]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### What are the Synoptic Gospels?\n\nThe Gospels of Matthew, Mark, and Luke are called the Synoptic Gospels because they have many similar passages. The word “synoptic” means to “see together.”\n\nThe texts are considered “parallel” when they are the same or almost the same among two or three gospels. When translating parallel passages, translators should use the same wording and make them as similar as possible.\n\n### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?\n\nIn the gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” It is a reference to Daniel 7:13-14. In that passage there is a person described as a “son of man.” That means the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to the son of man to rule over the nations forever. All the people will worship him forever.\n\nJews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. Therefore, Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])\n\nTranslating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the book of Matthew?\n\nThe following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions:\n* “Bless those who curse you; do good to those who hate you” (5:44)\n* “For yours is the kingdom and the power and the glory forever. Amen” (6:13)\n* “But this kind of demon does not go out except with prayer and fasting” (17:21)\n* “For the Son of Man came to save that which was lost” (18:11)\n* “Many are called, but few are chosen” (20:16)\n* “Woe to you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! for you devour widows’ houses, while you make a show of long prayers. You will therefore receive greater condemnation.” (23:14)\n\nTranslators are advised not to include these passages. However, if in the translators’ region, there are older versions of the Bible that include one or more of these passages, the translators may include them. If they are included, they should be put inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that they were probably not original to Matthew’s Gospel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) -1:intro y7kk 0 # Matthew 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n### Indentation\n\nSome translations set a quotation from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this for the quoted material in 1:23.\n\n### Genealogy\n\nA genealogy is a list that records a person’s ancestors or descendants. Genealogies were important to the Jewish people because family lineage is how they decided how someone functioned in society. For instance, if someone was a descendant of Aaron, they were able to become priests. Similarly, if someone was a descendant of King David, they were able to become a king. This genealogy shows that Jesus was clearly a descendant of King David, and therefore, was able to become king.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Use of the passive voice\n\nMatthew uses the passive voice very purposefully in this chapter to indicate that Mary did not have a sexual relationship with anyone. She became pregnant with Jesus because the Holy Spirit performed a miracle. Many languages do not have a passive voice, so translators in those languages must find other ways to present the same truths. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -1:1 vpg1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, υἱοῦ Δαυεὶδ, υἱοῦ Ἀβραάμ 1 Here, **son** means “descendant.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “of Jesus Christ, descendant of King David, who was a descendent of Abraham” -1:3 g8y6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names of Perez … Zerah … of Hezron … of Ram 0 Unless stated otherwise, all of the names in this genealogy are men’s names. -1:5 q5bd rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ῥαχάβ & Ῥούθ 1 **Rahab** and **Ruth** are the names of women. -1:11 v2im rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος 1 Here, **Babylonian** refers to the country of Babylonia, not just the city of Babylon. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the deportation to Babylonia” -1:12 y7cx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μετὰ & τὴν μετοικεσίαν Βαβυλῶνος 1 Use the same wording you used in [1:11](../01/11.md) for **Babylonian**. -1:16 b3bm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Μαρίας, ἐξ ἧς ἐγεννήθη Ἰησοῦς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Mary, who gave birth to Jesus” +1:intro y7kk 0 # Matthew 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. The birth of Jesus Christ and the beginning of his ministry (1:1-4:25)\n * The genealogy of Jesus (1:1–17)\n * Jesus’ parents and birth (1:18–25)\n\nSome translations set a quotation from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this in [1:23](../01/23.md) with the quote from [Isaiah 7:14](../isa/07/14.md).\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Genealogy\n\nA genealogy is a list that records a person’s ancestors or descendants. Genealogies were important to the Jewish people because family lineage is how they decided how someone functioned in society. For instance, if someone was a descendant of Aaron, they were able to become priests. Similarly, if someone was a descendant of King David, they were able to become a king. This genealogy shows that Jesus was clearly a descendant of King David, and therefore, was able to become king.\n\n### The word “fathered”\n\nWhen Matthew uses the word “fathered,” he only means that the older man was an ancestor of the younger man. In most cases, the older man is the direct father of the younger man. However, sometimes the older man is a grandfather (for example, Josiah is the grandfather of Jechoniah) or a more distant ancestor (for example, Joram is the great-great-grandfather of Ozias). If possible, use a word that indicates that the older man is the ancestor of the younger man without stating that the older man is the father of the younger man. If you need to be more specific, the UST provides one way to do so.\n\n### Three groups of 14\n\nMatthew concludes the genealogy by dividing it up three groups of 14 generations. He divides the groups by using two key events in Israel’s history: David starting his dynasty and the Babylonians capturing Jerusalem. In order to count 14 generations from Abraham until David, both Abraham and David need to be included. To count 14 generations from David until the Babylonian deportation, David needs to be excluded but Jechoniah needs to be included. To count 14 generations from the Babylonian deportation until the Christ, both Jechoniah and Christ need to be included. The ULT and UST divide the section into paragraphs based on the divisions. Consider how you might show these divisions in your translation.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Stating that Mary became pregnant\n\nIn [1:18](../01/18.md), [1:20](../01/20.md), and [1:23](../01/23.md), Matthew refers to a woman becoming pregnant, but he excludes the involvement of a man in the process. He uses the phrases “to have in the womb” and “having been conceived in her” to avoid referring to the male role in conception. In your translation, you should not identify the Holy Spirit as the one who performed the normal male role, since the Holy Spirit did not have sex with Mary. Instead, the Holy Spirit performed a miracle. So, use a form that does not refer to the male role in conception or a form that denies that a man was involved.\n\n### Translating names\n\nIn the genealogy, Matthew uses specific Greek spellings of names. These spellings do not always match the Hebrew spellings of the names that you can read in the Old Testament. The ULT and UST spell out how these names sound as Matthew wrote them in Greek. In contrast, some translations spell out these names as they appear in the Old Testament. Consider spelling these names as do other translations that your readers might be familiar with. Otherwise, consider whether your team wishes to spell names in the same way throughout the Bible or whether you will spell them differently in different places. If you do spell them differently in different places, you may need to include footnotes that provide other spellings. +1:1 n4xw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit βίβλος γενέσεως 1 Here, the phrase **book of the genealogy** could refer to: (1) just the list of Jesus’ ancestors that follows in [1:2–17](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “The book of the ancestry” (2) the list of Jesus’ ancestors as well as information about his birth and childhood (see [1:2–2:23](../01/02.md)). Alternate translation: “The book of the ancestors and birth” +1:1 a1t0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession βίβλος γενέσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Here, Matthew is using the possessive form to describe a **book** that contains the **genealogy** that lists the ancestors of **Jesus Christ**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “The book that contains the genealogy concerning Jesus Christ” +1:1 nlc8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy βίβλος 1 Here, **book** represents a written record. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The written record” or “The list” +1:1 vpg1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor υἱοῦ Δαυεὶδ, υἱοῦ Ἀβραάμ 1 Here, Matthew is speaking of a male descendant as if he were a **son**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who is descended from David, who is descended from Abraham” +1:1 zw1t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit υἱοῦ Ἀβραάμ 1 Here Matthew could mean: (1) that David is a **son of Abraham**. Alternate translation: “who was a son of Abraham” (2) that Jesus is a **son of Abraham**. Alternate translation: “and also son of Abraham” +1:2 cyc6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἀβραὰμ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰσαάκ, Ἰσαὰκ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰακώβ, Ἰακὼβ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰούδαν καὶ τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς αὐτοῦ 1 Here Matthew begins a list of Jesus’ ancestors. Consider how people normally list ancestors in your language. Use the same wording throughout the whole list ([1:2–16](../01/02.md)). Possible formats are: (1) “Abraham’s son was Isaac, and Isaac’s son was Jacob, and Jacob’s sons were Judah and his brothers” (2) “Isaac’s father was Abraham, and Jacob’s father was Isaac, and Judah’s father was Jacob” (3) “Abraham fathered Isaac, who fathered Jacob, who fathered Judah and his brothers” +1:2 wiqy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἀβραὰμ & τὸν Ἰσαάκ, Ἰσαὰκ & τὸν Ἰακώβ, Ἰακὼβ & τὸν Ἰούδαν 1 Unless a note specifies otherwise, all the names in the list of ancestors ([1:2–16](../01/02.md)) are names of men. +1:2 pl71 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς αὐτοῦ 1 **Judah** had 11 **brothers**, and some of them were older and some of them were younger. Make sure this is clear if your language marks these distinctions. +1:3 ncga rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἰούδας δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Φαρὲς καὶ τὸν Ζάρα ἐκ τῆς Θαμάρ, Φαρὲς δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἑσρώμ, Ἑσρὼμ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἀράμ, 1 This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in [1:2](../01/02.md). Use the same format as you used in the previous verse. +1:3 g8y6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names ἐκ τῆς Θαμάρ 1 The word **Tamar** is the name of a woman. She was the daughter-in-law of **Judah**. +1:3 sn21 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names τὸν Ἑσρώμ, Ἑσρὼμ & τὸν Ἀράμ 1 Many translations spell **Hezrom** as “Hezron” and **Aram** as “Ram.” Consider how translations with which your readers might be familiar spell these names. Alternate translation: “Hezron … Hezron … Ram” +1:4 kywc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἀρὰμ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἀμιναδάβ, Ἀμιναδὰβ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ναασσών, Ναασσὼν δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Σαλμών, 1 This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in [1:2](../01/02.md). Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. +1:4 xlps rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἀρὰμ 1 Many translations spell **Aram** as “Ram.” Consider how translations with which your readers might be familiar spell this name. Alternate translation: “Ram” +1:5 w4mz rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Σαλμὼν δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Βόες ἐκ τῆς Ῥαχάβ, Βόες δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰωβὴδ ἐκ τῆς Ῥούθ, Ἰωβὴδ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰεσσαί, 1 This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in [1:2](../01/02.md). Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. +1:5 q5bd rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ῥαχάβ & Ῥούθ 1 The words **Rahab** and **Ruth** are the names of women. **Rahab** protected Israelite spies when the Israelites were about to conquer the land that God had promised to give them. **Ruth** was from Moab but believed in God and traveled to Israel with her mother-in-law, Naomi. +1:6 e1rp rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἰεσσαὶ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Δαυεὶδ τὸν βασιλέα. Δαυεὶδ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Σολομῶνα ἐκ τῆς τοῦ Οὐρίου, 1 This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in [1:2](../01/02.md). Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. +1:6 msbw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκ τῆς τοῦ Οὐρίου 1 **Uriah** was one of the leaders of the Israelite army, a leader whom **David** trusted. However, David saw Uriah’s wife, named Bathsheba, and wanted her for himself. He had Uriah killed and took Uriah’s wife for himself. You can read about this story in [2 Samual 11:1–27](../2sa/11/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could include some extra information if your readers would not know this story. Alternate translation: “by Bathsheba the wife of Uriah, whom he had killed” +1:7 nc4v rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Σολομὼν δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ῥοβοάμ, Ῥοβοὰμ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἀβιά, Ἀβιὰ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἀσάφ 1 This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in [1:2](../01/02.md). Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. +1:7 dvau rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names τὸν Ἀσάφ 1 Many translations spell **Asaph** as “Asa.” Consider how translations with which your readers might be familiar spell this name. Alternate translation: “Asa” +1:8 jnly rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἀσὰφ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰωσαφάτ, Ἰωσαφὰτ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰωράμ, Ἰωρὰμ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ὀζείαν 1 This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in [1:2](../01/02.md). Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. +1:8 zcs9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἀσὰφ & τὸν Ὀζείαν 1 Many translations spell **Asaph** as “Asa” and **Ozias** as “Uzziah.” Consider how translations with which your readers might be familiar spell these names. Alternate translation: “Asa … Uzziah” +1:8-9 ei0o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Ἰωρὰμ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ὀζείαν, Ὀζείας δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰωαθάμ 1 In these two verses, Matthew lists **Joram**, **Ozias**, and **Jotham**. In the list of kings in 1 Chronicles 3, however, there are four names between **Joram** and **Jotham** (see [1 Chronicles 3:11–12](../1co/03/11.md)), not one. So, Matthew has not mentioned three of these kings, and the word translated **fathered** only requires the older person to be an ancestor of the younger person, who could be a son, grandson, great-grandson, or even great-great-grandson. It is unclear exactly where in the list Matthew leaves out the three kings. He could be using the name **Ozias**: (1) to refer to the king that 1 Chronicles names “Azariah.” In this case, **Ozias** is the great-great-grandson of **Joram** and the father of **Jotham**. Alternate translation: “and Joram was the great-great-grandfather of Ozias, and Ozias fathered Jotham” (2) to refer to the king that 1 Chronicles names “Ahaziah.” In this case, **Ozias** is the son of **Joram** and the great-great-grandfather of **Jotham**. Alternate translation: “and Joram fathered Ozias, and Ozias was the great-great-grandfather of Jotham” +1:9 m35z rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ὀζείας δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰωαθάμ, Ἰωαθὰμ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἀχάζ, Ἀχὰζ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἑζεκίαν 1 This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in [1:2](../01/02.md). Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. +1:9 lj7z rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ὀζείας 1 Many translations spell **Ozias** as “Uzziah.” Consider how translations with which your readers might be familiar spell this name. Alternate translation: “Uzziah” +1:10 zgmk rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἑζεκίας δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Μανασσῆ, Μανασσῆς δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἀμώς, Ἀμὼς δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰωσίαν 1 This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in [1:2](../01/02.md). Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. +1:10 odm9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names τὸν Ἀμώς, Ἀμὼς 1 Many translations spell **Amos** as “Amon.” Consider how translations with which your readers might be familiar spell this name. Alternate translation: “Amon … Amon” +1:11 t8ob rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἰωσίας δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰεχονίαν καὶ τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς αὐτοῦ 1 This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in [1:2](../01/02.md). Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. +1:11 c2bh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Ἰωσίας & ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰεχονίαν 1 In [1 Chronicles 3:15–16](../1ch/03/15.md), **Josiah** is listed as the father of Jehoiakim, who is the father of **Jechoniah**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify that **Josiah** was the grandfather of **Jechoniah**. Alternate translation: “Josiah fathered the father of Jechoniah” +1:11 vzs3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς αὐτοῦ 1 If you must specify whether these **brothers** were older or younger, it is more likely that they were younger brothers. Alternate translation: “his younger brothers” +1:11 v2im rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐπὶ τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος 1 Here Matthew refers to how the Babylonians conquered Jerusalem and took most of the people away to the country of Babylon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that makes this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “when the Babylonians captured Jerusalem and took many people away” +1:12 y7cx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μετὰ & τὴν μετοικεσίαν Βαβυλῶνος 1 Here Matthew refers to the same event that he referred to in [1:11](../01/11.md). Express the idea in the same way you did there. Alternate translation: “after the Babylonians captured Jerusalem and took many people away” +1:12 ua1g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἰεχονίας ἐγέννησεν τὸν Σαλαθιήλ, Σαλαθιὴλ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ζοροβαβέλ 1 This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in [1:2](../01/02.md). Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. +1:12 ya86 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names τὸν Σαλαθιήλ, Σαλαθιὴλ 1 Many translations spell **Salathiel** as “Shealtiel.” Consider how translations with which your readers might be familiar spell this name. Alternate translation: “Shealtiel … Shealtiel” +1:12 qqo6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Σαλαθιὴλ & ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ζοροβαβέλ 1 In [1 Chronicles 3:19](../1co/03/19.md), a brother of **Salathiel** named Pedaiah is listed as the father of **Zerubbabel**. However, early Greek translations of [1 Chronicles 3:19](../1co/03/19.md) list **Salathiel** as the father of **Zerubabbel**. Matthew most likely used a Bible like these early Greek translations, so he probably intended his readers to think of **Salathiel** as the father of **Zerubbabel** and not as his uncle. If it would be helpful in your language, you could include some of this information in a footnote. +1:13 dcab rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ζοροβαβὲλ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἀβιούδ, Ἀβιοὺδ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἐλιακείμ, Ἐλιακεὶμ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἀζώρ 1 This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in [1:2](../01/02.md). Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. +1:14 seok rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἀζὼρ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Σαδώκ, Σαδὼκ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἀχείμ, Ἀχεὶμ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἐλιούδ 1 This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in [1:2](../01/02.md). Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. +1:15 d8av rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἐλιοὺδ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἐλεάζαρ, Ἐλεάζαρ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Μαθθάν, Μαθθὰν δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰακώβ 1 This is a continuation of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in [1:2](../01/02.md). Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. +1:16 sq31 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἰακὼβ δὲ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰωσὴφ τὸν ἄνδρα Μαρίας 1 This is the end of the list of Jesus’ ancestors that began in [1:2](../01/02.md). Use the same format as you used in the previous verses. 1:16 wdbo rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Μαρίας 1 The word **Mary** is the name of a woman. -1:16 z2rg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom people called Christ” -1:17 z5xw τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος 1 Use the same wording you used in [1:11](../01/11.md). -1:18 gnl6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent τοῦ δὲ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἡ γένεσις οὕτως ἦν 1 This begins a new part of the story in which the author describes the events leading up to the birth of Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. -1:18 cqt1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μνηστευθείσης τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ Μαρίας τῷ Ἰωσήφ 1 Mary was given by her parents to Joseph to marry him. This was common in their culture. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Mary, whose parents promised to Joseph that Mary, Jesus’ mother, would marry him” -1:18 xvk1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism πρὶν & συνελθεῖν αὐτοὺς 1 This may refer to Mary and Joseph having sexual relations together. If it would be helpful in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “before they had united sexually” or “before they joined in physical union” -1:18 in4a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εὑρέθη ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχουσα 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “realized that she was going to have a baby” or “became aware that she was pregnant” -1:18 q6y8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom εὑρέθη ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχουσα 1 This is an idiom meaning it was discovered that she was pregnant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: (1) “was found by Joseph that she was pregnant” or (2), more generally “was discovered to be pregnant” -1:18 a71d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 The power of the **Holy Spirit** had caused Mary to conceive a baby before she had slept with a man. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “through the Holy Spirit causing her to be pregnant without sleeping with a man” -1:19 pu3p rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background Ἰωσὴφ δὲ ὁ ἀνὴρ αὐτῆς, δίκαιος ὢν καὶ μὴ θέλων αὐτὴν δειγματίσαι, ἐβουλήθη λάθρᾳ ἀπολῦσαι αὐτήν 1 Matthew is providing this background information to help readers understand who Joseph was and what his motives were. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “Joseph her husband, a righteous man who did not want to embarrass her publicly, planned to quietly end their engagement.” -1:20 iip4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous ταῦτα δὲ αὐτοῦ ἐνθυμηθέντος, ἰδοὺ, ἄγγελος Κυρίου κατ’ ὄναρ ἐφάνη αὐτῷ 1 The angel appeared to Joseph at the same time that he was considering divorcing Mary. You can make this clear in your translation with an appropriate connecting word or phrase. Alternate translation: “During the time when Joseph was considering divorcing Mary, an angel of the Lord appeared to him in a dream” -1:20 lc8r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 Here, **son** means “descendant.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “descendant of King David” -1:20 va5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ & ἐν αὐτῇ γεννηθὲν ἐκ Πνεύματός ἐστιν Ἁγίου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit caused Mary to become pregnant with this child” -1:21 j38f rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background αὐτὸς γὰρ σώσει τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν 1 The phrase **for he will save his people from their sins** is explaining the meaning of the name**Jesus**. In Hebrew, Jesus comes from the word meaning “to save”. Use a natural way in your language for introducing this background information. Alternate translation: “For, just like his name means, he will save his people from their sins” -1:22 c1vw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ Κυρίου διὰ τοῦ προφήτου 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what the Lord told the prophet to write long ago” -1:22 p39k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦ προφήτου 1 There were many prophets. Matthew was speaking specifically of Isaiah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Isaiah the prophet” -1:22 e8ld rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντος 1 In Paul’s culture, **saying** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Paul is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation, ending the previous sentence with a period and beginning a new sentence: “He wrote” -1:23 sln1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἐμμανουήλ 1 The word **Immanuel** is a male name. -1:23 wlft rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 The term **Behold** focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Though it literally means “look” or “see,” in this case seeing means giving notice and attention. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation, followed by a new sentence: “Pay attention to what I am saying to you!” -1:23 lm6t rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, μεθ’ ἡμῶν ὁ Θεός 1 Matthew is providing this background information to help readers understand what the name **Immanuel** means. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation, as a new sentence: “This name means, ‘God with us’” -1:24 iue3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἐποίησεν ὡς προσέταξεν αὐτῷ ὁ ἄγγελος Κυρίου, καὶ παρέλαβεν τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nIf it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “took Mary as his wife, just as the angel of the Lord commanded him to do” -1:25 i7p5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism οὐκ ἐγίνωσκεν αὐτὴν 1 Matthew uses a polite expression to say that they had not engaged in sexual activity. Alternate translation: “he did not have sexual relations with her” -2:intro dz1c 0 # Matthew 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in verses 6 and 18, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “Learned men”\n\nThese were men who studied the stars in the sky to try to learn what the gods were communicating to them. If your readers would not be familiar with this, you can state this explicitly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -2:1 j9yn rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential τοῦ δὲ Ἰησοῦ γεννηθέντος ἐν Βηθλέεμ τῆς Ἰουδαίας ἐν ἡμέραις Ἡρῴδου τοῦ βασιλέως, ἰδοὺ, μάγοι ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν παρεγένοντο εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 The phrase **learned men from the east arrived in Jerusalem** comes after **Jesus had been born in Bethlehem of Judea**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “Now after Jesus had been born in the city of Bethlehem, which is in Judea, men who studied the stars came to Jerusalem from an eastern country” -2:1 kf5g rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἡρῴδου 1 There was more than one man named **Herod**. This refers to **Herod** the Great. -2:1 p6gc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown μάγοι ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν 1 See the note on these men in the Chapter Introduction. Alternate translation: “men who studied the stars” -2:2 w3nc rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result εἴδομεν γὰρ αὐτοῦ τὸν ἀστέρα ἐν τῇ ἀνατολῇ καὶ ἤλθομεν προσκυνῆσαι αὐτῷ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase is the result of the first phrase. Alternate translation: “We have come to worship him, for we saw his star in the sky in the east” -2:2 zj7c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αὐτοῦ τὸν ἀστέρα 1 They were not saying that the baby was the owner of the **star**, but rather that this star was directing them to where the child was. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the star that tells about him” or “the star that is associated with his birth” -2:2 v248 προσκυνῆσαι 1 This could mean: (1) they intended to **worship** the baby as divine. (2) they wanted to honor him as a human king. If your language has a word that includes both meanings, you should consider using it here. +1:16 b3bm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐξ ἧς ἐγεννήθη Ἰησοῦς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who gave birth to Jesus”\n +1:16 ovf4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός 1 Here, the phrase **the one called Christ** distinguishes this **Jesus** from any other people named Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that distinguishes between this **Jesus** and any other people with that name. Alternate translation: “the Jesus called Christ” or “specifically the one who is called Christ” +1:16 z2rg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “whom people call Christ” +1:17 vdhv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπὸ Ἀβραὰμ ἕως Δαυεὶδ γενεαὶ δεκατέσσαρες, καὶ ἀπὸ Δαυεὶδ ἕως τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος γενεαὶ δεκατέσσαρες, καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος ἕως τοῦ Χριστοῦ γενεαὶ δεκατέσσαρες 1 In order to count 14 generations **from Abraham until David**, both Abraham and David need to be included. To count 14 generations **from David until the Babylonian deportation**, David needs to be excluded but Jechoniah needs to be included. To count 14 generations **from the Babylonian deportation until the Christ**, both Jechoniah and Jesus need to be included. Consider how you might express the calculations so that they match with the list. Alternate translation: “from Abraham up to and including David were 14 generations, and after David and until the Babylonian deportation were 14 generations, and starting with the Babylonian deportation and counting up to and including the Christ were 14 generations” +1:17 z5xw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος -1 Here Matthew refers to the same event that he referred to in [1:11–12](../01/11.md). Express the idea in the same way you did in those verses. Alternate translation: “the Babylonians captured Jerusalem and took many people away … when that happened” +1:18 gnl6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces a new section in this book that focuses on **the birth of Jesus Christ**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a new section, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,” +1:18 cqt1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μνηστευθείσης & τῷ Ἰωσήφ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was her parents. Alternate translation: “whose parents promised to Joseph that she would marry him” +1:18 xvk1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism πρὶν & συνελθεῖν αὐτοὺς 1 Matthew is referring in a polite way to having sex by using the phrase **came together**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “before they consummated the marriage” or “before they had sex” +1:18 in4a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εὑρέθη ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχουσα 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “was having in the womb” or “realized that she was having in the womb” +1:18 q6y8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχουσα 1 Here, the phrase **having in the womb** refers to being pregnant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to be with child” or “to be pregnant” +1:18 a71d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 The phrase **from the Holy Spirit** indicates that Mary did not become pregnant in the usual way, that is, by having sex with a man. Rather, she became pregnant because the Holy Spirit caused her to be pregnant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “by the power of the Holy Spirit” or “because of the Holy Spirit’s work” +1:19 h941 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,” +1:19 yufg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Ἰωσὴφ & ὁ ἀνὴρ αὐτῆς 1 Matthew implies that Joseph did not know that the baby came from the Holy Spirit. Joseph thought that Mary had become pregnant after having sex with another man, which is why he wanted **to divorce her**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify that Joseph did not know that the Holy Spirit had caused Mary to be pregnant. Alternate translation: “Joseph her husband thought that she had been unfaithful, so” +1:19 pu3p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ ἀνὴρ αὐτῆς & ἀπολῦσαι αὐτήν 1 As the previous verse shows (see [1:18](../01/18.md)), Mary and Joseph were not yet married. In their culture, however, being “engaged” was a promise to marry, so Matthew can refer to **Joseph** as Mary’s **husband**. He can also refer to breaking the engagement as divorce. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use clarify that Matthew is referring to an engaged man breaking the engagement. Alternate translation: “her fiancé … to break the engagement with her” +1:20 iip4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous ταῦτα & αὐτοῦ ἐνθυμηθέντος, ἰδοὺ, ἄγγελος Κυρίου & ἐφάνη 1 The angel appeared to Joseph while he was deciding to divorce Mary. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this relationship more explicit. Alternate translation: “during the time when Joseph was reflecting on these things, behold, an angel of the Lord appeared” +1:20 y747 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “suddenly” +1:20 meua rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he declared” +1:20 lc8r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 Here, Matthew is speaking of a male descendant as if he were a **son**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who is descended from David” +1:20 fgby rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result μὴ φοβηθῇς παραλαβεῖν Μαρίαν τὴν γυναῖκά σου; τὸ γὰρ ἐν αὐτῇ γεννηθὲν ἐκ Πνεύματός ἐστιν Ἁγίου 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the command in the first clauses. Alternate translation: “the one having been conceived in Mary is from the Holy Spirit, so you should not fear to take her as your wife” +1:20 va5e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ & ἐν αὐτῇ γεννηθὲν ἐκ Πνεύματός ἐστιν Ἁγίου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit is the one who caused her to conceive her child” +1:21 yucr rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦν; αὐτὸς γὰρ σώσει τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the command that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “and because he will save his people from their sins, you will call his name Jesus” +1:21 ifq8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense καλέσεις 1 Here the angel gives a command using the future tense. If your language does not use the future tense for commands, you could use a form that your language uses to express commands. Alternate translation: “you must call” or “you are to call” +1:21 v02j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular καλέσεις 1 Here, the word **you** is singular since the angel is speaking to Joseph. +1:21 j38f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Ἰησοῦν; αὐτὸς γὰρ σώσει τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν αὐτῶν 1 The name **Jesus** means “the Lord saves” in Hebrew. The angel is explaining that **Jesus** should have this name because **he will save his people**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain what Jesus’ name means or include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “Jesus, for, as his name indicates, he will save his people from their sins” or “Jesus, that is, ‘the Lord saves,’ since he will save his people from their sins” +1:21 ocr6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **his people** refers most directly to Jewish people, but it also includes anyone who believes in **Jesus**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that identifies a group of people who belong to or are connected with Jesus. Alternate translation: “his own people” or “the people who belong to him” +1:22 q4lw rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the Matthew’s comment on what he has narrated so far. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a comment from the narrator, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “I note that” or “As a matter of fact,” +1:22 rlse rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns τοῦτο & ὅλον γέγονεν 1 The pronoun **this** refers to what Matthew has said about Mary becoming pregnant before she and Joseph were married (see [1:18–21](../01/18.md)). If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer more directly to these events. Alternate translation: “Jesus was born in that way” or “what I have told you happened” +1:22 uwvw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πληρωθῇ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it might fulfill” +1:22 c1vw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ Κυρίου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what the Lord spoke” +1:22 p39k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦ προφήτου 1 The **prophet** to whom Matthew refers is Isaiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Isaiah the prophet” +1:22 e8ld rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντος 1 In Matthew’s culture, **saying** was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet (see [Isaiah 7:14](../isa/07/14.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Matthew is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “who wrote in the book of Isaiah” or “who declared” +1:23 wlft rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **Behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “Pay attention:” or “Listen to me:” +1:23 c6yk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἡ παρθένος 1 Although the word translated **virgin** occasionally refers to any young woman, whether she has had sex or not, the word normally refers to a young woman who has not had sex. This is what Matthew means here, so you should use a word or phrase that refers to a woman who is old enough to get married but who has not yet had sex. Alternate translation: “the marriageable woman who has not had sex” +1:23 nlp1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν γαστρὶ ἕξει 1 Here, the phrase **have in her womb** refers to a woman being pregnant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will be with child” or “will be expecting a baby” +1:23 qg9l rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns καλέσουσιν 1 The pronoun **they** refers to people in general. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use a form that refers to people in general. Alternate translation: “others will call” or “everyone will call” +1:23 sln1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate Ἐμμανουήλ, ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, μεθ’ ἡμῶν ὁ Θεός 1 The word **Immanuel** is a Hebrew word. Matthew spelled it out using Greek letters so his readers would know how it sounded, and then he explained what it meant: **God with us**. In your translation you can spell it the way it sounds in your language and then explain its meaning. Alternate translation: “Immanuel,’ which is a Hebrew word that is translated as ‘God with us’” +1:23 lm6t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, μεθ’ ἡμῶν ὁ Θεός. 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which we translate as ‘God with us’” or “this name means ‘God with us’” +1:24 sxsv rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **And** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **And** untranslated. Alternate translation: “After the angel spoke to him,” or “Next,” +1:24 ioyp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐγερθεὶς & ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕπνου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “having woken from his sleep” or “having risen from sleep” +1:24 iue3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ παρέλαβεν 1 Here, the word **and** introduces how Joseph **did as the angel of the Lord commanded him**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this relationship more explicit. Alternate translation: “by taking her” +1:25 mem5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 1 Here, the word **And** introduces something that is unexpected for people who have gotten married. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces something that is unexpected. Alternate translation: “But” or “Despite that,” +1:25 i7p5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism οὐκ ἐγίνωσκεν αὐτὴν 1 Matthew is referring in a polite way to having sex by using the word **know**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. See how you translated the euphemism for having sex in [1:18](../01/18.md). Alternate translation: “he did not consummate the marriage with her” or “he did not sleep with her” +1:25 v3xe rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns οὐκ ἐγίνωσκεν & ἐκάλεσεν & αὐτοῦ 1 Here, both times the pronoun **he** occurs, it refers to Joseph. The pronoun **his** refers to the **son**, Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use names instead of pronouns. Alternate translation: “Joseph did not know … Joseph called the son’s” +1:25 mclm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo ἕως οὗ 1 Christians disagree about whether Joseph had sex with Mary after Jesus was born. In this verse, Matthew only refers to the time before Jesus was born. If possible, use a form that only refers to this time period and does not imply anything about what happened after Jesus was born. Alternate translation: “prior to when” or “during time before” +2:intro dz1c 0 # Matthew 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. The birth of Jesus Christ and the beginning of his ministry (1:1-4:25)\n * The visit of the learned men (2:1–12)\n * Joseph, Mary, and Jesus escape to Egypt (2:13–15)\n * Herod kills the baby boys in Bethlehem (2:16–18)\n * Joseph, Mary, and Jesus settle in Nazareth (2:19–23)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in verses 6 and 18, which are quotations from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “Learned men”\n\nIn this chapter, Matthew tells about how “learned men” from countries to the east of Judea visited Jesus in order to worship him. These were educated men who studied dreams and stars in the sky to try to learn about what was happening and what would happen in the future. Matthew does not present them as if they are evil. Consider how you might naturally refer to this kind of educated man. The ULT provides a general translation (“learned men”), and the UST illustrates how to use a descriptive phrase (“scholars who studied the stars”). \n\n### The star\n\nThe learned men journey to Jerusalem because they see a specific star. Matthew further describes how this star moved in the sky until it was directly above where Jesus was living. It is not clear exactly what this star was. Scholars have suggested that it was one of the planets, a shooting star, a comet, or a bright angel. If possible, use a word or phrase that refers generally to a natural source of light in the sky. If you need to be more specific, could use a word or phrase that refers to stars, especially the kinds of stars that move or appear to move in the sky. \n\n### The journeys of Joseph, Mary, and Jesus\n\nIn this chapter, Matthew narrates several journeys that Joseph, Mary, and Jesus took. At first, they are in Bethlehem, which is a city near the capital city of Judea, Jerusalem. After the learned men visit, God warns Joseph to journey to Egypt, a country to the southwest of Judea, in order to escape from Herod, the king of Judea. After Herod dies, God tells Joseph that he can take his family back to Israel. However, he does not take his family back to Judea, because Herod’s son is now reigning in Herod’s place. Instead, he and his family travel to Nazareth, a city in the region of Galilee, which is north of Judea. When Matthew uses movement words, make sure that your translation fits with these journeys. +2:1 sdst rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,” +2:1 j9yn rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential τοῦ & Ἰησοῦ γεννηθέντος 1 Here, the phrase **Jesus having been born** states what happened before the **learned men from the east arrived in Jerusalem**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this relationship more explicit. Alternate translation: “after Jesus had been born” +2:1 esbr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession Βηθλέεμ τῆς Ἰουδαίας 1 Here, Matthew is using the possessive form to indicate that **Bethlehem** is in **Judea**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Bethlehem in Judea” +2:1 kf5g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν ἡμέραις Ἡρῴδου τοῦ βασιλέως 1 The phrase **in the days of** someone who is a **king** refers to the period of time in which that person ruled as **king**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “while Herod the king ruled” or “during the reign of Herod the king” +2:1 azm5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “pay attention” +2:1 p6gc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν 1 Here, the phrase **the east** refers to countries to the **east** of **Judea**. Matthew does not tell us exactly which country or countries he means. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer more explicitly to countries to the east. Alternate translation: “who were from countries to the east of Judea” +2:2 o2f4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they were saying” +2:2 o4lu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ τεχθεὶς Βασιλεὺς 1 Here the learned men could mean that: (1) **the one having been born** is destined to be **King of the Jews**. Alternate translation: “the one having been born to be King” (2) **the one having been born** is already the **King of the Jews**. Alternate translation: “the one having been born who is King” +2:2 a67k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ τεχθεὶς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one whose birth recently happened, the one who is” +2:2 w3nc rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a reason why the learned men are asking about the **King of the Jews**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a question, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “We ask because” or “Indeed,” +2:2 zj7c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession αὐτοῦ τὸν ἀστέρα 1 Here, the learned men are using the possessive form to describe a **star** that marks or identifies the **King of the Jews**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the star that identifies him” or “the star that proves he has been born” +2:2 n3a2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν τῇ ἀνατολῇ 1 Here, the phrase **in the east** could refer to: (1) when the star appeared above the horizon. Alternate translation: “when it rose” (2) where the star appeared in the sky. Alternate translation: “as it rose in the east” +2:2 xthm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἤλθομεν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “went” +2:2 v248 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit προσκυνῆσαι 1 The phrase **to worship** can be used for how one behaves before God, but it can also be used for how one behaves before a king. Matthew uses this phrase because the learned men considered Jesus to be a king, but Matthew considers Jesus to be God. So, both meanings of the phrase **to worship** are included here. If possible, use a form that could be used for how one acts before both kings and God. If you must make a distinction, it is recommended that you use a form that refers to worshiping God. Alternate translation: “to bow before” or “to kneel before him to honor” +2:3 lhk6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,” +2:3 b0gt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 Matthew is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “all Jerusalem became troubled with him” 2:3 qu3d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 Here, **Jerusalem** refers to the people who live in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “all the people in Jerusalem” -2:3 b0gt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis καὶ πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 Matthew left out some words in this phrase that might be needed in certain languages to make a full sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and many in Jerusalem were troubled along with him” -2:3 mc1r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole πᾶσα Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 Here, **all** means “many.” Matthew is exaggerating to emphasize how many people were worried. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “many of the people in Jerusalem” -2:4 ne4v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἐπυνθάνετο παρ’ αὐτῶν ποῦ ὁ Χριστὸς γεννᾶται 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “he asked them where the Messiah was supposed to have been born” -2:5 w68n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἐν Βηθλέεμ τῆς Ἰουδαίας 1 Matthew is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “He is supposed to have been born in Bethlehem, which is in the region of Judea” -2:5 z2i4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὕτως & γέγραπται διὰ τοῦ προφήτου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “this is what the prophet wrote long ago” -2:5 o460 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations οὕτως γὰρ γέγραπται διὰ τοῦ προφήτου 1 In Matthew’s culture, **for thus it has been written through the prophet** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Micah the prophet. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Matthew is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “according to Micah the prophet, who wrote” -2:6 kmw7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe καὶ σύ Βηθλέεμ, γῆ Ἰούδα, οὐδαμῶς ἐλαχίστη εἶ ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν Ἰούδα; ἐκ σοῦ γὰρ ἐξελεύσεται ἡγούμενος, ὅστις ποιμανεῖ τὸν λαόν μου τὸν Ἰσραήλ 1 Micah was speaking to **Bethlehem** as if it were a person. If it would be helpful in your language, consider referring to Bethlehem in the third person. Alternate translation: “Bethlehem, in the land of Judah, is by no means the least among the leaders of Judah, for from this region a ruler will come who will shepherd my people Israel” -2:6 c2cl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes οὐδαμῶς ἐλαχίστη εἶ ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν Ἰούδα 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you can express the meaning of **are by no means the least among the leaders of Judah** positively. Alternate translation: “your town is among the most important towns in Judah” -2:6 rihn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐκ σοῦ γὰρ ἐξελεύσεται ἡγούμενος 1 When Matthew says **for from you will come out a ruling one**, he is talking about from the people who live in Bethlehem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “for from your people a leader will come” -2:6 tg5d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὅστις ποιμανεῖ τὸν λαόν μου τὸν Ἰσραήλ 1 Micah speaks of this ruler as one **who will shepherd my people Israel**. This means he will lead and care for the people just like a shepherd cares for their animals. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “who will lead my people Israel and take care of them” -2:8 jtw7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure καὶ πέμψας αὐτοὺς εἰς Βηθλέεμ εἶπεν, πορευθέντες ἐξετάσατε ἀκριβῶς περὶ τοῦ παιδίου; ἐπὰν δὲ εὕρητε, ἀπαγγείλατέ μοι ὅπως κἀγὼ ἐλθὼν προσκυνήσω αὐτῷ 1 Herod first says **having gone, search carefully for the young child, and after you have found him, report to me so that I also, having come, might worship him.** and then he **sent them to Bethlehem** but Matthew reversed the order of these phrases. If it would be more natural in your language, you could restore the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Herod said to the men who study the stars, ‘After you leave, search carefully for the young child, and after you have found him, report to me so that I also, having come, might worship him.’ Then he sent them to Bethlehem” -2:11 q8vp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πεσόντες προσεκύνησαν αὐτῷ 1 In their culture, **having fallen down, they worshiped him** was something that was done to a king. This shows that they saw Jesus as the true king of the Jews. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they bowed down and honored the child as they would a king” -2:11 r452 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τοὺς θησαυροὺς αὐτῶν 1 Here, **their treasures** refers to the boxes or bags they used to carry their treasures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the containers that held their treasures” -2:11 kidl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ δῶρα 1 In some cultures, gifts are brought when you are meeting someone important to show that you honor them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they offered him gifts to honor him” -2:13 v88f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἕως ἂν εἴπω σοι 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you can make the full meaning of this statement explicit. Alternate translation: “until I tell you it is safe to come back” -2:15 ft3a rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἦν ἐκεῖ 1 It is implied that Joseph, Mary, and Jesus remained in Egypt. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Joseph, Mary, and Jesus were there” -2:15 we5w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἵνα πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ Κυρίου διὰ τοῦ προφήτου 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order that God might prove true that which he spoke through the prophet Hosea” -2:15 s792 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντος 1 See how you translated **saying** in [1:23](../01/23.md) -2:16 g513 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐνεπαίχθη ὑπὸ τῶν μάγων 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the learned men had embarrassed him by tricking him” -2:16 d8d5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀποστείλας, ἀνεῖλεν πάντας τοὺς παῖδας 1 Herod sent other people to kill the **children**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he gave orders for his soldiers to kill all the boys” or “he sent soldiers there to kill all the boy babies” -2:17 l8g5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐπληρώθη τὸ ῥηθὲν 1 See how your translated this in [2:15](../02/15.md) -2:18 k91t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive φωνὴ & ἠκούσθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People heard a voice” or “People heard a sound” -2:18 x062 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὀδυρμὸς πολύς 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that the sound of weeping was very strong. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “much weeping” -2:18 zm17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Ῥαχὴλ κλαίουσα τὰ τέκνα αὐτῆς, καὶ οὐκ ἤθελεν παρακληθῆναι 1 **Rachel** lived many years before this time. This prophecy depicts Rachel, who is represented by her descendants weeping over their children. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Rachel are weeping over their children, and no one can comfort them” -2:18 rgg1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὐκ ἤθελεν παρακληθῆναι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one could comfort her” -2:18 p9ri rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism ὅτι οὐκ εἰσίν 1 Here, **they are no more** is a polite way of saying they are dead. If it would be helpful in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “because they were dead” or “because the children were gone and would never return” -2:20 hz2m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism οἱ ζητοῦντες τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦ παιδίου 1 Here, **seeking the life of the child** is a way of saying they wanted to kill the child. If it would be helpful in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “those who were looking for the child in order to kill him” -2:22 h4cq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἀρχέλαος 1 The word **Archelaus** is the name of Herod’s son. -2:23 dx5i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τῶν προφητῶν 1 See how you translated this in [2:15](../02/15.md) -3:intro a6h3 0 # Matthew 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in verse 3.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### John the Baptist\n\nIn this chapter, John the Baptist appears, preaching in the wilderness. He is portrayed by Matthew as resembling the Prophet Elijah in the way that he dresses and by what he eats. We know from other Gospels that John is Jesus’ cousin. John the Baptist comes before Jesus to make people ready for his coming.\n\n### “Kingdom of heaven”\n\n“The kingdom of Heaven” is synonymous with “kingdom of God” from the other three Gospels. It is a major concept in the Gospel of Matthew and is very rich in meaning. It includes the idea of eternal life in the presence of God, but it also includes the idea of what the earth will be like in the future when God rules everything, and the idea of life on earth right now, when and where God’s wishes are carried out fully. The unifying concept behind all of these ideas is that of people becoming the people over whom God rules. Wherever the expression “the kingdom of God” occurs, translation notes will suggest communicating this idea behind the abstract noun “kingdom.” UST models this approach consistently. (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)\n\n### “Bear fruit worthy of repentance”\n\nFruit is a common metaphor for doing good things that God desires you to do. That idea is similar to what we observe in nature, that if a fruit plant is healthy, it will bear a lot of good fruit, but if a fruit plant is unhealthy, it will bear bad fruit or no fruit.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Metonymy\n\nMatthew uses metonymy frequently in this chapter to express groups of people or things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language to express these figures of speech. -3:1 xp3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 This is the beginning of a new part of the story where Matthew tells of the ministry of John the Baptist. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time while Jesus was still in Galilee” -3:1 ifa0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants Ἰωάννης ὁ Βαπτιστὴς 1 This introduces **John** as a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. The expression “the Baptist” identifies him as someone who baptized people in water after they were sorry for their sins. Since he is a new participant, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could call him something like “a man named John, who baptized people” -3:2 hvx8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἤγγικεν & ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The phrase **the kingdom of the heavens** refers to God ruling as king. Here, **heavens** refers to the place from which God rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “our God in heaven will soon show himself to be king” -3:3 fl4v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ ῥηθεὶς διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “For John was the one about whom Isaiah spoke when he said” -3:3 yhe7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου; εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ 1 Here there is a direct quotation inside a direct quotation, as Matthew quotes Isaiah who quotes the messenger. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “telling people to make ready the way of the Lord and to make his paths straight” -3:3 hxb6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “The voice of someone is heard crying out in the wilderness, saying:” -3:3 s62r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche φωνὴ βοῶντος 1 Here, a voice refers to the messenger who uses his voice to cry out. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “People will hear the messenger’s voice as he cries out” -3:3 n7lh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου; εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ 1 **Make ready the way of the Lord** and **make his paths straight** mean almost the same thing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine the two. “Prepare to hear and obey the Lord’s message when he comes”. -3:3 j99i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου 1 Isaiah uses a metaphor here of preparing paths or the way on which someone will travel. If someone prepares a path for another, they make the path walkable. If someone in high authority were coming, they would make sure the roads were clear from any hazards. So this metaphor means that the people should prepare themselves to receive the Lord’s message when he comes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture or use plain speech. Alternate translation: “Prepare to hear and obey the Lord’s message when he comes” -3:4 j647 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ Ἰωάννης εἶχεν τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τριχῶν καμήλου καὶ ζώνην δερματίνην περὶ τὴν ὀσφὺν αὐτοῦ, ἡ δὲ τροφὴ ἦν αὐτοῦ ἀκρίδες καὶ μέλι ἄγριον 1 The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Matthew gives the reader some background information about what John the Baptist ate and what he looked like. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. -3:4 su9d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom εἶχεν τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τριχῶν καμήλου 1 The phrase **had his clothing from the hair of a camel** means that he wore clothes made from camels’ hair. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “wore clothing made from the hair of a camel” -3:4 wo34 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown καμήλου 1 If your readers would not know what a **camel** is, you could include a description in a footnote or use a more general term. Alternate translation: “large, humped animal used for riding and carrying burdens in hot, dry areas” -3:4 xgxk rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀκρίδες 1 If your readers would not know what **locusts** are, you could include a description in a footnote or use a more general term. Alternate translation: “grasshoppers” or “insects” -3:5 j8ke rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Ἱεροσόλυμα, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ περίχωρος τοῦ Ἰορδάνου 1 The words **Jerusalem**, **Judea**, and **the region around the Jordan** are metonyms for the people from those areas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “people from Jerusalem, Judea, and the region near the Jordan river” -3:5 zys1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole Ἱεροσόλυμα, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ περίχωρος 1 The word **all** is an exaggeration to emphasize that very many people went out. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that depicts many people. Alternate translation: “very many people from Jerusalem, Judea, and the region near the Jordan river” -3:6 v5xn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίζοντο & ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “receiving baptism by John” -3:7 fjl3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν 1 Here, **offspring of vipers** means having the characteristic of vipers, which are poisonous snakes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “You evil poisonous snakes!” or “You are evil like poisonous snakes!” -3:7 c4cl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίς ὑπέδειξεν ὑμῖν φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς? 1 John uses a question to rebuke the Pharisees and Sadducees because they were asking him to baptize them so that God would not punish them, but they did not want to stop sinning. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You cannot flee from God’s wrath like this.” or “Do not think that you can escape God’s wrath just because I baptize you.” -3:7 h7ac rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς 1 The phrase **coming wrath** is being used to refer to God’s punishment. Wrath itself cannot come, but God is the one who causes it to happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “to flee from God’s wrath which he is bringing against you” -3:8 s8ac rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ποιήσατε οὖν καρπὸν ἄξιον τῆς μετανοίας 1 The phrase **produce fruit** is a metaphor referring to a person’s actions. Just as a healthy tree bears good fruit, so should someone who loves God do good. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “So, let your actions show that you have truly repented” -3:9 anyf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ 1 They would say **We have Abraham {as} father** because they thought being Abraham’s descendants would protect them from God’s judgment. Alternate translation: “Abraham is our ancestor, so God would not punish us” -3:9 s4og rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πατέρα 1 Here, the word **father** means “ancestor.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “Abraham is our ancestor” -3:9 k843 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole δύναται ὁ Θεὸς ἐκ τῶν λίθων τούτων ἐγεῖραι τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ 1 John uses an exaggeration here to show that God does not need these Pharisees and Sadducees to fulfill his promises which he made to **Abraham**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that portrays this exaggeration. Alternate translation: “God could make children of Abraham even out of these rocks!” -3:9 eedc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ 1 Here, the word **children** means “descendants.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “descendants for Abraham” -3:10 d4j5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἤδη δὲ ἡ ἀξίνη πρὸς τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων κεῖται; πᾶν οὖν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The person who is going to cut down the tree has already placed his ax against the roots. So, he will cut down every tree which does not bear good fruit and throw it into the fire” -3:10 a8m8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πᾶν οὖν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται 1 The phrase **every tree not producing good fruit is chopped down and is thrown into the fire** is a figurative way of describing punishment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “God will certainly punish every person who does not repent of their sins and do good deeds to show it” -3:11 c1xf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς τὰ ὑποδήματα βαστάσαι 1 Here, **to carry sandals** was a duty of a slave. John is saying implicitly that the one who is coming will be so great that John is not even worthy to be his slave. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am not even worthy to be his slave” -3:11 gtm7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ καὶ πυρί 1 John is using literal baptism, which puts a person under water, to speak of spiritual baptism, which cleanses people from their sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. -3:12 gcq8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ 1 John is saying that the Messiah will come prepared to judge people right away. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here in your translation. Alternate translation: “He will already be prepared to judge people, just like a farmer who is ready to thresh grain” -3:12 sq4p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **in his hand** means the person is ready to act. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Christ is holding a winnowing fork because he is ready” -3:12 b5m4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὸ πτύον 1 A **winnowing fork** is a tool for tossing wheat into the air to separate the wheat grain from the chaff. The heavier grain falls back down, and the wind blows away the unwanted chaff. This tool is similar to a pitchfork. If you have a similar tool in your culture, you can use the word for it here. Otherwise, you can use a phrase that would express the meaning. Alternate translation: “tool for threshing grain” -3:12 r2ua rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ 1 The **threshing floor** was the place where harvested wheat was processed to separate the valuable grain from the useless husks. To clear off the floor is to finish threshing all the grain. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the name of a place of similar use in your culture, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “his place where he separated the grain from the chaff” -3:12 av8l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor συνάξει τὸν σῖτον αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην & τὸ δὲ ἄχυρον κατακαύσει πυρὶ ἀσβέστῳ 1 John continues to speak, describing how the coming Messiah will judge people. The wheat is the part of the crop that is useful. It represents people who are obedient to God, who will be welcomed into his presence. The chaff is the husk that surrounds the grain. It is not useful for anything, so people burn it up. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here, placing a period after “floor” and deleting the word “and.”. Alternate translation: “He will welcome those who are obedient to God, just as a farmer stores good grain in his barn. But he will punish those who are disobedient to God, just as a farmer burns up the useless chaff” -3:13 vl93 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent τότε 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThis introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” -3:13 zbj9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive βαπτισθῆναι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so John could baptize him” -3:14 cl7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἐγὼ χρείαν ἔχω ὑπὸ σοῦ βαπτισθῆναι, καὶ σὺ ἔρχῃ πρός με? 1 John uses a question to show his surprise at Jesus’ request. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are more important than I am. I should not baptize you. You should baptize me” -3:15 h6ca rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 Here, **us** refers to Jesus and John. Your language may require you to mark these forms. -3:15 wdcu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom πληρῶσαι πᾶσαν δικαιοσύνην 1 The phrase **to fulfill all righteousness** means to do everything which God requires someone to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to do everything which God has told us to do” -3:16 inf6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive βαπτισθεὶς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “after John baptized Jesus” -3:16 jh1v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀνεῴχθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ οὐρανοί 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the sky opened up” -3:16 e3na rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ Θεοῦ καταβαῖνον ὡσεὶ περιστερὰν ἐρχόμενον ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 The phrase **like a dove** could mean: (1) the Spirit looked like a dove as he descended upon Jesus. Alternate translation: “he Spirit come down from heaven, looking like a dove” (2) the Spirit descend upon Jesus as a dove descends from the sky toward the ground. Alternate translation: “The Spirit of God came down from heaven as a dove comes down” -3:17 m2wk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification φωνὴ ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν λέγουσα 1 Matthew speaks of this voice as if it were a living thing that could come from heaven to earth. The voice is God’s voice. Alternate translation: “God spoke from heaven and said” -3:17 myz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱός μου 1 This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. -4:intro hgw2 0 # Matthew 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in verses 5 and 16, which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The Devil\n\nThe devil, or Satan, is a fallen angel who attacks God’s people and tries to get them to turn against God. The devil hates God and all that God created because he wants to take the place of God and be worshiped as God. rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/satan\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter -4:1 k51m rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent τότε 1 This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “After this,” -4:1 aq3s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνήχθη & ὑπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Spirit led Jesus” -4:1 wy4b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πειρασθῆναι ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου 1 If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so the devil could tempt Jesus” -4:2 cft7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα καὶ νύκτας τεσσεράκοντα 1 This means he fasted continually with no breaks for a period of 40 days. -4:2 cuu1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα καὶ νύκτας τεσσεράκοντα 1 Matthew uses **40 days and 40 nights** to express that Jesus fasted for 40 entire days without stopping. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “for 40 whole days” -4:3 oyws rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰπὲ ἵνα οἱ λίθοι οὗτοι ἄρτοι γένωνται 1 The devil is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, and that the stone will only become bread if Jesus speaks to them as the Son of God. The devil is speaking as if it is uncertain who Jesus is in order to challenge him to do this miracle to prove that he really is the Son of God. If this would be unclear in your language, you could clarify. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are the Son of God by commanding these stones to become bread” -4:3 c1ac rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς & τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. -4:4 fd67 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote this in the Scriptures long ago” -4:4 sph9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations γέγραπται 1 In Matthew’s culture, **it is written** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, an Old Testament book written by Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “as it can be read in the Old Testament” -4:4 i33v οὐκ ἐπ’ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ ζήσεται ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 This can either be (1) a command. Alternate translation: “Man shall not live on bread alone” or (2) a general statement: Alternate translation: “Man does not live on bread alone” -4:4 d010 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 This verse is not speaking about a specific person, but about people in general. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “A person” -4:4 xbai rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to what came before it. People should not only live on food, but also must hear what the Lord is teaching them. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but also” -4:4 jl6f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor παντὶ ῥήματι ἐκπορευομένῳ διὰ στόματος Θεοῦ 1 The metaphor **coming from the mouth of God** refers to everything which God has spoken. God does not actually have a mouth from which words would come. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “every word which God has spoken” -4:6 x2vg rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς & τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. -4:6 dnrp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit βάλε σεαυτὸν κάτω 1 When Satan tells Jesus to **throw yourself down**, he means that Jesus should throw himself from on top of the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “throw yourself down from on top of the high point of the temple” -4:6 x6zc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γέγραπται γὰρ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for God has written in his word” -4:6 fa8l rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations γέγραπται 1 Satan is quoting from the book of Psalms. See note on [4:4](../04/4.md) for how you translated this phrase -4:6 f1mm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐπὶ χειρῶν ἀροῦσίν σε 1 This verse is saying that God’s angels would catch Jesus if he were to **throw himself down**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The angels would catch you if you fell” -4:7 fn07 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πάλιν γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Again, I will tell you what Moses wrote in the Scriptures” -4:7 c7t5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun οὐκ ἐκπειράσεις 1 Here, **You** refers to people in general, and not to a specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “No one shall” -4:8 d12q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καὶ τὴν δόξαν αὐτῶν 1 Here, **their glory** is referring to the riches that these nations have. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the riches which they possess” -4:9 al72 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ταῦτά σοι πάντα δώσω 1 Satan is using a hypothetical statement to tempt Jesus. Make sure to make this hypothetical statement explicit in your language. Alternate translation: “If you bow down and worship me, I will give you all of these things” -4:9 eas8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ἐὰν πεσὼν 1 This was a common action to show that a person was worshiping. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “if you show reverence to me” -4:10 k49q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γέγραπται γάρ 1 If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “For Moses also wrote in the Scriptures” -4:10 rig8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun προσκυνήσεις & λατρεύσεις 1 Here, **You** refers to people in general and not to a specific person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “Each person shall worship … each person shall serve” -4:12 v7p4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background δὲ 1 This is the beginning of a new part of the story in which Matthew describes the beginning of Jesus’ ministry in Galilee. These verses explain how Jesus came to be in Galilee. -4:12 d1vi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Ἰωάννης παρεδόθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the king had arrested John” -4:13 hpm4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν ὁρίοις Ζαβουλὼν καὶ Νεφθαλείμ 1 The words **Zebulun** and **Naphtali** are the names of the tribes that lived in these territories many years earlier, before foreigners took control of the land of Israel. -4:14 tj7c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ ῥηθὲν 1 If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what God said” -4:15 egx6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche γῆ Ζαβουλὼν καὶ γῆ Νεφθαλείμ & Γαλιλαία τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 Jesus refers to these places, when he is really referring to the people who live in them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “You who live in Zebulun and Naphtali” -4:15 se2r ὁδὸν θαλάσσης 1 The phrase **the way of the sea** could also be a title referring to a road which ran along the Sea of Galilee. -4:16 fsl6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος ἐν σκοτίᾳ 1 Here, **the people** being referred to are the Jews. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Jews, who are sitting in darkness” -4:16 h2xr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος ἐν σκοτίᾳ φῶς εἶδεν μέγα & ἐν χώρᾳ καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου, φῶς 1 Here, **darkness** and **region and shadow of death** are metaphors for not knowing the truth about God. And **light** is a metaphor for God’s true message that saves people from their sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “The people sitting in sin have heard the message that God saves” -4:16 j6gz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ καθήμενος & τοῖς καθημένοις 1 Here, **sitting** is a metaphor for living. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “who are living … to those living” -4:16 nn1r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism τοῖς καθημένοις ἐν χώρᾳ καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου, φῶς ἀνέτειλεν αὐτοῖς 1 The latter part of the sentence, **and to those sitting in the region and shadow of death, upon them has a light arisen**, has the same meaning as the first part of the sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you can combine the two parts of the verse into one. Alternate translation: “Those who are sitting in darkness have seen a great light” -4:17 dku3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἤγγικεν & ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 See how you translated this in [3:2](../03/02.md) -4:18 yrx7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 This begins a new story about Jesus’ ministry in Galilee. Here he begins to gather men to be his disciples. The story does not say how long after previous events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” -4:18 yfh5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit βάλλοντας ἀμφίβληστρον εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 They were **casting a net** in order to catch fish. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “throwing a net into the water to catch fish” -4:18 yyiy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown βάλλοντας ἀμφίβληστρον 1 Some cultures use a **net** to catch fish. A net is a mesh or network of cords or ropes which is thrown into the water to trap fish in it. If this would not be understood in your culture, you can use a general phrase. Alternate translation: “fishing in the sea” -4:18 qmzo rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background ἦσαν γὰρ ἁλιεῖς 1 Matthew is providing this background information to help readers understand why they were casting fishing nets. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation, as a new sentence: “They were doing this because they earned their living by catching fish” -4:19 y3zg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom δεῦτε ὀπίσω μου 1 **Come after me** is an idiom meaning to follow the speaker and be their student. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Follow me” -4:19 n9h3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ποιήσω ὑμᾶς ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων 1 **I will make you fishers of men** means Jesus will cause Simon and Andrew to teach people God’s true message so others will also follow Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “I will teach you to gather men to me like you used to gather fish” -4:21 utn4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐκάλεσεν αὐτούς 1 Here, **he called them** is an idiom meaning that he told them to follow him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “he told them to follow him” -4:23 jt3m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy κηρύσσων τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας 1 Here, **kingdom** refers to God’s reign as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “preaching the good news that God will soon show himself as king” -4:23 nr8m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν 1 The words **disease** and **sickness** are used here to cover every form of illness which someone might have. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “every form of illness” -4:23 ljkd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν 1 Here, **every** here is an exaggeration, and it does not mean that he healed every single disease among the people, but rather that he healed many different kinds of diseases. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “many diseases and many sicknesses” -4:24 i296 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δαιμονιζομένους 1 If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom demons controlled” -4:24 hwa0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἀπῆλθεν ἡ ἀκοὴ αὐτοῦ εἰς ὅλην τὴν Συρίαν 1 News itself can not **go out**, but rather, people spread the news about what Jesus was doing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “people were spreading the news of what Jesus was doing into all of Syria” -4:24 unqn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ πάντας τοὺς κακῶς 1 Here, **all the ones having sickness** is an exaggeration and does not mean that every single person who was sick was brought to him, but rather that many were brought. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “Those who lived there brought many sick people to him” -4:24 p3nf rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown σεληνιαζομένους 1 This refers to someone who goes unconscious and their body moves uncontrollably. If your readers would not be familiar with this disease, you could use the name of something like this from your language, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “those who sometimes become unconscious and move uncontrollably” -4:24 qk4c rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown καὶ παραλυτικούς 1 A person who is a **paralytic** is someone who is not able to use or control a large portion of their body due to injury or sickness. If your readers would not be familiar with this sickness, you could use the name of something like this in your language, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “someone who is paralyzed” or “someone who is not able to use a large portion of their body” -4:25 i9m7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Δεκαπόλεως 1 This name means “the Ten Towns.” This is the name of a region to the southeast of the Sea of Galilee. -5:intro awz8 0 # Matthew 5 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nMany people call the words in Matthew 5-7 the Sermon on the Mount. This is one long lesson that Jesus taught. Bibles divide this lesson into three chapters, but this can sometimes confuse the reader. If your translation divides the text into sections, be sure that the reader understands that the whole sermon is one large section.\n\nMatthew 5:3-10, known as the Beatitudes or Blessings, has been set apart by being set farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text, with each line beginning with the word “blessed.” This way of placing the words on the page highlights the poetic form of this teaching.\n\nJesus spoke about many different subjects in this sermon, so you may wish to help the reader by putting an empty line into the text whenever Jesus changed the subject.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “His disciples”\n\nIt is possible to refer to anyone who followed Jesus as a follower or disciple. Jesus selected 12 of his followers to become his closest disciples, “the twelve disciples” or “the Twelve.” They would later become known as the apostles.\n\n### Generic Noun Phrases\n\nIn this chapter, because Jesus is talking to a very large crowd, he often uses words such as “you”, “those”, “a person”, “someone” or other ways of speaking about people in general. He is not speaking about any particular person. This is a common practice when giving important universal teachers as Jesus is doing here. Express these phrases in a way that is natural in your language for speaking about people in general. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])\n\n### The Law\n\nMany times in this chapter, it sounds like Jesus contrasts what the law says with “but I say.” Jesus is not actually contrasting what he says with the law, but is just expanding on the meaning of the law for his listeners, to apply it to their lives. Make sure this is clear to your readers.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### You singular and you plural\n\nIn this chapter, Jesus is talking to a large crowd of his followers. Throughout the chapter, Jesus switches between using you in the singular and you in the plural while he is talking to the same people. When he is using the singular, he is referring to all of the individuals in the crowd, but is still referring to the crowd as a whole. Your language may require you to use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) -5:1 c5rq rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThis introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” -5:2 q9mm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀνοίξας τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **having opened his mouth** is an idiom meaning to speak. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “when Jesus began to speak” -5:3 jhdg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom μακάριοι 1 The phrase **Blessed {are}** indicates that God is giving favor to people and that their situation is positive or good. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “How good it is for” +2:3 mc1r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole πᾶσα 1 Matthew says **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “most of” or “the majority of” +2:4 tkxe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦ λαοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **the people** refers to the Jewish people. Matthew means that the **chief priests** and the **scribes** were part of the Jewish people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “of the Jews” or “who belonged to the Jewish people” +2:4 ne4v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἐπυνθάνετο παρ’ αὐτῶν ποῦ ὁ Χριστὸς γεννᾶται 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “he inquired from them where the Christ would be born.” +2:4 cbxv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ Χριστὸς γεννᾶται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is the place of Christ’s birth” or “is the Christ’s birthplace” +2:4 mi51 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense ὁ Χριστὸς γεννᾶται 1 Here Herod asks a question about the location of Christ’s birth using the present tense. You could use whatever tense is natural in your language for this kind of question. Alternate translation: “will the Christ be born” +2:5 w68n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἐν Βηθλέεμ 1 The chief priests and scribes are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous verse if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “He is born in Bethlehem” +2:5 l7mh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession Βηθλέεμ τῆς Ἰουδαίας 1 See how you translated this phrase in [2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “Bethlehem in Judea” +2:5 o460 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations οὕτως & γέγραπται διὰ τοῦ προφήτου 1 In Matthew’s culture, **for thus it has been written through the prophet** is a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Micah the prophet (see [Micah 5:2](../mic/05/02.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Matthew is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “this is what God had Micah the prophet write down:” +2:5 z2i4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὕτως & γέγραπται διὰ τοῦ προφήτου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “thus the prophet wrote” or “thus God told the prophet to write” +2:6 uu4h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes καὶ σύ Βηθλέεμ, γῆ Ἰούδα, οὐδαμῶς ἐλαχίστη εἶ ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν Ἰούδα; ἐκ σοῦ γὰρ ἐξελεύσεται ἡγούμενος, ὅστις ποιμανεῖ τὸν λαόν μου τὸν Ἰσραήλ. 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. If you use the following alternate translation, you will need to delete the comma at the end of the previous verse and only use one quotation mark at the end of this verse. Alternate translation: “that you, Bethlehem, land of Judah, are by no means least among the leaders of Judah, for from you will come out a ruling one who will shepherd God’s people Israel” +2:6 kmw7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe καὶ σύ Βηθλέεμ, γῆ Ἰούδα, οὐδαμῶς ἐλαχίστη εἶ ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν Ἰούδα; ἐκ σοῦ γὰρ ἐξελεύσεται ἡγούμενος, ὅστις ποιμανεῖ τὸν λαόν μου τὸν Ἰσραήλ 1 Micah was speaking to **Bethlehem** as if it were a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could direct the speech to the people who live in **Bethlehem**, or you could refer to **Bethlehem** in the third person. Alternate translation: “And Bethlehem, land of Judah, is by no means least among the leaders of Judah, for from this town a ruler will come out a ruling one who will shepherd my people Israel” +2:6 ez40 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σύ & σοῦ 1 The word **you** is singular in this verse because Micah is speaking to **Bethlehem**. +2:6 c2cl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes οὐδαμῶς ἐλαχίστη 1 The prophet Micah is using a figure of speech here that expresses a strongly positive meaning by using a negative phrase, **by no means**, together with an expression that is the opposite of the intended meaning, **least**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the positive meaning. Alternate translation: “very great” or “important” +2:6 pi6x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν Ἰούδα 1 Since Micah is speaking to **Bethlehem** as if it were a person, he refers important towns in **Judah** as if they were **leaders**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the leading towns of Judah” or “the great cities in Judah” +2:6 rihn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐκ σοῦ & ἐξελεύσεται ἡγούμενος 1 Here Micah refers to a person from Bethlehem becoming a **ruling one** as if the person were coming out of Bethlehem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a person from you will be a ruling one” +2:6 tg5d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ποιμανεῖ 1 Here, the prophet Micah is speaking of leading caring for the **people** as if it were shepherding. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will lead and care for”\n +2:7 uusp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὸν χρόνον τοῦ φαινομένου ἀστέρος 1 Here, Matthew is using the possessive form to describe the **time** when the **star** appeared. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the time at which the star appeared” +2:7 h2y0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἠκρίβωσεν παρ’ αὐτῶν τὸν χρόνον τοῦ φαινομένου ἀστέρος. 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “inquired from them, ‘What was the time of the appearing of the star?’” +2:8 jtw7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ πέμψας αὐτοὺς εἰς Βηθλέεμ εἶπεν, πορευθέντες ἐξετάσατε ἀκριβῶς περὶ τοῦ παιδίου; ἐπὰν δὲ εὕρητε, ἀπαγγείλατέ μοι ὅπως κἀγὼ ἐλθὼν προσκυνήσω αὐτῷ 1 Matthew tells how King Herod sent the learned men to Bethlehem before he mentions what King Herod told them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could rearrange this verse so that it tells the events in sequential order. Alternate translation: “And he said, ‘Having gone, search carefully for the young child, and after you have found him, report to me so that I also, having come, might worship him.’ Then, he sent them to Bethlehem.”\n +2:8 sbwi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go πορευθέντες 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **gone**. Alternate translation: “Having come” +2:8 iod8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐλθὼν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “gone” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “having gone” +2:8 g4d0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit προσκυνήσω 1 Translate **worship** as you did in [2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “bow before” or “kneel before him to honor” +2:9 zws5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐπορεύθησαν 1 Here Matthew implies that they went to Bethlehem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “went to Bethlehem” +2:9 fzm1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “pay attention” +2:9 yb5t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν τῇ ἀνατολῇ 1 Translate this phrase as you did in [2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “when it rose” or “as it rose in the east” +2:9 iknf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification προῆγεν αὐτούς ἕως ἐλθὼν ἐστάθη ἐπάνω οὗ ἦν τὸ παιδίον 1 Here Matthew speaks as if the **star** were a person who could go somewhere and stand there. He means that the star moved in the sky until it was directly above the place where Jesus was staying. We do not know exactly how the **star** moved or what it looked like. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state directly that the star moved and then stopped. Alternate translation: “was moving in the sky ahead of them until it was above where the young child was. Then it stopped moving” +2:10 otdt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἰδόντες & τὸν ἀστέρα 1 Here Matthew could mean that: (1) they saw how the star moved and then stopped over where Jesus was. Alternate translation: “having seen that the star had stopped” or “having seen that the star was guiding them” (2) they saw that the star had appeared again. Alternate translation: “having seen the star again” or “having seen the reappear” +2:10 vd00 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo ἐχάρησαν χαρὰν μεγάλην σφόδρα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **joy** or would not use both the noun **joy** and the verb **rejoiced** together, you could express the same idea by using only the verb. Alternate translation: “they rejoiced very much” or “they rejoiced exceedingly greatly” +2:11 y2tl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐλθόντες 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **gone**. Alternate translation: “having come” +2:11 kidl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πεσόντες 1 Here Matthew means that the learned men kneeled on the ground or bowed down very low. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “kneeled down” or “prostrating themselves” +2:11 q8vp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit προσεκύνησαν 1 Translate **worshiped** as you did in [2:2](../02/02.md) and [2:8](../02/08.md). Alternate translation: “bowed before” or “kneeled before him to honor” +2:11 r452 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τοὺς θησαυροὺς αὐτῶν 1 Here, **their treasures** refers to the boxes or bags they used to carry their gifts. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the containers that held their treasures” or “their treasure boxes” +2:12 th3j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive χρηματισθέντες 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “God having warned them” +2:12 fjue rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations κατ’ ὄναρ μὴ ἀνακάμψαι πρὸς Ἡρῴδην & ἀνεχώρησαν 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “through a dream, ‘Do not return to Herod,’ they departed” +2:13 k00j rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,” +2:13 l4ue rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “pay attention” +2:13 pr5c rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense φαίνεται 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “appeared” +2:13 dawp rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he commanded him” +2:13 ygms rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἐγερθεὶς, παράλαβε τὸ παιδίον καὶ τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ καὶ φεῦγε εἰς Αἴγυπτον, καὶ ἴσθι ἐκεῖ ἕως ἂν εἴπω σοι; μέλλει γὰρ Ἡρῴδης ζητεῖν τὸ παιδίον τοῦ ἀπολέσαι αὐτό 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the last clause gives the reason for the command in the first clauses. Alternate translation: “Because Herod is going to seek the young child to kill him, having gotten up, take the young child and his mother, and flee to Egypt, and remain there until I tell you.” +2:13 v88f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἕως ἂν εἴπω σοι 1 Here the angel implies that he will **tell** Joseph that it is safe to return to his home. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “until I tell you it is safe to come back” +2:14 drx2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit νυκτὸς 1 Here Matthew implies that they **departed for Egypt** the same **night** in which Joseph had the dream. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “that very night” +2:15 ft3a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἦν 1 Matthew implies that Mary and Jesus also lived in Egypt with Joseph. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Joseph, Mary, and Jesus were” +2:15 we5w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πληρωθῇ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this might fulfill” +2:15 lv97 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ Κυρίου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what the Lord spoke” +2:15 rbm7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦ προφήτου 1 The **prophet** to whom Matthew refers is Hosea. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Hosea the prophet” +2:15 s792 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντος 1 In Matthew’s culture, saying was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Hosea the prophet (see [Hosea 11:1](../hos/11/01.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Matthew is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “who wrote in the book of Hosea” or “who declared”\n +2:15 imhz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκάλεσα 1 Here the author of the quotation, Hosea, implies that God is summoning his **son** from Egypt. He is not just speaking to his **son**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I summoned” +2:16 aygj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἰδὼν 1 Here, Paul speaks of knowing as if it were seeing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having learned” or “having known” +2:16 bhtt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐνεπαίχθη ὑπὸ τῶν μάγων 1 Matthew implies that Herod realized that the **learned men** were not going to visit him and tell him where Jesus was. That is why he felt **mocked**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he had been mocked by the learned men, who were not going to return” or “the learned men had deceived him by not coming back to him” +2:16 g513 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐνεπαίχθη ὑπὸ τῶν μάγων 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the learned men had mocked him” +2:16 d8d5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀποστείλας, ἀνεῖλεν 1 Here Matthew implies that Herod sent other people to kill the **children**. He did not kill the children himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this idea more explicitly. Alternate translation: “he sent forth his soldiers to kill” +2:16 tvj8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀπὸ διετοῦς καὶ κατωτέρω 1 Here, the phrase **from two years and under** identifies **children** that are two years old or younger than two years old. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase in your language. Alternate translation: “from those who where just born to those who were two years old” or “those who were younger than three years old” +2:16 es2c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κατὰ τὸν χρόνον ὃν ἠκρίβωσεν παρὰ τῶν μάγων 1 Here Matthew implies that Herod decided what ages of baby boys to have killed based on when the learned men first saw the star. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “basing this decision on the time of the star’s appearance that he had determined exactly from the learned men” +2:17 x68m rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous τότε 1 Here, the word **Then** indicates that the prophecy was fulfilled at the time when Herod had his soldiers kill the baby boys in Bethlehem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces something that happens at the same time. Alternate translation: “And so” or “It was then that” +2:17 l8g5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐπληρώθη τὸ ῥηθὲν 1 See how your translated the similar passive forms in [1:22](../01/22.md) and [2:15](../02/15.md). Alternate translation: “these events fulfilled what God spoke” +2:17 ykxc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντος 1 In Matthew’s culture, **saying** was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by **Jeremiah the prophet** (see [Jeremiah 31:15](../jer/31/15.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Matthew is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “who wrote in the book of Jeremiah” or “who declared” +2:18 zm17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor φωνὴ ἐν Ῥαμὰ ἠκούσθη, κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὀδυρμὸς πολύς, Ῥαχὴλ κλαίουσα τὰ τέκνα αὐτῆς, καὶ οὐκ ἤθελεν παρακληθῆναι 1 This prophecy speaks of women who live in **Ramah** as if they were **Rachel**, their ancestor. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer directly to the women who are descended from **Rachel**. Alternate translation: “Voices were heard in Ramah, weeping and great mourning, women descended from Rachel weeping for their children, and not willing to be comforted” +2:18 k91t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive φωνὴ & ἠκούσθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “There was a voice” or “People heard a voice” +2:18 x062 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὀδυρμὸς πολύς 1 The terms **weeping** and **great mourning** mean similar things. Matthew is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “much weeping” or “deep mourning” +2:18 sve3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὐκ ἤθελεν παρακληθῆναι, ὅτι οὐκ εἰσίν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “because they are no more, she is not willing to be comforted” +2:18 rgg1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὐκ ἤθελεν παρακληθῆναι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “she was not willing to receive comfort” or “no one could comfort her” +2:18 p9ri rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism οὐκ εἰσίν 1 The author of the quotation is referring to the death of the children in a polite way by using the phrase **they are no more**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “they had passed away” or “because they had died” +2:19 vupx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,” +2:19 wwpi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “suddenly” +2:19 o6s1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense φαίνεται 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “appeared” +2:20 pljv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he commanded him” +2:20 hij7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἐγερθεὶς, παράλαβε τὸ παιδίον καὶ τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ, καὶ πορεύου εἰς γῆν Ἰσραήλ; τεθνήκασιν γὰρ οἱ ζητοῦντες τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦ παιδίου 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the last clause gives the reason for the command in the first clauses. Alternate translation: “Because the ones seeking the life of the child have died, having gotten up, take the young child and his mother and go to the land of Israel.” +2:20 hz2m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οἱ ζητοῦντες τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦ παιδίου 1 Here, the phrase **the ones seeking the life of the child** refers to people who wanted to kill the child. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the ones seeking to do away with the child” or “the ones wishing to kill the child” +2:22 h4cq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἀρχέλαος 1 The word **Archelaus** is the name of a man. He began to rule after his father **Herod** died. +2:22 n47p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἀκούσας & ὅτι Ἀρχέλαος βασιλεύει τῆς Ἰουδαίας ἀντὶ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ Ἡρῴδου, ἐφοβήθη 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “having heard, ‘Archelaus is reigning over Judea in the place of his father Herod,’ he was afraid” +2:22 m1ph rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit χρηματισθεὶς 1 Here Matthew implies that Joseph was **warned** against living in Judea. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having been warned about living in Judea” +2:22 dy6b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive χρηματισθεὶς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God, probably speaking through an angel. Alternate translation: “God having warned him” or “an angel of the Lord having warned him” +2:23 ev23 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐλθὼν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “come” instead of **gone**. Alternate translation: “having come” +2:23 oxc9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κατῴκησεν 1 Matthew implies that Mary and Jesus also lived in **Nazareth** with Joseph. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Joseph, Mary, and Jesus lived” +2:23 lax1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive λεγομένην 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that people called” or “whose name was” +2:23 rwhw rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ὅπως 1 Here, the phrase **so that** could introduce: (1) a result from Joseph and his family living in Nazareth. Alternate translation: “with the result that” (2) a purpose for which Joseph and his family lived in Nazareth. If you use the following alternate translation, you may need to delete the comma after **prophets**. Alternate translation: “in order that” +2:23 dx5i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν 1 See how your translated the similar passive forms in [2:15](../02/15.md) and [2:17](../02/17.md). Alternate translation: “this might fulfill what God spoke” +2:23 vxb8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations τῶν προφητῶν, ὅτι Ναζωραῖος κληθήσεται 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “the prophets, ‘He will be called a Nazarene’” +2:23 okmw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo τῶν προφητῶν 1 Matthew does not clarify which **prophets** he is referring to, and there is no single passage in the Old Testament that speaks about Jesus being a **Nazarene**. Because of that, you should not include any implied information here. If possible, leave the statement as general as it appears in the ULT. Alternate translation: “God’s prophets” or “prophets” +2:23 sa9k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Ναζωραῖος κληθήσεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “they will call him a Nazarene” +2:23 yrb7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns κληθήσεται 1 The pronoun **he** refers to the Messiah. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer to the Messiah more directly. The **prophets** probably did not know that his name would be Jesus, so you should use a title like “Christ” or “Messiah” here. Alternate translation: “the Christ will be called” +3:intro a6h3 0 # Matthew 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. The birth of Jesus Christ and the beginning of his ministry (1:1-4:25)\n * The ministry of John the Baptist (3:1–12)\n * John baptizes Jesus (3:13–17)\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quotation from the Old Testament in verse 3.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### John the Baptist\n\nIn this chapter, Matthew introduces John the Baptist, who preached in the wilderness. Matthew describes his clothing and his food in ways that resemble the prophet Elijah. John preaches a message that called for repentance. He prepared the way for Jesus to begin his ministry.\n\n### Baptism\n\nThe word “baptism” refers to a ritual washing, usually with water. John’s baptism is similar to Christian baptism, but it does not mean exactly the same thing (see [Acts 18:24–26](../act/18/24.md)). John says that his baptism is “for repentance” (see [3:11](../03/11.md)). Most likely, it symbolized the removal of the sins that people were repenting of and the beginning of a new way of living. However, even Jesus received this baptism despite the fact that he did not need to repent of any sins. In this case, the baptism may symbolize complete dedication to God. Consider how you might refer to this kind of ritual washing in your language.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Fruit tree metaphor\n\nIn [3:8](../03/08.md) and [3:10](../03/10.md), John speaks of people as if they were fruit trees. He says that people need to produce “good fruit,” just like fruit trees should. However, every fruit tree that does not produce good fruit will be cut down and burned. In the same way, people who do not do what is right will be judged and punished. If possible, preserve this metaphor or express it in simile form.\n\n### Wheat harvest metaphor\n\nIn [3:12](../03/12.md), John speaks of people as if they were parts of wheat plants. People who obey God are like the edible part of the wheat plant, the grain. People who disobey God are like the inedible parts of the wheat plant, the stalk and husk. Just as a farmer separates the grain from the stalks and the husks, so God will separate people into those who obey him and those who do not. Then, just as the farmer stores the grain and burns the stalks and husks, so God will save those who obey him and punish those who do not. If possible, preserve this metaphor or express it in simile form. +3:1 xp3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,” +3:1 yoaf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν & ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις 1 Here, Matthew uses the term **days** to refer to a particular period of time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that identifies a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “during that time” +3:1 tmu9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις 1 Here, the phrase **those days** refers to the period of time before Jesus began his public ministry. During this time, Jesus lived in Nazareth with his family. Matthew is not referring to the period of time in which Joseph, Mary, and Jesus traveled back from Egypt to Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer more explicitly to the time period in which Jesus lived in Nazareth. Alternate translation: “the days when Jesus lived in Nazareth” or “the days before Jesus began his ministry” +3:1 ifa0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants παραγίνεται Ἰωάννης ὁ Βαπτιστὴς 1 This phrase introduces a new character into the story. If your language has an expression of its own that serves this purpose, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “there is a man named John the Baptist” or “a man called John the Baptist appears” +3:1 bcdv rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense παραγίνεται 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “came” +3:2 nc62 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said” +3:2 u2pi rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result μετανοεῖτε, ἤγγικεν γὰρ ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the command in the first clause. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of the heavens is near, so repent” +3:2 hvx8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἤγγικεν 1 Here Matthew uses this phrase in the sense of **near** in time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “is about to begin” or “is about to happen” +3:3 et5g rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a further explanation of what Matthew has said about John the Baptist. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “In fact,” or “Now” +3:3 fl4v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ ῥηθεὶς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one about whom the Lord spoke” +3:3 qt02 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντος 1 In Matthew’s culture, **saying** was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet (see [Isaiah 40:3](../isa/40/03.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Matthew is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “who wrote in the book of Isaiah” or “who declared” +3:3 s62r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche φωνὴ 1 Isaiah is using **voice** to represent the person who is speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “A person” or “Someone”\n +3:3 mm58 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “calling out in the wilderness and saying” or “calling out in the wilderness, declaring”\n +3:3 yhe7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes τῇ ἐρήμῳ: ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου; εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. If you do, you will need to delete the single quotation mark at the end of this quotation. Alternate translation: “the wilderness that people must make ready the way of the Lord, that they must make his paths straight”\n +3:3 n7lh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου; εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a connecting word in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “Make ready the way of the Lord, yes, make his paths straight” +3:3 j99i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου; εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ 1 Here Isaiah speaks as if people should build maintain roads for **the Lord** to travel on as he comes to visit his people. He means that people need to be living and acting the proper ways when **the Lord** appears to his people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the metaphor in simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Live and behave in a way that pleases God, as if you were making a road ready for him to travel on” +3:4 j647 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ Ἰωάννης 1 Here Matthew uses the word **Now** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. The word does not introduce another event in the story. This background information is found in [3:4–6](../03/04.md). Use a natural form in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “Concerning this John, he” +3:4 su9d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom εἶχεν τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τριχῶν καμήλου 1 The phrase **had his clothing from the hair of a camel** means that he wore clothes made from camels’ hair. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “wore clothing made from the hair of camels” +3:4 dagi rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ζώνην δερματίνην 1 A **leather belt** is a thin strap made out of animal skin that holds clothing in place. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of clothing, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “an animal skin strap” or “a band made from animal skin” +3:5 ncp6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous τότε 1 Here, the word **Then** refers to the period of time in which John was preaching in the wilderness (see [3:1](../03/01.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “While John was preaching,” or “During the time when John was in the wilderness,” +3:5 ytnz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξεπορεύετο 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “coming” instead of **going**. Alternate translation: “were coming out” +3:5 j8ke rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Ἱεροσόλυμα, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ περίχωρος τοῦ Ἰορδάνου 1 Here, the terms **Jerusalem**, **Judea**, and **the {region} around the Jordan** represent the people who live in those areas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “” +3:5 zys1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ περίχωρος τοῦ Ἰορδάνου 1 Matthew twice says **all** as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “most of Judea, and most of the region around the Jordan” +3:6 ls9k rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential ἐβαπτίζοντο ἐν τῷ Ἰορδάνῃ Ποταμῷ ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ, ἐξομολογούμενοι τὰς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν 1 Here the people were **confessing their sins** before they were **being baptized**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could rearrange the elements so that these events are in sequential order, or you could use another form to indicate the sequence Alternate translation: “confessing their sins, they were being baptized by him in the Jordan River” or “being baptized by him in the Jordan River after they confessed their sins” +3:6 v5xn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίζοντο & ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he was baptizing them” +3:6 q311 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐξομολογούμενοι 1 Here it is the people who are **confessing**, not John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “as they confessed” +3:7 lxwz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,” +3:7 jclu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐπὶ τὸ βάπτισμα αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **for his baptism** could indicate that the Pharisees and Sadducees are **coming**: (1) so that they can receive John’s **baptism**. Alternate translation: “to receive his baptism” (2) to the place where John is baptizing. Alternate translation: “to where he was baptizing” or “the place of his baptism” +3:7 tcva rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ τὸ βάπτισμα αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **baptism**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to be baptized by him” +3:7 fjl3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν 1 The expression **Offspring of** is an idiom that means a person shares the qualities of something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You are like vipers” or “You have the qualities of vipers” +3:7 qtu3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν 1 Here John speaks of the Pharisees and Sadducees as if they were like **vipers** (see the previous note for the meaning of the phrase **Offspring of**). He means that they are evil and hurt other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You are like poisonous creatures” or “You evil people” +3:7 kr0r rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἐχιδνῶν 1 If your readers would not recognize the name **vipers**, which refers to dangerous poisonous snakes, you could state something more general. Alternate translation: “of poisonous snakes” or “of poisonous animals” +3:7 c4cl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίς ὑπέδειξεν ὑμῖν φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς? 1 John is using the question form to rebuke the Pharisees and Sadducees for coming to be baptized by him when they really do not believe that they need to **flee from the coming wrath**. In other words, they want to be baptized, but they do not think that they need to repent of anything. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I realize that you do not really think that you need to flee from the coming wrath!” or “You do not actually believe that you must flee from the coming wrath.” +3:7 h7ac rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς 1 Here, the word **wrath** refers to how God will punish people who do not believe and who disobey him. The word **coming** means that the **wrath** will happen soon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the future punishment” or “the punishment that God will soon inflict” +3:8 msjo rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Here, the word **Therefore** introduces an exhortation based on what John said in rebuking the Pharisees and Sadducees in the previous verse (see [3:7](../03/07.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an exhortation based on a previous rebuke. Alternate translation: “Instead” or “But here is what you should do” +3:8 s8ac rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ποιήσατε & καρπὸν 1 Here, John is speaking of people behaving in certain ways as if they were trees producing **fruit**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “act in ways” or “perform deeds” +3:8 dbj4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ἄξιον τῆς μετανοίας 1 Here, John is using the possessive form to describe **fruit** that matches or goes along with **repentance**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “that goes along with repentance” or “that shows repentance” +3:8 jsoz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τῆς μετανοίας 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **repentance**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “of repenting” or “of people who repent” +3:9 sc2l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit λέγειν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 Here, the phrase **in yourselves** could indicate that the Pharisees and Sadducees might speak: (1) within themselves, which would be thinking privately. Alternate translation: “to say within yourselves” or “to say to yourselves” (2) within their group, which would be speaking to each other. Alternate translation: “to say to each other” +3:9 anyf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. If you use the following alternate translation, you will need to delete the quotation mark at the end of the sentence. Alternate translation: “among yourselves that you have Abraham as father” +3:9 s4og rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πατέρα 1 Here, the word **father** means “ancestor.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a similar phrase or plain language. Alternate translation: “as ancestor” +3:9 h6n6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a reason why the Pharisees and Sadducees should not say **We have Abraham {as} father**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a command, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “In fact,” or “You should not say that because” +3:9 h7lf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ὑμῖν, ὅτι δύναται ὁ Θεὸς ἐκ τῶν λίθων τούτων ἐγεῖραι τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “to you, ‘God is able to raise up children for Abraham from these stones.’” +3:9 k843 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit δύναται ὁ Θεὸς ἐκ τῶν λίθων τούτων ἐγεῖραι τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ 1 Here John means that God can create **children for Abraham** at any time and in any way he wants, even from **stones**. He means that people who have **Abraham {as} father** will not receive special treatment from God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “God is able to create other children for Abraham, even from these stones” or “God can raise up more children for Abraham any time he wants to, and he could even these stones into children for Abraham” +3:9 eedc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τέκνα τῷ Ἀβραάμ 1 Here, the word **children** means “descendants.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a similar phrase or plain language. Alternate translation: “people descended from Abraham” +3:10 vosb rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces a development of the ideas in the previous verse. It also introduces a slight contrast with God being able to make children of Abraham from stones. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of development, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Further,” or “As a matter of fact,” +3:10 a8m8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἤδη & ἡ ἀξίνη πρὸς τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων κεῖται; πᾶν οὖν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται 1 In this verse, John speaks as if people were **trees** and as if God had an **ax**. Every person who does not repent and do what is right is like a **tree** that does not produce **good fruit**. Just as someone chops down these trees and burns them, so God will punish these people. If possible preserve the metaphor here. You could use simile form, or if necessary, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “already it is as if the ax is set against the root of the trees. Every person who does not repent and obey is like a tree that does not produce good fruit. It is chopped down and thrown into a fire” or “already God is ready to judge people. So, anyone who does not repent and obey will be declared guilty and punished” +3:10 d4j5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἡ ἀξίνη & κεῖται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “God has set the ax” +3:10 pea6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns τὴν ῥίζαν τῶν δένδρων 1 In this verse, the word **root** is singular in form, but it refers to all the roots of the **trees** as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “the roots of the trees” +3:10 n4xy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὴν ῥίζαν 1 Here, the word **root** refers to lowest part of the tree that shows above the ground. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the base” or “lowest part” +3:10 r7o2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πᾶν & δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “God chops down every tree not producing good fruit and throws it into a fire” +3:10 g502 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense ἐκκόπτεται καὶ & βάλλεται 1 Here John could be using the present tense to describe: (1) something that is generally true. Alternate translation: “is being chopped down and is being thrown” (2) something that will happen in the future but is as certain as if it was happening in the present. Alternate translation: “will be chopped down and will be thrown” +3:11 aiiw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰς μετάνοιαν 1 Here, the phrase **for repentance** could describe: (1) the purpose for which John baptizes people. Alternate translation: “so that you repent” (2) what John’s baptism represents or signifies. Alternate translation: “with reference to repentance” or “to show your repentance” +3:11 rvf4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns εἰς μετάνοιαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **repentance**, you could express the same idea in another way. Make sure your translation fits with the option you chose in the previous note. Alternate translation: “in order that you might repent” or “to show that you have repented” +3:11 l3zm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ & ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος 1 Here John speaks as if someone is walking behind him. He could mean that: (1) soon someone will continue what John has started doing. Alternate translation: “the one who will preach after I have” (2) one of his own disciples will become greater than he. Alternate translation: “one of my disciples” +3:11 i61t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis μού 1 John is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “I am” +3:11 c1xf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς τὰ ὑποδήματα βαστάσαι 1 Here, **to carry** someone’s **sandals** was a duty of a slave. John means that he is **not worthy** to be a slave to this person who is **coming after** him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “I am not worthy to be the slave who carries away his sandals” or “I am not worthy to act as his slave” +3:11 gtm7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor αὐτὸς ὑμᾶς βαπτίσει ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ καὶ πυρί 1 Here John indicates that the **one coming after** him will cause people to experience **the Holy Spirit** and **fire**, just as John caused people to experience **water** in baptism. If possible, preserve the baptism metaphor or express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “He will baptize you, as it were, with the Holy Spirit and with fire” or “He also will perform something like baptism, but he will use the Holy Spirit and fire” +3:11 ata7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ καὶ πυρί 1 Here, the word **fire** could be: (1) a reference to how Jesus will purify people. Alternate translation: “with the Holy Spirit and purifying fire” (2) a reference to how Jesus will punish people. Alternate translation: “with the Holy Spirit and with fiery punishment” (3) a further description of **the Holy Spirit**. Alternate translation: “with the fire that is the Holy Spirit” +3:12 gcq8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ; καὶ διακαθαριεῖ τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ, καὶ συνάξει τὸν σῖτον αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην; τὸ δὲ ἄχυρον κατακαύσει πυρὶ ἀσβέστῳ 1 In this verse, John describes the one who comes after him as a farmer who separates the useful grains of wheat from the other parts of the wheat plant by using a **winnowing fork** to **clear of his threshing floor**. Just as that farmer separates the grain from the chaff, so the one who comes after John will separate those who obey from those who do not. Just as that farmer saves the grain and burns up the chaff, so the one who comes after John will save those who obey and punish those who do not. If possible, preserve this metaphor. If necessary, you could use simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who is like a farmer with a winnowing fork in his hand. He will separate those who obey God from those who do not, just as a farmer thoroughly clears off his fleshing floor. He will save those who obey and punish those who disobey, just as a farmer gathers his wheat into the storehouse and burns up the chaff with unquenchable fire” or “who is ready to act, and he will separate those who obey God from those who disobey God. He will save those who obey and completely punish those who disobey” +3:12 sq4p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **in his hand** indicates that a person is ready to use whatever is in his or her hand. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who has picked up his winnowing fork” or “who is ready to use his winnowing fork” +3:12 b5m4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὸ πτύον 1 A **winnowing fork** is a tool for tossing wheat into the air to separate the wheat grain from the chaff. The heavier grain falls back down, and the wind blows away the unwanted chaff. This tool is similar to a pitchfork. If you have a similar tool in your culture, you can use the word for it here. Otherwise, you can use a phrase that would express the meaning. Alternate translation: “tool for winnowing grain” or “tool for tossing seeds” +3:12 r2ua rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ 1 The **threshing floor** was the place where harvested wheat was processed to separate the grain from the chaff. To **clear off** the floor is to finish threshing and winnowing all the grain. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to where **threshing** happens in your culture, or you could use a descriptive phrase. Alternate translation: “the place where he separates the grain from the chaff” +3:13 vl93 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent τότε 1 Here, the word **Then** introduces the next major event in the story. It does not indicate how soon this event happened after the events that Matthew has already narrated. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event in sequence. Alternate translation: “Sometime after that,” or “After John said those things,” +3:13 tsxj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go παραγίνεται 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “goes” instead of **comes**. Alternate translation: “goes” +3:13 zj7i rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense παραγίνεται 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “came” +3:13 zbj9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive βαπτισθῆναι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that John would baptize him” +3:14 fax0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit διεκώλυεν αὐτὸν 1 Here Matthew means that **John** did not want to baptize Jesus and tried to stop Jesus from asking him to do it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “was trying to prevent Jesus from wanting to be baptized” or “was resisting Jesus’ request to be baptized” +3:14 m2y0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he declared” +3:14 khdz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὑπὸ σοῦ βαπτισθῆναι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for you to baptize me” +3:14 cl7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion καὶ σὺ ἔρχῃ πρός με? 1 John is using the question form to show surprise at Jesus’ request to be baptized. He wants to show that the request does not make sense. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “so you should not come to me!” or “so it does not make sense for you to come to me.” +3:14 nu8c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔρχῃ πρός με 1 Here John implies that Jesus comes to be baptized. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “come to me to be baptized” +3:15 c1jm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἀποκριθεὶς & ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτόν 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus responded” +3:15 yozq rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἄφες ἄρτι; οὕτως γὰρ πρέπον ἐστὶν ἡμῖν πληρῶσαι πᾶσαν δικαιοσύνην 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the request that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “Baptizing me is a fitting way for us to fulfill all righteousness. So, permit it now” +3:15 v30k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἄφες & ἀφίησιν αὐτόν 1 In both places, Matthew implies that John should or does permit Jesus to be baptized. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Permit me to be baptized … he permitted him to be baptized” +3:15 h6ca rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 Here, the word **us** refers only to Jesus and John. Your language may require you to mark this form. +3:15 wdcu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom πληρῶσαι πᾶσαν δικαιοσύνην 1 The phrase **to fulfill all righteousness** means to do everything that God requires someone to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or plain language. Alternate translation: “to accomplish God’s will” or “to do everything that God has told us to do” +3:15 n6d2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns πᾶσαν δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “everything that is righteous” or “all of God’s righteous will” +3:15 reau rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἀφίησιν αὐτόν 1 Here, the word **he** refers to John, and the word **him** refers to Jesus. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the people’s names here. Alternate translation: “John permits Jesus” +3:16 d5zy rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,” +3:16 inf6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive βαπτισθεὶς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was John. Alternate translation: “John having baptized him” +3:16 htuf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀνέβη ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕδατος 1 Here Matthew implies that Jesus was in the River Jordan when he was baptized. Afterwards, he **came up** out of the river. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “left the water of the river” or “stepped out of the river” +3:16 l5bv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “suddenly” +3:16 jig5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀνεῴχθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ οὐρανοί 1 People in Matthew’s culture often spoke of how **the heavens** had doors or gates that led into them. Matthew uses this kind of language (doors being **opened**) to indicate that Jesus saw into **the heavens**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he was enabled to look into the heavens” or “God showed him what was happening in the heavens” +3:16 jh1v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀνεῴχθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ οὐρανοί 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “God opened the heavens to him” +3:16 e3na rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ Θεοῦ καταβαῖνον ὡσεὶ περιστερὰν 1 The phrase **like a dove** could mean: (1) the Spirit looked like a dove as he descended upon Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Spirit of God coming down, looking like a dove” (2) the Spirit descended upon Jesus as a dove descends from the sky toward the ground. Alternate translation: “the Spirit of God coming down as a dove flies down” +3:16 gawt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καταβαῖνον 1 Here Matthew implies that **the Spirit of God** came down from **the heavens**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “coming down from the heavens” +3:16 mo7i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐρχόμενον ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 Here Matthew implies that **the Spirit of God** settled or landed on Jesus, just like a bird might settle or land on something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “perching upon him” or “settling on him” +3:17 xohx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “suddenly” +3:17 cdrk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis φωνὴ ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν 1 Matthew is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply a verb of speaking if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “a voice spoke from the heavens” +3:17 m2wk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche φωνὴ 1 Matthew is using **voice** to represent the person who is speaking, which is God the Father. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a person speaking” or “God the Father spoke” +3:17 op13 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγουσα 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and it said” +3:17 myz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱός μου, ὁ ἀγαπητός 1 The word **Son** is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. +3:17 m1ib rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ Υἱός & ὁ ἀγαπητός 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Son, whom I love,” +3:17 hdro rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εὐδοκέω 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who pleases me” +4:intro hgw2 0 # Matthew 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. The birth of Jesus Christ and the beginning of his ministry (1:1-4:25)\n * The devil tempts Jesus (4:1–11)\n * Jesus begins his public ministry (4:12–17)\n * Jesus calls four of his disciples (4:18–22)\n * Summary of Jesus’ early ministry (4:23–25)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [4:15–16](../04/15.md), which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The Devil\n\nThe devil, also named Satan, is an evil spiritual being. In this chapter, he tempts Jesus to disobey God. He even quotes the Bible to try to convince Jesus to disobey. Consider how you might naturally refer to a powerful and evil spiritual being. \n\n### Temptation\n\nIn [4:1–11](../04/01.md), Matthew tells the story of how Jesus was tempted by the devil. The devil tried to convince Jesus to do things that would be disobedient. Jesus already knew how he was supposed to live his life and how he was supposed to die on the cross. The devil tempted Jesus to act in a different way. In response, Jesus quotes the Bible and does not do what the devil tempts him to do. \n\n### Fishermen\n\nFour of Jesus’ first disciples (Peter, Andrew, James, and John) were fishermen. In their culture, fishermen usually stood on the shore or in a boat and threw a net into the water. The edges of the net had weights on it, so the net sank into the water and trapped any fish beneath it. Then, fishermen would put on a rope to close the net and haul it to shore or onto the boat. If people in your culture do not fish or do not fish in that way, consider how much information you need to provide to help your readers understand the story. +4:1 k51m rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent τότε 1 Here, the word **Then** introduces the next major event in the story. It does not indicate how soon this event happened after the events that Matthew has already narrated. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event in sequence. Alternate translation: “Sometime after that,” or “After he heard the voice from the heavens,” +4:1 aq3s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνήχθη & ὑπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Spirit led up Jesus” +4:1 wy4b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πειρασθῆναι ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that the devil could tempt Jesus” +4:2 cft7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα καὶ νύκτας τεσσεράκοντα 1 The phrase **40 days and 40 nights** refers to 40 periods of 24 hours in a row. Matthew means that Jesus fasted for 40 full days. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression. Alternate translation: “for 40 straight days” +4:3 nfiu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ πειράζων 1 Here, the phrase **the one tempting** refers to the devil, whom Matthew already mentioned in [4:1](../04/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the one tempting, the devil,” or “the devil, who was tempting him,” +4:3 oyws rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰπὲ ἵνα οἱ λίθοι οὗτοι ἄρτοι γένωνται 1 The devil is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that the **stones** will only **become bread** if Jesus is **the Son of God**. The devil is speaking as if it is uncertain who Jesus is in order to challenge him to do this miracle to prove that he really is the Son of God. Use a natural form in your language for introducing something that could be true. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are the Son of God by speaking so that these stones might become bread” +4:3 c1ac rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς & τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 The phrase **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. +4:3 vpnf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰπὲ ἵνα οἱ λίθοι οὗτοι ἄρτοι γένωνται 1 Here the devil wants Jesus to tell the **stones** to **become bread**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “tell these stones to become bread” or “speak words that make these stones become bread” +4:3 uyv4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations εἰπὲ ἵνα οἱ λίθοι οὗτοι ἄρτοι γένωνται 1 It may be more natural in your language to have a direct quotation here. Alternate translation: “speak to these stones, ‘Become bread!’” +4:4 o3a6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ὁ & ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “he answered” or “he said to him” +4:4 sph9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations γέγραπται 1 In Matthew’s culture, **it is written** was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the book of Deuteronomy (see [Deuteronomy 8:3](../deu/08/03.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “You can read in the Scriptures” or “It says in the book of Deuteronomy” +4:4 fd67 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote this in the Scriptures” +4:4 i33v οὐκ & ζήσεται 1 The author of the quotation could be using the future tense to give: (1) a general statement. Alternate translation: “does not live” (2) a command. Alternate translation: “should not live” +4:4 d010 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 The word **Man** represents people in general, not one particular man. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “Humans” +4:4 d5tw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 Although the term **Man** is masculine, the author of the quotation is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “Man and woman” or “A person” +4:4 xbai rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἄρτῳ 1 Here, **bread** represents food and eating in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “food” or “eating” +4:4 wuqm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ 1 The author of the quotation is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but he will live by” +4:4 rzh4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy παντὶ ῥήματι 1 The author of the quotation is using the term **word** to mean a message spoken in words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every message” or “everything” +4:4 jl6f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐκπορευομένῳ διὰ στόματος Θεοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **coming through the mouth of God** indicates that God is the one speaking **every word**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “that God has spoken” or “that God says” +4:5 qhg2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense παραλαμβάνει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “took” +4:5 x6i4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ πτερύγιον τοῦ ἱεροῦ 1 Here, the phrase **highest point** could refer to: (1) the top part of the roof. Alternate translation: “the top roof of the temple” (2) the edge of the roof. Alternate translation: “the edge of the temple’s roof” +4:6 z1xx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγει αὐτῷ 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “he tells him” +4:6 bbx1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” +4:6 wgtk rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, βάλε σεαυτὸν κάτω 1 The devil is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that the angels will only rescue Jesus if Jesus is **the Son of God**. The devil is speaking as if it is uncertain who Jesus is in order to challenge him to throw himself down to prove that he really is the Son of God. Use a natural form in your language for introducing something that could be true. Alternate translation: “Prove that you are the Son of God by throwing yourself down” +4:6 x2vg rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς & τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 The phrase **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. +4:6 dnrp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit βάλε σεαυτὸν κάτω 1 When Satan tells Jesus to **throw yourself down**, he means that Jesus should jump off the top of the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “jump from here on top of the temple” +4:6 fa8l rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations γέγραπται γὰρ 1 In Matthew’s culture, **for it is written** was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book of Psalms (see [Psalm 91:11–12](../psa/91/11.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Matthew is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “for it is written in the book of Psalms” or “the psalmist wrote” +4:6 x6zc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a poet wrote this in the Scriptures” +4:6 zofd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes γέγραπται & ὅτι τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ ἐντελεῖται περὶ σοῦ, καὶ, ἐπὶ χειρῶν ἀροῦσίν σε, μήποτε προσκόψῃς πρὸς λίθον τὸν πόδα σου. 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there are not quotations within a quotation. If you do, you will need to delete the single quotation mark at the end of the second quotation. Alternate translation: “it is written that he will command his angels concerning you, and they will lift you up in their hands, lest you might hit your foot against a stone” +4:6 zd4z rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐντελεῖται 1 The pronoun **He** refers to God. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “God will command” +4:6 s9i7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σοῦ & σε & προσκόψῃς & σου 1 Since the author of the quotations is addressing each specific person who is part of God’s people, every occurrence of **you** and **your** in the quotations is singular. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “each of you … each of you … any of you might hit your” +4:6 azpz rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 2 Here, the word **and** connects the two quotations, which are two verses from Psalm 91. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that connects two closely related quotations. Alternate translation: “and further” or “and then” +4:6 f1mm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche προσκόψῃς πρὸς λίθον τὸν πόδα σου 1 The author of the quotation is using one way of being hurt to mean all ways of being hurt. Alternate translation: “even your foot might hit a stone” or “you might get hurt” +4:7 qish rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἔφη αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus answered” +4:7 eerm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations πάλιν γέγραπται 1 In Matthew’s culture, **it is written** was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the book of Deuteronomy (see [Deuteronomy 6:16](../deu/06/16.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Again, you can read in the Scriptures” or “Again, it says in the book of Deuteronomy” +4:7 fn07 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πάλιν γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Again, Moses wrote this in the Scriptures” +4:7 wri7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes γέγραπται, οὐκ ἐκπειράσεις Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. If you do, you will need to delete the single quotation mark at the end of the second quotation. Alternate translation: “it is written that you will not test the Lord your God” +4:7 xl3q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative οὐκ ἐκπειράσεις Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου 1 The author of the quotation is using a statement to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a command form. Alternate translation: “You must not test the Lord your God” +4:7 c7t5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular οὐκ ἐκπειράσεις 1 Since the author of the quotation is addressing each specific person who is part of God’s people, the word **You** here is singular. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “None of you will test” +4:8 fvnf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πάλιν 1 Here Matthew means that **the devil** tempted Jesus again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Tempting him again” +4:8 elcs rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense παραλαμβάνει & δείκνυσιν 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “took … showed” +4:8 d12q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν δόξαν αὐτῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “how great they are” or “how glorious they are” +4:9 oo0u rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations εἶπεν αὐτῷ 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “he declared to him” +4:9 al72 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure ταῦτά σοι πάντα δώσω, ἐὰν πεσὼν προσκυνήσῃς μοι 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could put the condition before its consequence. Alternate translation: “If having fallen down, you would worship me, all these things I will give to you” +4:9 crez rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ταῦτά & πάντα 1 Here, the phrase **All these things** refers to the “kingdoms” and “their glory” that the devil showed to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “All these kingdoms and their glory” or “Everything I have showed to you” +4:9 eas8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πεσὼν 1 Here the devil refers to kneeling on the ground or bowing down very low. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having kneeled down” or “having prostrated yourself” +4:10 hsky rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus tells him” +4:10 itxs rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations γέγραπται γάρ 1 In Matthew’s culture, **it is written** was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the book of Deuteronomy (see [Deuteronomy 6:13](../deu/06/13.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “For you can read in the Scriptures” or “For it says in the book of Deuteronomy” +4:10 k49q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote this in the Scriptures” +4:10 ohjc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes γέγραπται & Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου προσκυνήσεις, καὶ αὐτῷ μόνῳ λατρεύσεις. 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. If you do, you will need to delete the single quotation mark at the end of the second quotation. Alternate translation: “it is written that you will worship the Lord your God, and you will serve only him” +4:10 mmx3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism Κύριον τὸν Θεόν σου προσκυνήσεις, καὶ αὐτῷ μόνῳ λατρεύσεις 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “You will worship the Lord your God, yes, you will serve only him” +4:10 ah9a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative προσκυνήσεις & λατρεύσεις 1 The author of the quotation is using a statement to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a command form. Alternate translation: “You must worship … you must serve” +4:10 rig8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σου προσκυνήσεις & λατρεύσεις 1 Since the author of the quotations is addressing each specific person who is part of God’s people, the words **You**, **your**, and **you** in the quotation are singular. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “Each of you will worship … your … each of you will serve” +4:11 b0p5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense ἀφίησιν 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “left” +4:11 ko5d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express **behold** with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “suddenly” +4:12 v7p4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,” +4:12 d1vi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Ἰωάννης παρεδόθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context (see [14:1–12](../14/01.md)) that it was King Herod Antipas, the son of the king who had tried to kill Jesus. Alternate translation: “the king had arrested John” +4:13 pph4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καταλιπὼν τὴν Ναζαρὰ 1 Here Matthew implies that when Jesus “withdrew into Galilee,” he first went to the city of **Nazareth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he first went to Nazareth. Then, having left Nazareth” +4:13 fgsd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure ἐλθὼν κατῴκησεν εἰς Καφαρναοὺμ 1 It may be more natural in your language to say where Jesus went before saying where he **lived**. If so, you could move **in Capernaum** so that it goes with **having come**. Alternate translation: “having come to Capernaum, he lived there” +4:13 knjg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὴν παραθαλασσίαν 1 Here Matthew is referring to **the sea** of Galilee. The town of **Capernaum** was at the edge of this sea. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “by the Galilee sea” +4:13 hpm4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν ὁρίοις Ζαβουλὼν καὶ Νεφθαλείμ 1 The words **Zebulun** and **Naphtali** are the names of the tribes that lived in these territories many years earlier. Matthew uses these names to connect where Jesus lived with the prophecy he will quote in [4:15](../04/15.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify that these are names of tribes. Alternate translation: “in the territories that the tribes of Zebulun and Naphtali formerly lived in” +4:14 z5rv rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἵνα 1 Here, the phrase **so that** could introduce: (1) a result from Jesus living in Capernaum. Alternate translation: “with the result that” (2) a purpose for which Jesus lived in Capernaum. Alternate translation: “in order that” +4:14 tj7c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν 1 See how your translated the similar passive forms in [2:15](../02/15.md) and [2:17](../02/17.md). Alternate translation: “this might fulfill what God spoke” +4:14 bifn rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντος 1 In Matthew’s culture, **saying** was a normal way to introduce a quotation from an important text, in this case, the Old Testament book written by **Isaiah the prophet** (see [Isaiah 9:1–2](../isa/09/01.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Matthew is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “who wrote in the book of Isaiah” or “who declared” +4:15 egx6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy γῆ Ζαβουλὼν καὶ γῆ Νεφθαλείμ, ὁδὸν θαλάσσης, πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου, Γαλιλαία τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 Here, the areas that Isaiah refers to represent the people who live in those areas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The people who live in the land of Zebulun and the land of Naphtali, the people who live on the way of the sea, beyond the Jordan, the people who live in Galilee of the Gentiles” +4:15 hbg7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism γῆ Ζαβουλὼν καὶ γῆ Νεφθαλείμ, ὁδὸν θαλάσσης, πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου, Γαλιλαία τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 Each of the three lines of poetry in this verse gives a different description of the same area. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including all three descriptions in your translation rather than combining them. However, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word or phrase that indicates that these lines are all descriptions of one place. Alternate translation: “The land of Zebulun and the land of Naphtali, which is the way of the sea, beyond the Jordan, which is Galilee of the Gentiles” +4:15 se2r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁδὸν θαλάσσης 1 The phrase **the way of the sea** could refer to: (1) areas near **the sea** of Galilee. Alternate translation: “the areas around the Sea of Galilee” (2) a road that ended at the Mediterranean **sea**. Alternate translation: “the road that goes to the Mediterranean sea” +4:15 d8ut rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου 1 Here Isaiah could be referring to: (1) areas to the west of the Jordan River. Alternate translation: “on the western side of the Jordan” (2) areas to the east of the Jordan River. Alternate translation: “on the eastern side of the Jordan” +4:15 uv17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession Γαλιλαία τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 Here, Isaiah is using the possessive form to describe **Galilee** as a place where **Gentiles** live. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Galilee, home of Gentiles” +4:16 fsl6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ὁ λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος ἐν σκοτίᾳ φῶς εἶδεν μέγα, καὶ τοῖς καθημένοις ἐν χώρᾳ καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου, φῶς ἀνέτειλεν αὐτοῖς 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “the people sitting in darkness have seen a great light; yes, to the ones sitting in the region and shadow of death, upon them has a light arisen” +4:16 h2xr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor ὁ λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος ἐν σκοτίᾳ φῶς εἶδεν μέγα, καὶ τοῖς καθημένοις ἐν χώρᾳ καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου, φῶς ἀνέτειλεν αὐτοῖς 1 Here Isaiah refers to sin, trouble, and hopelessness as if they were **darkness** and the **shadow of death**. He refers to God’s deliverance and salvation as if it were **a great light**. If possible, preserve these metaphors or express them in simile form. Alternate translation: “the people sitting in spiritual darkness have seen the great light of God’s salvation, and to the ones sitting in the region and shadow where there is spiritual death, upon them the light of God’s deliverance has arisen” +4:16 j6gz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ καθήμενος & τοῖς καθημένοις 1 Here, Isaiah refers to living as if it were **sitting**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable word or state the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “dwelling … to the ones dwelling” +4:16 zd49 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν σκοτίᾳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **darkness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “where it is dark” +4:16 s2r2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense εἶδεν & φῶς ἀνέτειλεν 1 Isaiah uses the past tense here in order to refer to something that will certainly happen in the future. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “will see … will a light arise” +4:16 wk62 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession χώρᾳ καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου 1 Here, Isaiah is using the possessive form to describe a **region** and a **shadow**, or darkness, that is characterized by **death**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the deadly region and the deathly shadow” or “the region and shadow characterized by death” +4:16 hxmh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns θανάτου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “that are deadly” +4:17 ad4s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπὸ τότε 1 Here, the word **time** refers to when Jesus began to live in Capernaum (see [4:13](../04/13.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “From when he began to live in Capernaum,” or “After he moved to Capernaum,” +4:17 v18b rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations κηρύσσειν καὶ λέγειν 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “to preach” or “to preach, saying” +4:17 dku3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἤγγικεν 1 Here Matthew uses this phrase in the sense of near in time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. See how you translated the similar phrase in [3:2](../03/02.md) Alternate translation: “is about to begin” or “is about to happen” +4:18 yrx7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,” or “Some time later,” +4:18 twab rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants δύο ἀδελφούς, Σίμωνα τὸν λεγόμενον Πέτρον καὶ Ἀνδρέαν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ, βάλλοντας ἀμφίβληστρον εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν; ἦσαν γὰρ ἁλιεῖς 1 Here Matthew introduces two new characters into the story. Consider how you might introduce new characters into a story, and follow that form here. You may need to rearrange some elements of the sentence to do so. Alternate translation: “two fishermen who were casting a net into the sea. They were Simon called Peter, and Andrew his brother” +4:18 shea rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive Σίμωνα τὸν λεγόμενον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Simon, whose other name was” or “Simon, whom people also called” +4:18 xlw5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 Matthew never says whether **Simon** or **Andrew** was older, but he mentions **Simon** first, which could imply that he was the older brother. If you have to use a form that refers to an older or younger brother, you could state that **Andrew** was younger. Alternate translation: “his younger brother” +4:18 yfh5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit βάλλοντας ἀμφίβληστρον εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 They were **casting a net** in order to catch fish. If it would be helpful in your language, you make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “casting a net into the sea to catch fish” +4:18 yyiy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown βάλλοντας ἀμφίβληστρον εἰς 1 Some cultures use a **net** to catch fish. A net is a mesh or network of cords or ropes which fishermen throw into the water to trap fish. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to how people catch fish in your culture, or you could use a general phrase. Alternate translation: “fishing in” or “trying to catch fish in” +4:18 qmzo rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background γὰρ 1 Matthew is providing this background information to help readers understand why **Simon** and **Andrew** were **casting a net**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that introduces this kind of background information. Alternate translation: “which they did because they were fishermen” or “since” +4:19 q12l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he said” +4:19 y3zg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom δεῦτε ὀπίσω μου 1 Here, the phrase **Come after me** is a command to travel with Jesus and be his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Be my disciples” or “Travel with me as my students” +4:19 n9h3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ποιήσω ὑμᾶς ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων 1 Here Jesus speaks of preaching the gospel and helping people believe in Jesus as if it were fishing. He means that, just as fishermen catch many fish, so Simon and Andrew will help many people believe. If possible, preserve the metaphor here, since it relates directly to what Simon and Andrew were doing when Jesus saw them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea as a simile. Alternate translation: “I will make you into people who collect men for me, just as you now collect fish” +4:19 hm4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “of humans” or “of men and women” +4:20 ssi5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀφέντες τὰ δίκτυα 1 Translate the word **nets** as you did in [4:18](../04/18.md). Alternate translation: “having stopped fishing” +4:20 jney rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ 1 Here, the phrase **followed him** indicates that they traveled with Jesus and were his disciple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “became his disciples” or “traveled with him as his students” +4:21 b3hq rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants ἄλλους δύο ἀδελφούς, Ἰάκωβον τὸν τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου καὶ Ἰωάννην τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ, ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ μετὰ Ζεβεδαίου τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτῶν, καταρτίζοντας τὰ δίκτυα αὐτῶν 1 Here Matthew introduces two more new characters into the story. Consider how you might introduce new characters into a story, and follow that form here. You may need to rearrange some elements of the sentence to do so. Alternate translation: “two men who were in a boat, mending their nets with their father, Zebedee. They were James, the son of Zebedee, and his younger brother John”\n +4:21 ssae rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 Matthew never says whether **James** or **John** was older, but he mentions **James** first, which could imply that he was the older brother. If you have to use a form that refers to an older or younger brother, you could state that **John** was younger. Alternate translation: “his younger brother” +4:21 kp8d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὰ δίκτυα αὐτῶν 1 Translate the word **nets** as you did in [4:18](../04/18.md) and [4:20](../04/20.md). Alternate translation: “the tools they used for fishing” +4:21 utn4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκάλεσεν αὐτούς 1 Here Matthew implies that Jesus **called them** to “come after him,” that is, to travel with him and be his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he called them to come after him” or “he called them to travel with him as his students” +4:21 gila rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐκάλεσεν 1 The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use the person's name here. Alternate translation: “Jesus called” +4:22 auyr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ 1 Translate this phrase as you did in [4:20](../04/20.md). Alternate translation: “became his disciples” or “traveled with him as his students” +4:23 cz8u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit περιῆγεν ἐν 1 Here, the phrase **going around in** indicates that Jesus traveled through many places in the region of **Galilee**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he was traveling to many places in” or “he took trips through” +4:23 jt3m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας 1 Here, Matthew is using the possessive form to describe a **gospel** that is about the **kingdom**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the gospel concerning the kingdom” +4:23 qx7c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν 1 Here, the phrase **every disease and every sickness** represents people with these diseases and sicknesses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every diseased person and every sick person” +4:23 nr8m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν 1 The terms **every disease** and **every sickness** mean similar things. Matthew is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “every ailment” or “every sickness” +4:23 ljkd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole πᾶσαν νόσον καὶ πᾶσαν μαλακίαν 1 Matthew says **every** here as a generalization to emphasize how Jesus healed many different kinds of **disease** and **sickness**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “many kinds of diseases and many kinds of sicknesses” +4:23 v4ev rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ λαῷ 1 Here, the phrase **the people** refers specifically to Jewish people living in **Galilee**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people there” +4:24 hwa0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἀπῆλθεν ἡ ἀκοὴ αὐτοῦ εἰς ὅλην τὴν Συρίαν 1 Here Matthew speaks of **the news** as if it were a person who could go **out into all Syria**. He means that people throughout **Syria** heard about Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the news of him was heard in all Syria” +4:24 bmvs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ἡ ἀκοὴ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, Matthew is using the possessive form to describe **news** that concern **him**, that is, Jesus. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the news about him” +4:24 fiao rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns προσήνεγκαν 1 Here, the word **they** refers to any people who heard **the news of him**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that refers to people in general. Alternate translation: “many people that heard brought” +4:24 unqn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole πάντας 1 Matthew says **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “very many of” +4:24 ogxs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet τοὺς κακῶς, ἔχοντας ποικίλαις νόσοις, καὶ βασάνοις συνεχομένους 1 Here, the terms **sickness**, **diseases**, and **pains** mean similar things. Matthew is using the three terms together to include any kind of physical sickness or pain. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could use only one or two terms to refer to any kind of sickness or pain. Alternate translation: “the ones being sick or in pain” or “the ones having diseases or injuries” +4:24 xn8b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τοὺς κακῶς, ἔχοντας 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sickness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the ones being sick” +4:24 zenl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ποικίλαις νόσοις, καὶ βασάνοις συνεχομένους 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “experiencing various diseases and pains” +4:24 i296 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δαιμονιζομένους 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those whom demons possessed” +4:24 k3pw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj σεληνιαζομένους, καὶ παραλυτικούς 1 Matthew is using the adjectives **epileptic** and **paralytic** as nouns to mean people who are **epileptic** and **paralytic**. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “epileptic and paralytic people” +4:24 p3nf rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown σεληνιαζομένους 1 An **epileptic** is someone who sometimes passes out and then moves uncontrollably. If your readers would not be familiar with this sickness, you could use the name of something like this from your language, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “people with seizures” or “those who sometimes become unconscious and move uncontrollably” +4:24 qk4c rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown παραλυτικούς 1 A **paralytic** is someone who is not able to use or control some or all of their arms and legs because of injury or sickness. If your readers would not be familiar with this sickness, you could use the name of something like this in your language, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the paralyzed” or “people who could not move their limbs” +4:25 j63v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῷ ὄχλοι πολλοὶ ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλιλαίας, καὶ Δεκαπόλεως, καὶ Ἱεροσολύμων, καὶ Ἰουδαίας, καὶ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου 1 Here Matthew indicates that **large crowds** traveled wherever Jesus went. The people who made up these crowds came from all the regions and towns that Matthew mentions in this verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “large crowds of people from Galilee and Decapolis and Jerusalem and Judea and beyond the Jordan followed him” +4:25 i9m7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Δεκαπόλεως 1 The word **Decapolis** is a name for a region to the southeast of Galilee. The name means “the Ten Towns.” +4:25 yfgi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου 1 Here, the phrase **beyond the Jordan** refers to regions to the east of the Jordan River. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the areas on the east side of the Jordan River” +5:intro awz8 0 # Matthew 5 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n2. Jesus’ Sermon on the Mount (5:1-7:28)\n * The Beatitudes (5:1–12)\n * Salt and light (5:13–16)\n * The law and righteousness (5:17–20)\n * Moses’ law and Jesus’ commands (5:21–48)\n * Murder and anger (5:21–26)\n * Adultery and divorce (5:27–32)\n * Oaths and promises (5:33–37)\n * Punishment and retaliation (5:38–42)\n * Loving everyone (5:43–48)\n\nMany people call the words in Matthew 5–7 the Sermon on the Mount. This is one long lesson that Jesus taught. Bibles divide this lesson into three chapters, but this can sometimes confuse the reader. If your translation divides the text into sections, be sure that the reader understands that the whole sermon is one large section.\n\nMatthew 5:3–10, known as the Beatitudes or Blessings, has been set farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. This way of placing the words on the page highlights the poetic form of this section.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The “Beatitudes”\n\nIn [5:3–12](../05/03.md), Jesus speaks nine blessings, or “Beatitudes.” He uses poetic form, repetition, and contrasting statements. Use forms in your language that people would recognize as poetry. See the notes on these verses for translation options.\n\n### “You have heard that it was said”\n\nWhen Jesus quotes commands that his audience would be familiar with, he uses a phrase like “you have heard that it was said.” Usually when he uses this phrase, he is quoting or summarizing commands directly from the Old Testament law. However, in [5:43](../05/43.md), he quotes a command from the Old Testament (“love your neighbor”) and then includes what some people would add to that command (“hate your enemy”). You may need to clarify that only the clause “love your neighbor” is from the Old Testament law. See the notes on each verse for information about what commands Jesus is quoting or summarizing. \n\n### Jesus and the law\n\nThroughout this chapter, Jesus quotes commands that his audience would be familiar with. Then, he introduces his response to these commands with a phrase like “but I say to you.” In each case, Jesus is not contradicting or annulling the commands from God that he quotes. Instead, Jesus is correcting misunderstandings about what these commands mean. He wants his disciples to apply the commands properly. Use a form that indicates that Jesus is clarifying the commands, not contradicting them. \n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Salt metaphor\n\nIn [5:13](../05/13.md), Jesus describes his disciples as if they were salt that seasons the world. He means that, just as salt preserves food and makes it taste better, so his disciples help save people in the world and make the world a better place. If possible, preserve the metaphor or express the idea in simile form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### Light metaphor\n\nIn [5:14–16](../05/14.md), Jesus describes his disciples as if they were lamp that gives light. He means specifically that their good deeds are like light that shines on other people, which allows these people to learn what is true and to praise God. If possible, preserve the metaphor or express the idea in simile form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### Hyperbole\n\nIn [5:29–30](../05/29.md), Jesus commands his disciples to cut off body parts that cause them to sin. He uses this extreme example of resisting sin in order to show his disciples how serious sin really is. He does not mean that believers should always cut off body parts when they sin. Jesus intends his commands to be shocking, however, so you should preserve the extreme language. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that indicates that Jesus’ commands are extreme language.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Singular and plural forms of “you”\n\nIn this chapter, Jesus is talking to a large crowd of his followers. Throughout the chapter, Jesus switches between using you in the singular and you in the plural while he is talking to the same people. When he uses the singular, he is speaking about specific situations that each person in the crowd might experience. When he uses the plural, he is speaking generally to the crowd as a whole. You should assume that Jesus is using plural forms of “you” unless a note specifies that the forms are singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-crowd]]) +5:1 c5rq rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next major event in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next event, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Then,” +5:1 xpes rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo τὸ ὄρος 1 Matthew does not clarify what **mountain** this is or how high up it is. If possible, use a general word for a hill or small **mountain** without indicating one particular place. Alternate translation: “a high place” or “a small mountain” +5:1 z880 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καθίσαντος αὐτοῦ 1 In Jesus’ culture, teachers usually **sat down** when they were going to teach. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “he having sat down to teach” or “he having sat down as a teacher does” +5:1 elyd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go προσῆλθον 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “went” +5:2 q9mm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀνοίξας τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **having opened his mouth** refers to beginning to speak. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “having begun to speak” +5:2 fnje rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo ἀνοίξας τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ, ἐδίδασκεν 1 Here, the phrase **having opened his mouth** introduces what Jesus said, and the phrase **he taught** also introduces what Jesus said. Matthew uses both phrases to indicate that what Jesus is about to say is very important. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use just one phrase that introduces important speech. Alternate translation: “he starting teaching” +5:2 h9bx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and he declared” +5:3 egbs rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result μακάριοι οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι, ὅτι αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of the heavens belongs to the poor in spirit, so they are blessed” +5:3 jhdg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom μακάριοι 1 This expression indicates that God is giving favor to people and that their situation is positive or good. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this idea in another way. Alternate translation: “God will bless” or “How good it is for” 5:3 o3y4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj οἱ πτωχοὶ 1 Jesus is using the adjective **poor** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are poor” -5:3 od1c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι 1 Jesus is referring to people in general in this phrase, not of any particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. See the note in the chapter introduction for a longer explanation. Alternate translation: “the people who are poor in spirit” -5:3 j7ct rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι 1 The phrase **poor in spirit** refers to someone who is in need of God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “those who know they need God” -5:3 wpi6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὅτι αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 See how you translated **kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md) -5:4 u8s3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom μακάριοι 1 See the note in the previous verse. -5:4 pgy8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun οἱ πενθοῦντες 1 See how you translated this type of phrase in the previous verse. -5:4 lie5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive αὐτοὶ παρακληθήσονται 1 If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will comfort them” -5:5 mvb1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj οἱ πραεῖς 1 Jesus is using the adjective **meek** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are humble” -5:6 bi1j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οἱ πεινῶντες καὶ διψῶντες τὴν δικαιοσύνην 1 The phrase **hungering and thirsting for righteousness** describes people who strongly desire to do what is right. Hunger and thirst are the strongest desires a person can have. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “those who desire to live right as much as they desire food and drink” -5:6 hlq2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive αὐτοὶ χορτασθήσονται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will fill them” or “God will satisfy them” -5:8 s9gd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οἱ καθαροὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 Here, **pure in heart** is an idiom for a person’s good intentions. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “those who have good intentions” -5:8 cr20 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun οἱ καθαροὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 See the note in [5:3](../05/03.md). Alternate translation: “people whose intentions please God” -5:8 t6ni rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom αὐτοὶ τὸν Θεὸν ὄψονται 1 Here, **they will see God** means they will be able to live in God’s presence, which a person cannot do unless they are in right relationship with him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they will live in God’s presence” -5:9 tv19 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὅτι αὐτοὶ υἱοὶ Θεοῦ κληθήσονται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for God will call them his children” -5:10 bqu7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οἱ δεδιωγμένοι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those people whom others treat unfairly” -5:10 f3li rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 See how you translated this in [5:3](../05/03.md) -5:11 t5kb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you μακάριοί ἐστε & ὑμᾶς & ὑμῶν 1 The word **you**, here and in the remainder of the chapter unless otherwise noted, is plural. Jesus is talking to the people in the crowd. -5:11 eez3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ 1 When Jesus says **because of me**, he means because they are following him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because you follow me” or “because you believe in me” -5:12 ssk9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet χαίρετε καὶ ἀγαλλιᾶσθε 1 Here, **Rejoice** and **be very glad** mean almost the same thing. Jesus said this to be emphatic. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Be exceedingly glad” -5:12 bpwb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 Here, **in the heavens** means with God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “which you will receive when you are with God” -5:13 i3zp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ ἅλας τῆς γῆς; ἐὰν δὲ τὸ ἅλας μωρανθῇ, ἐν τίνι ἁλισθήσεται 1 This could mean: (1) just as **salt** makes food taste good, disciples of Jesus influence the people of the world so that they will be good. Alternate translation: “You are like salt for the people of the world” (2) just as **salt** preserves food, disciples of Jesus keep people from becoming totally corrupt. Alternate translation: “As salt is for food, you are for the world” -5:13 yoif rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἐὰν δὲ τὸ ἅλας μωρανθῇ, ἐν τίνι ἁλισθήσεται? 1 Jesus uses a question to teach the disciples that God does not use people who don’t care about what he wants. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “A person who stops following God becomes useless to him” -5:13 e7cz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εἰ μὴ βληθὲν ἔξω, καταπατεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “except for people to throw it out into the road and walk on it” -5:13 ojrg rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions εἰς οὐδὲν ἰσχύει ἔτι, εἰ μὴ βληθὲν ἔξω 1 Jesus is saying that the only use for the salt that lost its taste is to be trampled upon. If it would appear in your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “The salt is only useful for being thrown out” -5:14 wgh5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου 1 Just like a **light** shines in a dark place, Jesus is saying that, with his message, his disciples will shine in **the world**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “You are like a light for the people of the world to see God” -5:14 bn28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐ δύναται πόλις κρυβῆναι ἐπάνω ὄρους κειμένη 1 When it is dark at night, people can see the lights of a city shining from far away, if the view of the city is not blocked by anything, being on top of the hill. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “At night, when the lights are most visible, a city on a hill cannot be hidden” -5:14 ny4h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὐ δύναται πόλις κρυβῆναι ἐπάνω ὄρους κειμένη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Everyone can see the lights from a city which is set on a hill” -5:15 s5sb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun οὐδὲ καίουσιν λύχνον 1 See the note in the chapter introduction. Alternate translation: “People do not light a lamp” -5:15 c8el rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 What follows the words **but rather** is in contrast to what came before it. Instead of foolishly putting a lamp in a basket, you should set it on a high place to light up the room. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but” -5:16 qhp8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor λαμψάτω τὸ φῶς ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 **Let your light shine before men** means the disciples of Jesus should live in such a way that others can learn about God’s truth because of how they live. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “Let your lives be like a light that shines before people” -5:16 iiu8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship τὸν Πατέρα ὑμῶν τὸν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 God is referred to as our **Father**. He is not our father in that same way as our biological father. That detail is not normally translated, but if your language has a specific word for a man’s father, it would be appropriate to use it here. -5:16 ouqi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 See how you translated **in the heavens** in [5:12](../05/12.md) -5:17 gg3k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τοὺς προφήτας 1 This refers to what **the prophets** wrote in the Scriptures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the writings of the prophets” -5:17 re9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἦλθον καταλῦσαι, ἀλλὰ πληρῶσαι 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “I did not come to nullify the law and the prophets, but I came to fulfill them” -5:17 jirt rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to what came before it. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather” -5:18 cv3m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole ἕως ἂν παρέλθῃ ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ, ἰῶτα ἓν ἢ μία κερέα οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου 1 The phrase **until the heaven and the earth may pass away, one jot or one tittle may certainly not pass away from the law** exaggerates the fact that no part of God’s word will ever pass away. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows honor. Alternate translation: “not even the smallest part of God’s word will ever pass away” -5:18 ylz6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἰῶτα ἓν ἢ μία κερέα 1 The **jot** was the smallest Hebrew letter, and the **tittle** was a small mark that was the difference between two Hebrew letters. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the smallest written letter or the smallest part of a letter” -5:19 uxz2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ὃς ἐὰν οὖν λύσῃ μίαν τῶν ἐντολῶν τούτων τῶν ἐλαχίστων & ἐλάχιστος κληθήσεται ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν & ὃς δ’ ἂν ποιήσῃ καὶ διδάξῃ, οὗτος μέγας κληθήσεται ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν. 1 Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach the crowd of his disciples the importance of God’s law. Alternate translation: “If one were to nullify even the smallest of these commandments … God would call him the least important in his kingdom. If one were to do and teach the commandments, God would call him great in his kingdom” -5:19 hxl1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὃς ἐὰν οὖν λύσῃ & ὃς δ’ ἂν ποιήσῃ 1 See the note in the chapter introduction. Alternate translation: “If anyone therefore breaks … If anyone does” -5:19 dv5c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive διδάξῃ οὕτως τοὺς ἀνθρώπους & κληθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “teaches others to do so, God will call that person” -5:19 bg2v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 See how you translated this in [3:2](../03/02.md) -5:20 l3lv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives ὅτι ἐὰν μὴ περισσεύσῃ ὑμῶν ἡ δικαιοσύνη & οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you can state this double negative in positive form. Alternate translation: “that only if your righteousness abounds … will you enter” -5:20 zqr6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ἐὰν μὴ περισσεύσῃ ὑμῶν ἡ δικαιοσύνη πλεῖον & οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach the disciples about how holy they need to be to enter into the kingdom of the heavens. Alternate translation: “if your righteousness does not become much greater than that … you will never become a part of God’s people” -5:21 t6k5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐρρέθη τοῖς ἀρχαίοις 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God spoke to your ancestors long ago, saying” -5:21 mij2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὃς & ἂν φονεύσῃ, ἔνοχος ἔσται τῇ κρίσει 1 Here, **the judgment** implies that a judge will condemn the person to die. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “A judge will condemn anyone who kills another person” -5:22 d5nl rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ & τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **his brother** refers to a fellow disciple of Jesus, not to a literal brother or a neighbor. If it would be helpful in your language, you can make it explicit. Alternate translation: “with another one believer” -5:22 w721 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate ῥακά 1 This is an Aramaic word. Matthew spelled it out using Greek letters so his readers would know how it sounded. In your translation you can spell it the way it sounds in your language. -5:22 i9r5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ὃς δ’ ἂν εἴπῃ 2 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “And whoever might say to his brother” -5:23 chv4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον 1 It is implied that this is God’s **altar** at the temple in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to God at the altar in the temple” -5:24 z9m5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πρῶτον διαλλάγηθι τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου 1 If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “first, make peace with that person” -5:24 q08w rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential τότε 1 The word **then** indicates that only after the two are reconciled can this person offer something upon the altar. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “then, once you are brought together again” -5:25 x4ta rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you ἴσθι εὐνοῶν τῷ ἀντιδίκῳ σου ταχὺ, ἕως ὅτου εἶ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ; μήποτέ σε παραδῷ ὁ ἀντίδικος τῷ κριτῇ, καὶ ὁ κριτὴς τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ, καὶ εἰς φυλακὴν βληθήσῃ 1 Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All occurrences of **you** and **your** in this verse are singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. -5:25 sr9d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τῷ ἀντιδίκῳ σου 1 An **accuser** is a person who blames someone else for doing something wrong. He may take the wrongdoer to court to accuse him before a judge. If it would be helpful in your language, you can state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “with the one who accuses you of doing wrong” -5:25 x1tk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom σε παραδῷ & τῷ κριτῇ 1 Here, **hand you over** means to give someone into the control of someone else. Alternate translation: “gives control of you to the judge” -5:25 lr2n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἕως ὅτου εἶ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ 1 Here, **on the way** is referring to the time when they are walking to the place where the judge is. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “while you are walking with him on the road to the court house” -5:25 nev9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom μήποτέ σε παραδῷ ὁ ἀντίδικος τῷ κριτῇ 1 Here, **hand you over** means to bring someone to the judge to have the judge deal with them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “lest your accuser might bring you to the judge and give you to him so that he can judge you” -5:25 pq6d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ὁ κριτὴς τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ 1 Here, “hand you over” is implied from the previous phrase. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and the judge might hand you over to the officer” +5:3 j7ct rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οἱ πτωχοὶ τῷ πνεύματι 1 Here Jesus speaks of people who know that they disobey and that they depend on God totally as if they were **poor in spirit**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the spiritually poor” or “those who totally depend upon God” +5:3 wpi6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe people who belong in **the kingdom of the heavens**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of the heavens belongs to them” or “they belong in the kingdom of the heavens” +5:4 n8zv rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result μακάριοι οἱ πενθοῦντες, ὅτι αὐτοὶ παρακληθήσονται 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “The ones mourning will be comforted, so they are blessed” +5:4 u8s3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom μακάριοι 1 See how you translated this phrase in [5:3](../05/03.md). Alternate translation: “God will bless” or “How good it is for” +5:4 lie5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive αὐτοὶ παρακληθήσονται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will comfort them” +5:5 cf72 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result μακάριοι οἱ πραεῖς, ὅτι αὐτοὶ κληρονομήσουσι τὴν γῆν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “The meek will inherit the earth, so they are blessed” +5:5 hqm8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom μακάριοι 1 See how you translated this phrase in [5:3](../05/03.md). Alternate translation: “God will bless” or “How good it is for” +5:5 mvb1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj οἱ πραεῖς 1 Jesus is using the adjective **meek** as a noun to mean **meek** people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “meek people” +5:5 pajw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor κληρονομήσουσι 1 Here the author speaks as if **the meek** were children who would receive property from a relative. He speaks in this way to indicate that **the meek** will receive **the earth** from God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will receive” or “will be given” +5:5 kn65 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὴν γῆν 1 Here Jesus refers to the whole **earth**, but he implies that it will be the renewed or recreated **earth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “the renewed earth” or “the recreated earth” +5:6 a302 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result μακάριοι οἱ πεινῶντες καὶ διψῶντες τὴν δικαιοσύνην, ὅτι αὐτοὶ χορτασθήσονται 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “The ones hungering and thirsting for righteousness will be fed, so they are blessed” +5:6 ila1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom μακάριοι 1 See how you translated this phrase in [5:3](../05/03.md). Alternate translation: “God will bless” or “How good it is for” +5:6 bi1j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οἱ πεινῶντες καὶ διψῶντες τὴν δικαιοσύνην, ὅτι αὐτοὶ χορτασθήσονται 1 Here Jesus speaks of desiring to do what is right as if it were **hungering and thirsting for righteousness**. He also speaks of becoming righteous and doing what is right as if it were being **fed**. He speaks in this way to indicate that these people desire **righteousness** as much as they desire food and drink. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the ones who desire righteousness as if it were food or drink, for they will receive it as if they were being fed” +5:6 rbfk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν δικαιοσύνην 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “for what is just” or “to be righteous” +5:6 hlq2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive αὐτοὶ χορτασθήσονται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will feed them” +5:7 h8b2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result μακάριοι οἱ ἐλεήμονες, ὅτι αὐτοὶ ἐλεηθήσονται 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “The merciful will obtain mercy, so they are blessed” +5:7 ytjt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom μακάριοι 1 See how you translated this phrase in [5:3](../05/03.md). Alternate translation: “God will bless” or “How good it is for” +5:7 zy1e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj οἱ ἐλεήμονες 1 Matthew is using the adjective **merciful** as a noun to mean **merciful** people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “merciful people” +5:7 b7vt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns αὐτοὶ ἐλεηθήσονται 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **mercy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “God will act mercifully to them” +5:8 qap3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result μακάριοι οἱ καθαροὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ, ὅτι αὐτοὶ τὸν Θεὸν ὄψονται 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “The pure in heart will see God, so they are blessed” +5:8 c8qa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom μακάριοι 1 See how you translated this phrase in [5:3](../05/03.md). Alternate translation: “God will bless” or “How good it is for” +5:8 s9gd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οἱ καθαροὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 Here, the phrase **pure in heart** describes people who only think about and desire what is pure and good. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “those who are pure on the inside” or “the ones who think about and want what is pure” +5:8 cr20 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj οἱ καθαροὶ 1 Matthew is using the adjective **pure** as a noun to mean **pure** people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are pure” +5:8 t6ni rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom αὐτοὶ τὸν Θεὸν ὄψονται 1 Here, the clause **they will see God** indicates that these people will be with God, in his presence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they will be in God’s presence” +5:9 y5bk rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result μακάριοι οἱ εἰρηνοποιοί, ὅτι αὐτοὶ υἱοὶ Θεοῦ κληθήσονται 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “The peacemakers will be called sons of God, so they are blessed” +5:9 rxgx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom μακάριοι 1 See how you translated this phrase in [5:3](../05/03.md). Alternate translation: “God will bless” or “How good it is for” +5:9 jh6v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οἱ εἰρηνοποιοί 1 Here Jesus implies that the **peacemakers** are those who help people act peacefully with each other. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “those who make peace among people” or “the ones who cause people to act peaceably” +5:9 tv19 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive αὐτοὶ υἱοὶ Θεοῦ κληθήσονται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will call them his sons” +5:9 mivu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κληθήσονται 1 Here, by using the phrase **will be called**, Jesus implies that they also will actually be **sons of God**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “will be people who are” or “will be called and so become” +5:9 sfph rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor υἱοὶ Θεοῦ 1 Jesus speaks of these people as if God were their physical father. He means that these people have a father-son relationship with God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “spiritual sons of God” +5:9 h0av rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations υἱοὶ 1 Although the term **sons** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “sons and daughters” or “offspring” +5:10 q4og rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result μακάριοι οἱ δεδιωγμένοι ἕνεκεν δικαιοσύνης, ὅτι αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of the heavens belongs to the ones persecuted for the sake of righteousness, so they are blessed” +5:10 mxri rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom μακάριοι 1 See how you translated this phrase in [5:3](../05/03.md). Alternate translation: “God will bless” or “How good it is for” +5:10 bqu7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οἱ δεδιωγμένοι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones whom people persecute” +5:10 hfox rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἕνεκεν δικαιοσύνης 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because they act justly” +5:10 f3li rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession αὐτῶν ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 See how you translated the same clause in [5:3](../05/03.md). Alternate translation: “the kingdom of the heavens belongs to them” or “they belong in the kingdom of the heavens” +5:11 ohjs rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result μακάριοί ἐστε ὅταν ὀνειδίσωσιν ὑμᾶς καὶ διώξωσιν καὶ εἴπωσιν πᾶν πονηρὸν καθ’ ὑμῶν ψευδόμενοι ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses, since the second clause gives the reason for the result that the first clause describes. Alternate translation: “When they insult you and persecute you and say every evil thing against you falsely because of me, you are blessed” +5:11 t5kb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom μακάριοί ἐστε 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in [5:3](../05/03.md). Alternate translation: “God will bless you” or “How good it is for you” +5:11 m65m rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ὀνειδίσωσιν 1 Here, the word **they** refers to any people who mistreat Jesus’ disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that refers to people in general. Alternate translation: “others insult” or “some people insult” +5:11 mflf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole πᾶν 1 Jesus says **every** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “very many” or “all kinds of” +5:11 eez3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ 1 When Jesus says **because of me**, he means that people will persecute them because they are his disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “because you are my disciples” or “because you believe in me” +5:12 jegd rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result χαίρετε καὶ ἀγαλλιᾶσθε, ὅτι ὁ μισθὸς ὑμῶν πολὺς ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς; οὕτως γὰρ ἐδίωξαν τοὺς προφήτας τοὺς πρὸ ὑμῶν 1 Here Jesus gives a command followed by two reasons. If it would be helpful in your language, you could rearrange these clauses so that one or both reasons come before the command. Alternate translation: “In fact, in this way they persecuted the prophets before you. Also, great is your reward in the heavens. So, rejoice and be very glad” +5:12 ssk9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet χαίρετε καὶ ἀγαλλιᾶσθε 1 The terms **Rejoice** and **be very glad** mean similar things. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “Be exceedingly glad”\n +5:12 bpwb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 Here, the phrase **in the heavens** indicates where God is currently keeping the **reward**. It does not indicate where people will receive the **reward**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “that is stored in the heavens” or “that you will receive from the heavens” +5:12 wimk rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces another reason why Jesus’ disciples should rejoice, which is that they are like **the prophets** who served God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “and you should also rejoice because” or “and in fact,” +5:12 eh8r rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns οὕτως 1 Here, the word **this** refers back to what Jesus said in [5:11](../05/11.md) about how people mistreat his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “in those same ways” +5:12 rh0j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοὺς πρὸ ὑμῶν 1 Here, the phrase **before you** indicates that the **prophets** lived before the people to whom Jesus is speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “who lived before you did” +5:13 i3zp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ ἅλας τῆς γῆς; ἐὰν δὲ τὸ ἅλας μωρανθῇ, ἐν τίνι ἁλισθήσεται? εἰς οὐδὲν ἰσχύει ἔτι, εἰ μὴ βληθὲν ἔξω, καταπατεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Here Jesus calls his disciples **salt** that seasons **the earth**. Just as **salt** makes food better in many ways, so Jesus’ disciples make the world better in many ways. However, just as **salt** that no longer functions properly is **thrown out** because it cannot be fixed, so Jesus’ disciples will be punished if they do not make the world better. If possible, preserve the metaphor or use simile form. Alternate translation: “You are like salt for the earth. But if you are like salt that has lost its taste, how can you be made salty again? Just like that salt, you are good for nothing any longer. That salt will be thrown out to be trampled by men, and you will be punished in a similar way”\n +5:13 zctk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὸ ἅλας τῆς γῆς 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **salt** that seasons **the earth**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the salt that seasons the earth” +5:13 wxci rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῆς γῆς 1 Here, the word **earth** refers primarily to the people who live on the **earth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer specifically to people here. Alternate translation: “of the people on the earth” or “of all people” +5:13 k3u2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ἐὰν & τὸ ἅλας μωρανθῇ, ἐν τίνι 1 Jesus means that it is possible for **salt** to lose **its taste**, and he is speaking about what can or cannot happen after **salt has lost its taste**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “suppose that the salt has lost its taste. With what” +5:13 yoif rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἐν τίνι ἁλισθήσεται? 1 Jesus is using the question form to show that no one can make ruined salt **salty** again. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “it cannot be made salty again!” or “it is not possible to make it salty again.” +5:13 h7z8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἁλισθήσεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “might someone make it salty again” +5:13 ojrg rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions εἰς οὐδὲν ἰσχύει ἔτι, εἰ μὴ βληθὲν ἔξω, καταπατεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “The only thing is it good for is, having been thrown out, to be trampled by men” +5:13 e7cz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εἰ μὴ βληθὲν ἔξω, καταπατεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “except, after people have thrown it out, for men to trample it” +5:13 ilya rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “men and women” or “humans” +5:14 wgh5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς ἐστε τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου 1 Here Jesus calls his disciples **light** that illuminates **the world**. Just as **light** helps people know where they are and where to go, so Jesus’ disciples tell people the truth about God and Jesus. If possible, preserve the metaphor or use simile form. Alternate translation: “When you tell others about me, you are like lights that shine on the world” +5:14 eh93 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **light** that illuminates **the world**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the light that shines on the world” +5:14 bz3a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου 1 Here, the word **world** refers primarily to the people who live in the **world**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer specifically to people here. Alternate translation: “of the people in the world” or “of all people” +5:14 bn28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὐ δύναται πόλις κρυβῆναι ἐπάνω ὄρους κειμένη 1 Here Jesus implicitly calls his disciples a **city** that is on a **hill**, so it **is not able to be hidden**. Just as everyone can see this city, so everyone can see what how Jesus’ disciples behave. If possible, preserve the metaphor or use simile form. Alternate translation: “When you do what is right, you are like a city being set on a hill that is not able to be hidden” +5:14 ny4h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὐ δύναται πόλις κρυβῆναι ἐπάνω ὄρους κειμένη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People cannot hide a city that they set on top of a hill” +5:15 rz4n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo οὐδὲ καίουσιν λύχνον καὶ τιθέασιν αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον, ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ τὴν λυχνίαν, καὶ λάμπει πᾶσιν τοῖς ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ 1 Here Jesus implicitly calls his disciples a **a lamp**. However, he explains this figure of speech in the next verse, so you should not explain its meaning in this verse. +5:15 s5sb rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns καίουσιν 1 The pronoun they refers to people in general. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use a form that refers to people in general. Alternate translation: “does anyone light” +5:15 uqpe rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ὑπὸ τὸν μόδιον 1 A **basket** is a large circular container that stores food or other items. If someone put **a lamp** under this kind of container, it would completely hide the light from the lamp. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of container, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “in a box” or “under a container that hides its light” +5:15 c8el rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but rather they put it on” +5:15 hkm5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 2 Here, the word **and** introduces the result of putting a lamp on a lampstand. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a result. Alternate translation: “and so” or “with the result that” +5:16 qhp8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor λαμψάτω τὸ φῶς ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Here Jesus speaks of proper behavior as if it were a **light** that could **shine**. He means that everyone notices and benefits from this proper behavior. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Let what you do be like a light that shines before men” or “Live your life before men” +5:16 nz8z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p λαμψάτω τὸ φῶς ὑμῶν 1 If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Make sure that your light shines” or “Your light should shine” +5:16 l0kz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “men and women” or “humans” +5:16 f9uv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὕτως 1 Here, the phrase **in such a way** refers back to what Jesus said in [5:15](../05/15.md) about a lamp shining on everyone in a house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “just as that lamp shines” +5:16 iiu8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸν Πατέρα ὑμῶν 1 Jesus speaks of his disciples as if God were their physical father. He means that they have a father-son relationship with God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your spiritual Father” or “God, who is like a Father to you,”\n +5:16 ouqi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 Here, the phrase **in the heavens** identifies the location in which God **the Father** is specially present and from which he rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “who is in the heavens” +5:17 jirt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἦλθον -1 Here, the phrase **I came** refers to Jesus entering this world as a human to do what God called him to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I came to this world … I came to this world” or “I am acting … I am acting” +5:17 d30i rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names τὸν νόμον ἢ τοὺς προφήτας -1 The word **law** is the name for one part of the Hebrew Scriptures, and the word **prophets** is the name for another part of the Hebrew Scriptures. Show this in your translation in the way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “any part of the Scriptures, either the Law or the Prophets” +5:17 gg3k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τοὺς προφήτας 1 Here, **the prophets** represents what the prophets said and wrote. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the writings of the prophets” +5:17 re9h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἦλθον καταλῦσαι, ἀλλὰ πληρῶσαι 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “I came not to destroy them. Rather, I came to fulfill them” +5:18 kgjk rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a reason or basis for Jesus’ statement that he did not come to destroy the Scriptures but to fulfill them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “In fact,” or “That is because,” +5:18 cqiz ἀμὴν & λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Use a natural form in your language for emphasizing the truth and importance of a statement. Alternate translation: “I can assure you” +5:18 rpye rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἕως ἂν παρέλθῃ ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ 1 Here Jesus refers to how **the heaven and the earth** that currently exist will pass away, and God will either renew them or make new ones. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “until this world ends” or “until God recreates the heaven and the earth” +5:18 cv3m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ 1 Here, Jesus is referring to all of the created world by naming the parts that are at the extreme ends of it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all creation” or “the universe” +5:18 ylz6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἰῶτα ἓν ἢ μία κερέα 1 A **jot** is a very small letter or character used in writing. A **tittle** is a small part of a letter or character. If your readers would not be familiar with these terms, you could use the names of the smallest parts of the writing system in your area or you could use more general terms. Alternate translation: “one word or one part of a word” or “one character or stroke in a character” +5:18 v4wj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ἰῶτα ἓν ἢ μία κερέα 1 The terms **jot** and **tittle** mean similar things. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “one jot” or “one tittle” +5:18 ucl8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐ μὴ 1 The words translated **certainly not** are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “by no means” +5:18 ah3o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦ νόμου 1 Here, the phrase **the law** could refer to: (1) the Old Testament Scriptures in general, just as the phrases “the law” and “the prophets” in [5:17](../05/17.md) refer to the Old Testament Scriptures. Alternate translation: “the law and the prophets” or “the Old Testament” (2) just the law, which is the first five books of the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “the Old Testament law” or “the law in the Scriptures” +5:18 ozda rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πάντα γένηται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “all things take place” or “they accomplish all things” +5:18 ya2c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πάντα 1 Here, the phrase **all things** could refer to: (1) everything that is written in **the law**. Alternate translation: “all things written in the law” (2) everything that God has planned for this world and history. Alternate translation: “all things that God has planned” or “all things that will happen in this world” +5:19 dv5c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὃς ἐὰν & λύσῃ μίαν τῶν ἐντολῶν τούτων τῶν ἐλαχίστων, καὶ διδάξῃ οὕτως τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, ἐλάχιστος κληθήσεται ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. You may also need to rearrange the elements in the sentence. Alternate translation: “God will call least in the kingdom of the heavens anyone who annuls one of the least of these commandments and teaches men to do so” +5:19 uxz2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῶν ἐλαχίστων & ἐλάχιστος 1 Here, the word **least** identifies something that is not very important. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “of the most least important … least unimportant” +5:19 hxl1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τοὺς ἀνθρώπους 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “men and women” or “others” +5:19 yc45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὃς δ’ ἂν ποιήσῃ καὶ διδάξῃ, οὗτος μέγας κληθήσεται ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. You may also need to rearrange the elements in the sentence. Alternate translation: “But God will call great in the kingdom of the heavens anyone who does and teaches them” +5:20 zvia rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a further explanation of what Jesus said in the previous verse about how important it is to obey even the least important laws. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a further explanation, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “In fact,” or “Even more,” +5:20 p2yq λέγω & ὑμῖν 1 Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Use a natural form in your language for emphasizing the importance of a statement. Alternate translation: “I can assure you” +5:20 zqr6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions ἐὰν μὴ περισσεύσῃ ὑμῶν ἡ δικαιοσύνη πλεῖον τῶν γραμματέων καὶ Φαρισαίων, οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus was contradicting a statement that he was about to make, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “you will only enter into the kingdom of the heavens if your righteousness abounds more than that of the scribes and Pharisees” +5:20 ipn3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns περισσεύσῃ ὑμῶν ἡ δικαιοσύνη πλεῖον τῶν γραμματέων 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you are more righteous than the scribes” +5:20 l3lv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐ μὴ 1 The words translated **certainly not** are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “by no means” +5:21 y8lu rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἐρρέθη τοῖς ἀρχαίοις 1 Here Jesus quotes from the Old Testament scriptures, specifically from [Exodus 20:13](../exo/20/13.md) or [Deuteronomy 5:17](../deu/05/17.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could format these words in a different way and include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “the ancient ones were commanded in the law” +5:21 t6k5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐρρέθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God speaking through Moses. Alternate translation: “God said” or “Moses said” +5:21 nyud rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῖς ἀρχαίοις 1 Here, the phrase **the ancient ones** refers to the ancestors of the Jewish people to whom Jesus was speaking. The phrase most specifically refers to the Israelites who received the law at Mount Sinai. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to the Israelites who lived long ago” +5:21 v7o5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular οὐ φονεύσεις 1 Since the author of the quotation is addressing each specific person who is part of God’s people, the command here is singular. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “Each of you, do not kill” +5:21 zp63 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations δ’ 1 Here, the word **and** introduces Jesus’ summary of what the law required when someone committed murder. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a form that clarifies that this is a summary, not a direct quotation from the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “and they were told” or “and they followed this principle:” +5:21 mij2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔνοχος ἔσται τῇ κρίσει 1 Here Jesus implies that the person who **kills** deserves to be judged and also punished by other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “will be subject to judgment and punishment” or “deserves to be judged and punished” +5:21 niea rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τῇ κρίσει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “being judged” or “human authorities who will judge him or her” +5:22 p9fh rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces a contrast with what Jesus said in the previous verse ([5:21](../05/21.md)). Jesus is not contradicting what he said. Rather, he is making it stronger. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “However,” or “Even more,” +5:22 mg2r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐγὼ & λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι 1 Jesus uses the clause **I say to you** to emphasize what he is about to say and to contrast it with what “was said to the ancient ones” ([5:21](../05/21.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the emphatic contrast in another way. Alternate translation: “listen to this:” or “here is what you need to know:” +5:22 d5nl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ & τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus is using the term **brother** to mean a person who follows Jesus and shares the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with a fellow disciple … to a fellow disciple” +5:22 rbi3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ & τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ 1 Although the terms **his** and **brother** is masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, and if it would be helpful in your language, you could say “his or her brother or sister” to indicate this. +5:22 popw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔνοχος ἔσται τῇ κρίσει 1 See how you translated this clause in [5:21](../05/21.md). Alternate translation: “will be subject to judgment and punishment” or “deserves to be judged and punished” +5:22 b08b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τῇ κρίσει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “being judged” or “human authorities who will judge him or her” +5:22 hf7n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations εἴπῃ τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ, ῥακά, ἔνοχος ἔσται & εἴπῃ, μωρέ, ἔνοχος ἔσται 1 It may be more natural in your language to have indirect quotations here. Alternate translation: “calls his brother Raka will be subject to … says that someone is a fool will be subject” +5:22 w721 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate ῥακά 1 **Raka** is a word borrowed from Aramaic. You will need to decide if you will also borrow this word into your language or if you will translate the meaning. Either approach has broad support. If you borrow the word, you could spell it the way it sounds in your language and then put the translation in a footnote. Alternative translation: “Fool” or “Idiot” +5:22 qwdj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔνοχος ἔσται τῷ Συνεδρίῳ 1 Here Jesus implies that any person who calls **his brother** a bad name like **Raka** deserves to be judged and punished by **the council**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “will be subject to judgment and punishment by the council” or “deserves to be judged and punished by the council” +5:22 i9r5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὃς δ’ ἂν εἴπῃ 2 Here Jesus implies that the person is speaking to **his brother**, just as with the earlier examples in the verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “And whoever says to his brother” +5:22 alfa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μωρέ 1 This is an insulting expression. Use an expression in your language that a person might use to insult another person. Alternate translation: “You are an idiot” +5:22 p42x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔνοχος ἔσται εἰς τὴν Γέενναν τοῦ πυρός 1 Here Jesus implies that any person who calls a fellow disciple a **fool** deserves to be judged by God and punished in **the Gehenna of fire**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “will be subject to judgment and punishment in the Gehenna of fire” or “deserves to be judged by God and punished in the Gehenna of fire” +5:22 ryio rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὴν Γέενναν τοῦ πυρός 1 Here Jesus uses the name **Gehenna** to refer to hell. The valley named **Gehenna** was outside the city of Jerusalem and was a place where people threw out and burned garbage. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a simile or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a place of fire like the valley of Gehenna” or “fiery hell, which is like Gehenna valley” +5:22 xd6x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὴν Γέενναν τοῦ πυρός 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **Gehenna** as a place that has much **fire**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the fiery Gehenna” or “the fires in Gehenna” +5:23 ck09 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Here, the word **Therefore** introduces an inference or conclusion based on what Jesus has said about being angry and insulting fellow believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an inference or conclusion. Alternate translation: “So” or “Because of that” +5:23 m0jg rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ἐὰν & προσφέρῃς τὸ δῶρόν σου ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον, κἀκεῖ μνησθῇς ὅτι ὁ ἀδελφός σου ἔχει τι κατὰ σοῦ 1 Jesus is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that people in his audience might be **at the altar** and **remember** that a **brother has something against** them. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “consider this situation: you are offering your gift at the altar, and there you remember that your brother has something against. If that were to happen” +5:23 he2v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd προσφέρῃς & σου & μνησθῇς & σου & σοῦ 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your** in your translation. +5:23 chv4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ δῶρόν σου ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον 1 Here Jesus is referring to giving a **gift** to God at the **altar** in the temple in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make these ideas more explicit. Alternate translation: “your gift to God at the altar in the temple” +5:23 wh1d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ ἀδελφός σου 1 Jesus is using the term **brother** to mean a person who follows Jesus and shares the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a fellow disciple” +5:23 zkec rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ὁ ἀδελφός σου 1 Although the term **brother** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, and if it would be helpful in your language, you could say “your brother or sister” to indicate this. +5:23 lrsx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἔχει τι κατὰ σοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **has something against you** indicates that the **brother** has been offended or injured by **you**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is upset with you” or “has been offended by you” +5:24 hxl6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd ἄφες & σου & ὕπαγε & διαλλάγηθι & σου & πρόσφερε & σου 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your** in your translation. +5:24 lrx6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὕπαγε 1 Here Jesus implies that the person needs to **go** to his or her **brother**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “go to your brother” +5:24 q08w rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential πρῶτον διαλλάγηθι τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου, καὶ τότε ἐλθὼν, πρόσφερε τὸ δῶρόν σου 1 Here Jesus emphasizes that these two events must happen in this sequence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could emphasize the sequence in another way. Alternate translation: “before you can come back and offer your gift, you need to be reconciled with your brother” +5:24 z9m5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive διαλλάγηθι τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “reconcile with your brother” or “restore the relationship with your brother” +5:24 h4ch rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου 1 Jesus is using the term **brother** to mean a person who follows Jesus and shares the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with that fellow disciple” +5:24 z0hy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου 1 Although the term **brother** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, and if it would be helpful in your language, you could say “with your brother or sister” to indicate this. +5:24 cxe2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐλθὼν 1 Here Jesus implies that the person can to **come** back to the **altar**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “having come back to your gift at the altar” +5:24 aa4j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐλθὼν 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “having gone” +5:25 mhr1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἴσθι εὐνοῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **agreement**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Agree” +5:25 d3p1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd ἴσθι & σου & εἶ & σε & ὁ & βληθήσῃ 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your** in your translation. +5:25 sr9d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τῷ ἀντιδίκῳ σου & ὁ ἀντίδικος 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe someone who accuses another person (“you”). If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “with the one who is accusing you … the one who is accusing you” +5:25 lr2n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἶ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ 1 Here, **on the way** is referring to the time when the person and the person’s **accuser** are walking to the place where the judge is. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “you are walking with him on the road to the law court” +5:25 unun rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations αὐτοῦ 1 Although the term **him** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “him or her” +5:25 nev9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom σε παραδῷ 1 Here, the phrase **hand you over** refers to putting someone under the authority and control of another person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “might transfer you” or “might entrust you” +5:25 pq6d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ὁ κριτὴς τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “the judge might hand you over to the officer” 5:25 gcm5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ 1 Here, **the officer** is a person who has authority to carry out the decisions of a judge. Usually this involves bringing people to jail if they have been declared guilty by the judge. Alternate translation: “to one who carries out the judge’s orders” -5:25 pzh4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εἰς φυλακὴν βληθήσῃ 1 If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the officer will put you in prison” -5:27 jxg5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὅτι ἐρρέθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that God said” or “that Moses said” -5:28 glg9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy αὐτὴν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **heart** Is referring to the inner thoughts and desires of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “with her in his thoughts” -5:29 et3n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you εἰ δὲ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ὁ δεξιὸς σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔξελε αὐτὸν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ; συμφέρει γάρ σοι ἵνα ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μελῶν σου, καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου βληθῇ εἰς Γέενναν 1 Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All instances of **you** and **your** here are singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. -5:29 ikp5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche εἰ & ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ὁ δεξιὸς σκανδαλίζει σε 1 Here, **right eye** refers to both eyes. It was common in Jesus’ time to think the right eye was more important. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “if one of your eyes causes you to sin” -5:29 y0f2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor εἰ & ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ὁ δεξιὸς σκανδαλίζει σε 1 Here, **to stumble** is a metaphor meaning “to sin.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “if you want to sin because of what your eye sees” -5:29 v6jr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole ἔξελε αὐτὸν 1 This is an exaggerated command for a person to do whatever he needs to do to stop sinning, even if that means removing an eye. If you mention both eyes in this verse, it will be necessary to say “pluck them out” here. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. -5:29 v1cn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου βληθῇ εἰς Γέενναν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “than for God to throw your whole body into hell” -5:29 v687 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μελῶν σου 1 Here, **one of your members** is referring to an individual part of the body. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “one individual part of your body perish” -5:30 wtyk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism καὶ εἰ ἡ δεξιά σου χεὶρ σκανδαλίζει σε, ἔκκοψον αὐτὴν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ; συμφέρει γάρ σοι ἵνα ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μελῶν σου, καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου εἰς Γέενναν ἀπέλθῃ 1 This verse has the same meaning as the previous verse. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the verses into one. Alternate translation: “If a part of your body causes you to sin against God, you should destroy it. For it is better that one part of your body be destroyed than for God to throw your entire body into Gehenna” -5:30 zx8x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy εἰ ἡ δεξιά σου χεὶρ σκανδαλίζει σε 1 Here, the **hand** stands for the actions of the whole person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation “if you do something that causes you to sin” -5:30 qs74 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole ἔκκοψον αὐτὴν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ 1 This is an exaggerated command for a person to do whatever he needs to do to stop sinning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language -5:30 pdkq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μελῶν σου 1 See how you translated this word in the previous verse. -5:31 dh23 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐρρέθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God also said” or “Moses also said” -5:32 j2aq rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions πᾶς ὁ ἀπολύων τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ, παρεκτὸς λόγου πορνείας, ποιεῖ αὐτὴν μοιχευθῆναι 1 If it would appear in your language that Matthew was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “a man is only allow to divorce a woman if she has been unfaithful to him with another man. Otherwise, he will cause her to be adulterous” -5:32 zai7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀπολελυμένην 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “her after her husband has divorced her” -5:33 fk86 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐρρέθη τοῖς ἀρχαίοις 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God said to those who lived long ago” or “Moses said to your ancestors long ago” -5:33 tk9y rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 What follows the word **but** here is in contrast to what came before it. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather,” -5:34 u7su rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μήτε ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, ὅτι θρόνος ἐστὶν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, **heaven** is spoken of as **the throne of God** in a figurative way. Heaven is the place from which God rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “not by heaven, which is his throne” -5:35 e7z8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ὑποπόδιόν ἐστιν τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **footstool** is used to refer to the earth. If your readers would not know what a footstool is, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “it is something on which God can rest his feet” -5:35 mvcd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὅτι ὑποπόδιόν ἐστιν τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ 1 God does not need **a footstool for his feet**, for he does not have feet. This language is metaphorical, telling the reader that the earth belongs to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “no longer belong to Jesus” -5:36 l9c8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you μήτε ἐν τῇ κεφαλῇ σου ὀμόσῃς, ὅτι οὐ δύνασαι μίαν τρίχα λευκὴν ποιῆσαι ἢ μέλαιναν 1 Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All occurrences of the words **you** and **your** are singular, but you may have to translate them as plural. -5:36 z5vu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μήτε ἐν τῇ κεφαλῇ σου ὀμόσῃς 1 To **swear by your head** means to swear by your own authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “Neither should you swear by your own authority” or “Neither should you swear by your own knowledge” -5:38 zar1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὅτι ἐρρέθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that God said” or “that Moses said” -5:38 w53l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὀφθαλμὸν ἀντὶ ὀφθαλμοῦ καὶ ὀδόντα ἀντὶ ὀδόντος 1 This passage is speaking of the punishment for injuring someone’s **eye** or **tooth**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly, as modelled in the UST. -5:39 qrx1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τῷ πονηρῷ 1 Jesus is using the adjective **evil** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “someone who is evil” -5:40 gr2x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you σοι & σου & τὸ ἱμάτιον 1 Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All occurrences of **you** and **your** are singular. In some languages they may need to be plural. -5:40 t9f4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὸν χιτῶνά & ἱμάτιον 1 The **coat** was worn close to the body, like a heavy shirt or a sweater. The **cloak**, the more valuable of the two, was worn over the **coat** for warmth and also used as a blanket for warmth at night. If your readers would not be familiar with these, you can explicitly state what these things are. -5:41 i867 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὅστις 1 The context implies that he is speaking about a Roman soldier. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “if a soldier of the Roman army” -5:41 i86s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μίλιον ἕν 1 Here, **one mile** refers to the Roman mile, which was 1,000 paces. This was the distance a Roman soldier could legally force someone to carry something for him. If **mile** is confusing, it can be translated literally. Alternate translation: “1000 paces” -5:41 zv6i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ὕπαγε μετ’ αὐτοῦ δύο 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “go with him two miles” or “go with him 2000 paces” -5:43 cyz3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you ἠκούσατε & σου & σου 1 Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The **You** is plural in **You have heard**. The verb **Love** and both instances of **your** are singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. -5:43 fp6x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὅτι ἐρρέθη 1 See how you translated this in [5:27](../05/27.md). -5:43 tqj3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τὸν πλησίον σου 1 Here the word **neighbor** does not refer to a specific neighbor, but to any members of one’s community or people group. These are people whom one usually desires to treat kindly or at least believes he ought to treat kindly. Alternate translation: “your countrymen” or “those who belong to your people group” -5:45 my3d rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship γένησθε υἱοὶ τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 We are not God’s physical children but his spiritual children. It is best to translate **sons** with the same word your language would naturally use to refer to human sons or children. -5:45 jzu9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 **Father** is an important title for God. -5:45 syjz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 See how you translated **in the heavens** in [5:12](../05/12.md) -5:45 qj7n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸν ἥλιον αὐτοῦ ἀνατέλλει ἐπὶ πονηροὺς καὶ ἀγαθοὺς, καὶ βρέχει ἐπὶ δικαίους καὶ ἀδίκους 1 Here, **he makes his sun to rise** and **he sends rain on** are figurative for sending blessings, as sun and rain help crops to grow. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “God gives blessing to both those who are right with him and those who are not right with him” -5:46 se4k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίνα μισθὸν ἔχετε? 1 Jesus uses this question to teach the people that loving those who love them is not something special for which God will reward them. This is because it is easy to love those who love you back. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you will get no reward.” -5:46 cb77 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐχὶ καὶ οἱ τελῶναι τὸ αὐτὸ ποιοῦσιν? 1 Jesus asks this question to show that even people who are considered to be the most evil do this. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Even the tax collectors do the same thing.” -5:47 ba6e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί περισσὸν ποιεῖτε? οὐχὶ καὶ οἱ ἐθνικοὶ τὸ αὐτὸ ποιοῦσιν 1 Jesus asks these questions to teach his followers that they are no better than the Gentiles if they do not welcome people who are not like them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you do not do anything better than those who do not know God. For the Gentiles do this very thing” -5:48 l6pa rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. -6:intro jrj2 0 # Matthew 6 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nMatthew 6 continues Jesus’ extended teaching known as “The Sermon on the Mount.”\n\nYou may wish to set apart the prayer in 6:9-11 by placing it farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.\n\nJesus spoke about many different subjects in this sermon, so you may wish to help the reader by putting an empty line into the text whenever Jesus changed the subject.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### You singular and you plural\n\nIn this chapter, as in the last chapter, Jesus is talking to a large crowd of his followers. Throughout the chapter, Jesus switches between using you in the singular and you in the plural. In both instances he is talking to the same people. When he is using the singular, he is referring to all of the individuals in the crowd, but is still referring to the crowd as a whole. Your language may require you to use a plural here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) -6:1 zvn1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you ὑμῶν & μὴ ποιεῖν & οὐκ ἔχετε & ὑμῶν 1 Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All occurrences of **you** and **your** are plural in this chapter unless otherwise noted. -6:1 bgc7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι αὐτοῖς 1 It is implied that those who see this person will honor him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “in front of people to be seen by them so they will give you honor for what you have done” -6:1 vvm4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι αὐτοῖς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in front of people just so that they can see you and honor you” -6:1 p335 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. See the note in the introduction. Alternate translation: “before people” -6:1 juj5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τῷ Πατρὶ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. -6:1 x9wq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 See how you translated this in [5:16](../05/16.md) -6:2 d8kw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μὴ σαλπίσῃς ἔμπροσθέν σου 1 Here, **do not sound a trumpet** could mean (1) that they should not blow an actual trumpet when they go to give, or (2) **do not sound your trumpet** is figurative for bringing attention to yourself. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain way. Alternate translation: “do not bring attention to yourself” -6:2 bc9b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun οἱ ὑποκριταὶ 1 The word **hypocrites** is not referring to a specific person, but to people who put on a false appearance of righteousness. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “people who act in a hypocritical way” -6:2 dk6u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὅπως δοξασθῶσιν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order that people might honor them” -6:2 q6dq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony ἀπέχουσιν τὸν μισθὸν αὐτῶν 1 Often times, to **have** a **reward** is a positive thing. Here, Jesus means it in a negative way, saying that their reward is not with God. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “their reward is not with God in the heavens” -6:3 z4c1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σοῦ & σου & σου 1 All occurrences of **you** and **your** are singular in this verse. You might need to translate these as plural in your language. -6:3 vca2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μὴ γνώτω ἡ ἀριστερά σου τί ποιεῖ ἡ δεξιά σου 1 This phrase is a metaphor for total secrecy. Just as hands usually work together and each can be said to **know** what the other is **doing** at all times, you should not let even those closest to you know when you are giving to the poor. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. -6:5 m54u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you προσεύχῃ & ὑμῖν 1 Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The first occurrence of **you** is singular and second is plural. In some languages they both may need to be plural. -6:5 d6t7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun οἱ ὑποκριταί 1 See the note in [5:2](../05/02.md) -6:5 rzpj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὅπως φανῶσιν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that people will see them and give them honor” -6:5 ub7u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 See the note in the introduction. Alternate translation: “by people” -6:6 dqv4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown εἴσελθε εἰς τὸ ταμεῖόν σου 1 The **inner chamber** was a small, private room where people stored belongings, as well as food for their animals. If it would be helpful in your language, you can state it plainly. Alternate translation: “go into your private storage room” -6:6 kkn7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τῷ Πατρί σου 1 **Father** is an important title for God. -6:7 z0v4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun οἱ ἐθνικοί 1 Jesus is speaking of **Gentiles** in general, and not to any specific gentiles. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “Gentile people” -6:7 a8ai rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εἰσακουσθήσονται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “their false gods will hear them” -6:8 wdj6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μὴ οὖν ὁμοιωθῆτε αὐτοῖς 1 When Jesus says to **not be like them**, he means in the way they pray. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Therefore, you should not pray like them” -6:8 nv9i rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. -6:9 mq4x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 Here, **your name** refers to God himself. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “make everyone honor you” -6:9 sxsy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὕτως οὖν προσεύχεσθε ὑμεῖς 1 Jesus was not saying that this was the only way to pray. He was giving an example of how one should pray. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Therefore, instead of babbling like the Gentiles, you should pray in a way similar to this” -6:9 sc3d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 See how you translated **who is in the heavens** in [5:16](../05/16.md) -6:9 knx7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “make people glorify your name” -6:9 tqm4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 Here, **your name** refers to God himself. The name of something is very closely associated with the person or being to whom it belongs. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “may people honor you” -6:10 n67c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐλθέτω ἡ βασιλεία σου 1 See how your translated **kingdom** in [3:2](../03/02.md). -6:10 pdc5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου, ὡς ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “May everything on earth happen in accordance with your will, just as everything in heaven does” -6:11 dft8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τὸν ἄρτον & τὸν ἐπιούσιον 1 Here, **bread** refers to food in general. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “something he said” -6:12 yi9s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὰ ὀφειλήματα & τοῖς ὀφειλέταις ἡμῶν 1 A **debt** is what one person owes another person. A **debtor** is a person who owes a debt to another person. This is a metaphor for those who have sinned against another person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “sins … those who sin against us” -6:13 l8u6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς εἰς πειρασμόν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you can express **temptation** as a verb. Alternate translation: “do not let anything tempt us” or “do not let anything cause us to desire to sin” -6:13 r6v6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἀλλὰ ῥῦσαι ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 Here, **evil one** could also mean evil. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of evil, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “protect us from doing evil things” -6:13 zfsy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants 0 Most important manuscripts do not include “For yours is the kingdom and the power and the glory forever. Amen.” See the discussion of textual issues in the chapter introduction to decide whether to include this sentence in your translation. -6:14 xvfv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 See the note in the introduction. Alternate translation: “people” -6:14 z79a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὰ παραπτώματα αὐτῶν 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **trespasses**, you can express it as a verb. Alternate translation: “when they trespass against you” -6:14 v7ne rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. -6:15 pi3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὰ παραπτώματα ὑμῶν 1 See how you translated trespasses in the previous verse. -6:15 lk8a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 See the note in the introduction. Alternate translation: “those people” -6:16 xv6b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀφανίζουσιν & τὰ πρόσωπα αὐτῶν 1 The hypocrites would not wash **their faces**. They did this purposely to draw attention to themselves so that people would see them and give them honor for fasting. If someone was fasting, it would be obvious from their appearance. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they make it obvious to others that they are fasting” -6:16 ix6h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony ἀπέχουσιν τὸν μισθὸν αὐτῶν 1 See how you translated **they have their reward in full** in [6:2](../06/02.md) -6:17 c20j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σὺ & σου & σου 1 Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All occurrences of **you** and **your** are singular. -6:17 k283 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἄλειψαί σου τὴν κεφαλὴν καὶ τὸ πρόσωπόν σου νίψαι 1 Here, to **anoint** the **head** and to **wash** the **face** is to take normal care of one’s self. Doing this gives the appearance that you are living life as normal. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “make yourself appear as though you were not fasting” -6:18 m56a rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τῷ Πατρί σου 1 **Father** is an important title for God. -6:18 tby8 ὁ βλέπων ἐν τῷ κρυφαίῳ 1 See how you translated this in [6:6](../06/06.md). Alternate translation: “who sees what you do in private” -6:19 tqc9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown σὴς 1 A **moth** is a small, flying insect that destroys cloth by eating it. If it would not be known in your language, you can use a general term for moth. Alternate translation: “flying insects that eat your belongings” -6:19 z9wd rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown βρῶσις 1 Here, **rust** could also be referring to a bug which eats away at things like food. It is not clear in the original language. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “bugs which eat away at food” or “things which eat away at your belongings” -6:19 enl6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown βρῶσις 1 Here, **rust** is a term referring to something that deteriorates metal. If this would not be known in your language, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “something which destroys metal” -6:20 v5tn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor θησαυρίζετε & ὑμῖν θησαυροὺς ἐν οὐρανῷ 1 This is a metaphor that means do good things on earth so God will reward you in **heaven**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation “do good things and obey God, so that he will reward you in heaven” -6:21 y55l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὅπου γάρ ἐστιν ὁ θησαυρός σου 1 Here, **treasure** is figurative for the things people value the most in life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “For with what you value most in life” -6:21 b74q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐκεῖ ἔσται καὶ ἡ καρδία σου 1 Here, **heart** means a person’s thoughts and interests. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “there your desires will also be” -6:22 g215 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σου & σου 1 Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. Both instances of **your** are all singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. -6:22 sbl1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ λύχνος τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν ὁ ὀφθαλμός 1 The eye is a lamp in a figurative sense. The eye not a source of light, but a channel for light. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “Your eye lets light into your body” -6:22 hvrq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor ἐὰν οὖν ᾖ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ἁπλοῦς, ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου φωτεινὸν ἔσται 1 Jesus is drawing an extended comparison between physical vision and spiritual receptivity. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the comparison. Alternate translation: “When your eye is healthy, it lets light into your whole body. In the same way, if you are willing to obey God, you will understand and live by his message for every part of your life” -6:23 dl86 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor ἐὰν δὲ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου πονηρὸς ᾖ, ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου σκοτεινὸν ἔσται. εἰ οὖν τὸ φῶς τὸ ἐν σοὶ σκότος, ἐστίν τὸ σκότος πόσον 1 Jesus continues to draw an extended comparison between physical vision and spiritual receptivity. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the comparison. Alternate translation: “But when your eye is unhealthy, it does not let light into any of your body. In the same way, if you are not willing to obey God, you will not understand and live by his message for any part of your life” -6:24 z5ol rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun οὐδεὶς 1 Jesus is speaking of people in general, not of one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “No person” -6:24 ijn3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ἢ γὰρ τὸν ἕνα μισήσει καὶ τὸν ἕτερον ἀγαπήσει, ἢ ἑνὸς ἀνθέξεται καὶ τοῦ ἑτέρου καταφρονήσει 1 Both of these phrases mean basically the same thing. They emphasize that a person cannot love and be devoted both to God and money at the same time. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “for he will obey one of them and disobey the other” -6:24 zt2u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification οὐ δύνασθε Θεῷ δουλεύειν καὶ μαμωνᾷ 1 Here, **money** is spoken of as though it were a person who someone could serve. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “You are not able to serve God and completely desire riches” -6:25 s5uy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you ὑμῖν & ὑμῶν & φάγητε & πίητε & ὑμῶν & ἐνδύσησθε 1 Here the instances of **you** and **your** are all plural. -6:25 nt96 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐχὶ ἡ ψυχὴ πλεῖόν ἐστι τῆς τροφῆς, καὶ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ἐνδύματος? 1 Jesus uses a question to teach the people about what is important in life. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Life is much more than just food, and the body is much more than just what you wear!” -6:26 a9w6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. -6:26 nbm5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐχ ὑμεῖς μᾶλλον διαφέρετε αὐτῶν? 1 Jesus uses a question to teach the people about the value of human beings compared to animals. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are much more valuable than the birds of the sky!” -6:27 cm6a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you ὑμῶν 1 Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. Here, **you**is plural. -6:27 fr8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τίς δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν μεριμνῶν δύναται προσθεῖναι ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ πῆχυν ἕνα? 1 Here to **add one cubit to his lifespan** is a metaphor for adding time to how long a person will live. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Who among you is able to add to the length of his life by being anxious” -6:27 ivmg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίς δὲ ἐξ ὑμῶν μεριμνῶν δύναται προσθεῖναι ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ πῆχυν ἕνα? 1 Jesus uses this question to emphasize that they cannot lengthen their lives. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “None of you can, just by worrying, add years to your life.” -6:27 kub4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance πῆχυν ἕνα 1 A **cubit** is a measure of a little less than half a meter. -6:28 erj8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion περὶ ἐνδύματος τί μεριμνᾶτε? 1 Jesus uses a question to teach the people why they should not be anxious. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you should not be worried about what you will wear.” -6:28 him2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification οὐ κοπιῶσιν οὐδὲ νήθουσιν 1 Jesus speaks about the lilies as if they were people who were able to **toil** and **spin cloth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “They do not work and spin cloth like people do” -6:28 t16l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown κρίνα 1 A lily is a kind of wild flower. -6:29 u7fd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὐδὲ Σολομὼν ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ περιεβάλετο ὡς ἓν τούτων 1 The lilies being **clothed** is a metaphor for the plants having beautiful and colorful flowers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “not even Solomon with all of his riches looked as majestic as a lily of the field” -6:29 sqg8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive περιεβάλετο ὡς ἓν τούτων 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “wore clothes that were as beautiful as these lilies” -6:30 xykl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸν χόρτον τοῦ ἀγροῦ & οὕτως ἀμφιέννυσιν 1 The lilies being clothed is a metaphor for the plants having beautiful and colorful flowers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. -6:30 uf36 χόρτον 1 If your language has a word that includes **grass** and the word you used for “lilies” in the previous verse, you can use it here. -6:30 m23l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone throws it into a fire” or “someone burns it” -6:30 ym2c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὐ πολλῷ μᾶλλον 1 The verb “clothe” is implied from the previous sentence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. -6:30 cd8w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐ πολλῷ μᾶλλον ὑμᾶς, ὀλιγόπιστοι? 1 Jesus uses this question to teach the people that God will provide what they need. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “he will certainly clothe you even better, you of little faith.” -6:32 unz1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. -6:33 ep2c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ζητεῖτε & πρῶτον τὴν βασιλείαν καὶ τὴν δικαιοσύνην αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **kingdom** refers to God’s rule as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Most importantly, be one of God’s people, and do what he desires of you” -6:33 ak39 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ταῦτα πάντα προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will provide all these things for you” -6:34 xdg7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἡ & αὔριον μεριμνήσει ἑαυτῆς 1 Jesus speaks of **tomorrow** as if it were a person who could worry. Jesus means that a person will have enough to worry about when the next day comes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning in plain language. +5:25 drhp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom εἰς φυλακὴν βληθήσῃ 1 Here, the phrase **thrown into prison** refers to someone being locked up in **prison**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you will be put into prison” or “you will be locked up in prison” +5:25 pzh4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive βληθήσῃ 1 If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the officer will throw you” +5:26 e5ip ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι 1 Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Use a natural form in your language for emphasizing the truth and importance of a statement. Alternate translation: “I can assure you” +5:26 uu76 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd σοι, οὐ μὴ ἐξέλθῃς & ἀποδῷς 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** is singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of **you** in your translation. +5:26 l1xl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐ μὴ 1 The words translated **certainly not** are two negative words. In this construction, the second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. Instead, it gives greater emphasis to the negative. If your language can use two negatives that do not cancel one another to create a positive meaning, you could use a double negative here. If your language does not use two negatives in that way, you could translate with one strong negative, as the ULT does. Alternate translation: “by no means” +5:26 z8sl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go οὐ μὴ ἐξέλθῃς 1 In a context such as this, your language might say “go” instead of **come**. Alternate translation: “you will certainly not go out” +5:26 z2mc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἕως ἂν ἀποδῷς τὸν ἔσχατον κοδράντην 1 Here Jesus implies that the “judge” required the person to pay a fine or give money to the person who accused him or her. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “until you have paid the last quadrans that the judge required” +5:26 zlil rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney τὸν ἔσχατον κοδράντην 1 A **quadrans** was one of the smallest and least valuable coins in circulation in this place and time. It was equivalent to about an eighth of an hour’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might use the name of the least valuable coin in your culture, or a general expression. Alternate translation: “the last penny” or “every bit of money that your creditor demands” +5:27 jxg5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐρρέθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God speaking through Moses. Alternate translation: “God commanded” or “Moses said” +5:27 u2d8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἐρρέθη 1 Here Jesus quotes from the Old Testament scriptures, specifically from [Exodus 20:14](../exo/20/14.md) or [Deuteronomy 5:18](../deu/05/18.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could format these words in a different way and include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “it was commanded in the law” +5:27 dsek rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular οὐ μοιχεύσεις 1 Since the author of the quotation is addressing each specific person who is part of God’s people, the command here is singular. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “Each of you, do not commit adultery” +5:27 gdpu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns οὐ μοιχεύσεις 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **adultery**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Do not be an adulterer or adulteress” or “Do not do what is adulterous” +5:28 faww rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces a contrast with what Jesus said in the previous verse ([5:27](../05/27.md)). Jesus is not contradicting what he said. Rather, he is making it stronger. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “However,” or “Even more,” +5:28 o6w7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐγὼ & λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι 1 Jesus uses the clause **I say to you** to emphasize what he is about to say and to contrast it with the command he quoted in the previous verse ([5:27](../05/27.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the emphatic contrast in another way. Alternate translation: “listen to this:” or “here is what you need to know:” +5:28 mchs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit γυναῖκα 1 Here Jesus implies that this **woman** is not the man’s wife. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “another woman” or “a woman to whom he is not married” +5:28 y8sf rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal πρὸς τὸ ἐπιθυμῆσαι αὐτὴν 1 Here, the phrase **to lust after her** could describe: (1) the purpose for which the man is **looking**. Alternate translation: “in order to lust after her” (2) the result of the man **looking**. Alternate translation: “with the result that he lusts after her” +5:28 z70s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἤδη ἐμοίχευσεν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **adultery**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “has already become an adulterer” or “has already done what is adulterous” +5:28 glg9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 In Matthew’s culture, the **heart** is the place where humans think and feel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate **heart** by referring to the place where humans think and feel in your culture or by expressing the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “in his thoughts” or “in his desires” +5:29 g850 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces a further development in what Jesus has been speaking about. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a development, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Now” +5:29 wm6n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd σου & σε, ἔξελε & βάλε & σοῦ & σοι & σου & σου 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your** in your translation. +5:29 ikp5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ & ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ὁ δεξιὸς σκανδαλίζει σε 1 Jesus is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that people in his audience might experience their **right eye** causing them **to stumble**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: “consider this situation: your right eye causes you to stumble. If that were to happen”\n +5:29 y0f2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ὁ δεξιὸς σκανδαλίζει σε 1 Here, Jesus speaks of **your right eye** as if it were a person who could cause **you to stumble**. He means that the **right eye** is the part of the body that is involved in the stumbling. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “it is your right eye’s fault that you stumble” or “you stumble with your right eye” +5:29 aro9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σκανδαλίζει σε 1 Here, Jesus is speaking of sinning as if it were **stumbling**. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “causes you to sin” +5:29 v6jr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole ἔξελε αὐτὸν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ 1 Here Jesus provides the most extreme response to sinning. He does not mean that this should be the normal way to deal with sin. You should preserve the extreme language Jesus uses, but use a form that indicates that this is the most extreme example. Alternate translation: “if necessary you should even pluck it out and throw it away from you!” +5:29 xvdo rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a reason why people should pluck out their eyes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a command, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “That is because” or “Indeed,” +5:29 v687 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἓν τῶν μελῶν σου 1 Here, the phrase **one of your members** refers to a body part. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “one of your body parts” +5:29 x2dz rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 2 Here, the word **and** introduces the result of one of **your members** perishing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a result. Alternate translation: “so” or “with the result that” +5:29 v1cn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μὴ ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου βληθῇ εἰς Γέενναν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “God would not throw your whole body into Gehenna” +5:29 cxyk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Γέενναν 1 Here Jesus uses the name **Gehenna** to refer to hell. Translate the name as you did in [5:22](../05/22.md). Alternate translation: “a place like the valley of Gehenna” or “hell, which is like Gehenna valley” +5:30 wtyk rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 1 This verse means basically the same thing as the previous verse, but Jesus uses the example of a **right hand** instead of a “right eye.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word other than **and** to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Again,” or “Here is another example:” +5:30 llw9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd σου & σε, ἔκκοψον & βάλε & σοῦ & σοι & σου & σου 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your** in your translation. +5:30 zx8x rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ ἡ δεξιά σου χεὶρ σκανδαλίζει σε 1 Jesus is suggesting that this is a hypothetical condition, that people in his audience might experience their **right hand** causing them **to stumble**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. See how you translated the similar clause in [5:29](../05/29.md). Alternate translation: “consider this situation: your right hand causes you to stumble. If that were to happen”\n +5:30 klwl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἡ δεξιά σου χεὶρ σκανδαλίζει σε 1 Here, Jesus speaks of **your right hand** as if it were a person who could cause **you to stumble**. He means that the **right hand** is the part of the body that is involved in the stumbling. See how you translated the similar clause in [5:29](../05/29.md). Alternate translation: “it is your right hand’s fault that you stumble” or “you stumble with your right hand” +5:30 qqom rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σκανδαλίζει σε 1 Here, Jesus is speaking of sinning as if it were stumbling. See how you translated this phrase in [5:29](../05/29.md). Alternate translation: “causes you to sin” +5:30 qs74 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole ἔκκοψον αὐτὴν καὶ βάλε ἀπὸ σοῦ 1 Here Jesus provides the most extreme response to sinning. He does not mean that this should be the normal way to deal with sin. You should preserve the extreme language Jesus uses, but use a form that indicates that this is the most extreme example. See how you translated the similar command in [5:29](../05/29.md). Alternate translation: “if necessary you should even cut it off and throw it away from you!” +5:30 xtus rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a reason why people should cut off their hands. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a command, or you could leave For untranslated. Alternate translation: “That is because” or “Indeed,” +5:30 pdkq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἓν τῶν μελῶν σου 1 Here, the phrase **one of your members** refers to a body part. See how you translated this phrase in [5:29](../05/29.md). Alternate translation: “one of your body parts”\n +5:30 r4d2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 2 Here, the word **and** introduces the result of one of **your members** perishing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a result. Alternate translation: “so” or “with the result that” +5:30 i3yo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification μὴ ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου εἰς Γέενναν ἀπέλθῃ 1 Here, Jesus speaks of **your whole body** as if it were a person who could **go into Gehenna**. He means that the person ends up in **Gehenna** with their **whole body**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your whole body would not be sent into Gehenna” or “God would not throw your whole body into Gehenna”\n +5:30 wfbh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Γέενναν 1 Here Jesus uses the name **Gehenna** to refer to hell. Translate the name as you did in [5:29](../05/29.md). Alternate translation: “a place like the valley of Gehenna” or “hell, which is like Gehenna valley” +5:31 evxt rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δέ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next topic. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next topic, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,” +5:31 dh23 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐρρέθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God speaking through Moses. Alternate translation: “God commanded” or “Moses said” +5:31 dy9y rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἐρρέθη 1 Here Jesus summarizes a command from the Old Testament scriptures, which can be found in [Deuteronomy 24:1](../deu/24/01.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could format these words in a different way and include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “it was commanded in the law” +5:31 h5nv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀπολύσῃ τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the phrase **sends his wife away** refers to a man divorcing his wife. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a similar phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “separates from his wife” +5:31 mibe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p δότω 1 If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he needs to give” +5:31 gagq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀποστάσιον 1 A **certificate of divorce** is a written document that makes the divorce official. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of document, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “a written paper that testifies to the divorce” +5:32 nodq rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces a contrast with what Jesus said in the previous verse ([5:31](../05/31.md)). Jesus is not contradicting what he said. Rather, he is making it stronger. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “However,” or “Even more,” +5:32 zl66 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐγὼ & λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι 1 Jesus uses the clause **I say to you** to emphasize what he is about to say and to contrast it with the command he quoted in the previous verse ([5:31](../05/31.md)). See how you translated the same phrase in [5:28](../05/28.md). Alternate translation: “listen to this:” or “here is what you need to know:” +5:32 j2aq rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions πᾶς ὁ ἀπολύων τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ, παρεκτὸς λόγου πορνείας, ποιεῖ αὐτὴν μοιχευθῆναι 1 If it would appear in your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “the only time a man is allowed to divorce his wife is when there is a report of sexual immorality. Otherwise, when he divorces her, he causes her to commit adultery” +5:32 xp5z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit λόγου πορνείας 1 Here Jesus implies that the **report** is about the wife having done something that is sexually immoral. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “a report that she has been sexually immoral” +5:32 fi3w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns πορνείας 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **immorality**, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “concerning what is sexually immoral” or “of sexually immoral behavior” +5:32 c899 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ποιεῖ αὐτὴν μοιχευθῆναι 1 Here, the phrase **causes her to commit adultery** could imply that: (1) the wife marries again, since that was expected in Matthew’s culture. When she does, she commits adultery. Alternate translation: “causes her to commit adultery when she marries another man” (2) the man marries again, since that was expected in Matthew’s culture. When he does, he makes his previous wife the victim of **adultery**. Alternate translation: “commits adultery against her when he marries another woman” +5:32 k3oj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns μοιχευθῆναι & μοιχᾶται 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **adultery**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to become an adulteress … becomes an adulterer” or “to do what is adulterous … does what is adulterous” +5:32 zai7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀπολελυμένην 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was the woman’s husband. Alternate translation: “her after her husband has divorced her” +5:33 ztzy rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases πάλιν 1 Here, the word **Again** introduces a new group of contrasts between what the disciples have heard and what Jesus says to them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a second, similar section, or you could leave **Again** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Further” or “Even more” +5:33 nfvn rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἐρρέθη τοῖς ἀρχαίοις 1 Here Jesus summarizes several commands in the Old Testament that require people to do what they promised to do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify that Jesus is summarizing commands from the Old Testament Scriptures. Alternate translation: “the ancient ones were commanded in the law” +5:33 fk86 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐρρέθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God speaking through Moses. Alternate translation: “God declared” or “Moses said” +5:33 m4lb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῖς ἀρχαίοις 1 Here, the phrase **the ancient ones** refers to the ancestors of the Jewish people to whom Jesus was speaking. The phrase most specifically refers to the Israelites who received the law at Mount Sinai. See how you translated the phrase in [5:21](../05/21.md). Alternate translation: “to the Israelites who lived long ago” +5:33 qkme rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular οὐκ ἐπιορκήσεις, ἀποδώσεις δὲ τῷ Κυρίῳ τοὺς ὅρκους σου 1 Since the author of the quotation is addressing each specific person who is part of God’s people, the command here is singular. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “Each of you, do not break an oath, but carry out your oaths to the Lord” +5:33 ic29 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐκ ἐπιορκήσεις 1 Here, the command **Do not break an oath** could be forbidding people from: (1) swearing to do something and then not doing it. Alternate translation: “Do not fail to accomplish what you said in an oath” (2) swearing that something is true when it is not true. Alternate translation: “Do not swear falsely” or “Do not use an oath to say that something false is actually true” +5:33 tk9y rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here the word **but** introduces what to do instead of breaking an oath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “but instead” +5:33 f6zz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀποδώσεις & τῷ Κυρίῳ τοὺς ὅρκους σου 1 Here, the phrase **carry out your oaths to the Lord** means that people do to do what they promised **the Lord** that they would do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable clause or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “accomplish what you said in your oath to the Lord” +5:34 dqgv rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word But introduces a contrast with what Jesus said in the previous verse ([5:33](../05/33.md)). Jesus is not contradicting what he said. Rather, he is adding new information. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “However,” or “Yet” +5:34 idtm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐγὼ & λέγω ὑμῖν μὴ ὀμόσαι 1 Jesus uses the clause **I tell you** to emphasize what he is about to say and to contrast it with what “was said to the ancient ones” ([5:33](../05/33.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the emphatic contrast in another way. Alternate translation: “listen to this: do not swear” or “here is what you need to know: do not swear” +5:34 nldv rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ὅλως; μήτε ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, ὅτι θρόνος ἐστὶν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, the word **for** introduces a reason why people should not swear **by heaven**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put the reason before the command. Alternate translation: “at all. Heaven is the throne of God, so do not swear by it” +5:34 u7su rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor θρόνος ἐστὶν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, Jesus speaks of **heaven** as if it were **the throne of God**. He means that **heaven** is the place from which God rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “it is where God’s throne is” or “it is the place from which God rules” +5:35 e7z8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result μήτε ἐν τῇ γῇ, ὅτι ὑποπόδιόν ἐστιν τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the word **for** introduces a reason why people should not swear **by the earth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put the reason before the command. Alternate translation: “and the earth is a footstool for his feet, so do not swear by it either” +5:35 mvcd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὑποπόδιόν ἐστιν τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ 1 Here, Jesus speaks of **the earth** as if it were **a footstool for his feet**. He means that **the earth** is a place over which God rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “it is where God exercises his authority” or “it is the place over which God rules” +5:35 uhvy rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result μήτε εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα, ὅτι πόλις ἐστὶν τοῦ μεγάλου Βασιλέως 1 Here, the word **for** introduces a reason why people should not swear **by Jerusalem**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put the reason before the command. Alternate translation: “and Jerusalem is the city of the great King, so do not swear by it either” +5:35 hqn6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession πόλις & τοῦ μεγάλου Βασιλέως 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe a **city** that belongs to **the great King**. It is the **city** where **the great King** is present in a special way. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the city where the great King is present” or “the city that the great King possesses” +5:35 hsk8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦ μεγάλου Βασιλέως 1 Here Jesus implies that **the great King** is God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “of the great King, God” +5:36 l9c8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result μήτε ἐν τῇ κεφαλῇ σου ὀμόσῃς, ὅτι οὐ δύνασαι μίαν τρίχα λευκὴν ποιῆσαι ἢ μέλαιναν 1 Here, the word **for** introduces a reason why people should not swear by their **head**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could put the reason before the command. Alternate translation: “Also, you are not able to make one hair on your head white or black, so you should not swear by your head” +5:36 gbwp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd σου ὀμόσῃς & οὐ δύνασαι 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your** in your translation. +5:36 z5vu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μίαν τρίχα 1 Here Jesus implies that this **hair** is on a person’s head. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “one hair on your head” +5:37 v8ej rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 +5:37 iqqt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p ἔστω & ὁ λόγος ὑμῶν 1 If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “your word should be” or “you should only say” +5:37 hjrc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος ὑμῶν 1 Here, **word** represents what a person says using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what you say” +5:37 opmi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ναὶ ναί, οὒ οὔ 1 Here Jesus implies that a person is using the word **yes** to make a promise to say or do something and the word **no** to make a promise not to say or do something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “‘yes I will’ or ‘no I will not’” +5:37 gbni rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ & περισσὸν τούτων 1 Here Jesus is referring to saying anything more than **yes** or **no** when making a promise. He is particularly referring to swearing an oath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “using more words in your promise” or “including an oath” +5:37 l664 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 Here, the phrase **the evil one** could refer to: (1) the devil, or Satan. Alternate translation: “the devil” (2) **evil** in general. Alternate translation: “evil” or “what is evil” +5:38 zar1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐρρέθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God commanded” or “Moses said” +5:38 n50o rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἐρρέθη 1 Here Jesus quotes from the Old Testament scriptures. These words can be found in [Exodus 21:24](../exo/21/24.md); [Leviticus 24:20](../lev/24/20.md); and [Deuteronomy 19:21](../deu/19/21.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could format these words in a different way and include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “it was commanded in the law” +5:38 og6p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὀφθαλμὸν ἀντὶ ὀφθαλμοῦ καὶ ὀδόντα ἀντὶ ὀδόντος 1 Here Jesus implies that this command deals with the proper way to punish people when they injure others. The command indicates that the punishment should match what the person did to hurt another person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “If someone injured another person’s eye, his or her eye should be injured as punishment; if someone injured another person’s tooth, his or her tooth should be injured as punishment” or “If you hurt someone’s eye, your eye will be hurt; if you hurt someone’s tooth, your tooth will be hurt” +5:39 gu6k rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces a contrast with what Jesus said in the previous verse ([5:38](../05/38.md)). Jesus is not contradicting what he said. Rather, he is adding new information. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “However,” or “Yet” +5:39 xjgo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐγὼ & λέγω ὑμῖν, μὴ ἀντιστῆναι 1 Jesus uses the clause **I tell you** to emphasize what he is about to say and to contrast it with what he quoted in the previous verse ([5:38](../05/38.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the emphatic contrast in another way. Alternate translation: “listen to this: do not resist” or “here is what you need to know: do not resist” +5:39 eiqi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀντιστῆναι 1 Here, the word **resist** could refer to: (1) trying to stop someone from doing something. Alternate translation: “to oppose” (2) trying to fight back or get revenge. Alternate translation: “to fight back against” or “to get revenge on” +5:39 qrx1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ πονηρῷ 1 Here, the phrase **the evil one** could refer to: (1) any person who acts in **evil** ways. Alternate translation: “an evil person” or “any person who is evil” (2) any action or thing that is **evil**. Alternate translation: “anything evil” or “evil actions” +5:39 oslz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ὅστις σε ῥαπίζει εἰς τὴν δεξιὰν σιαγόνα, στρέψον αὐτῷ καὶ τὴν ἄλλην 1 Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach. Use a natural method in your language for introducing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “if anyone strikes you on the right cheek, you should to turn him the other also” +5:39 kgnb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd σε & στρέψον 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** is singular throughout this sentence. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of **you** in your translation. +5:39 i13f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit στρέψον αὐτῷ καὶ τὴν ἄλλην 1 Here Jesus implies that turning the **other** cheek **to him** will allow the person to strike this **other** cheek. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “turn to him the other so that he can strike it also” +5:39 ztvk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations αὐτῷ 1 Although the term **him** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “to him or her” +5:40 d5pb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo τῷ θέλοντί σοι κριθῆναι καὶ τὸν χιτῶνά σου λαβεῖν, ἄφες αὐτῷ καὶ τὸ ἱμάτιον 1 Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach. Use a natural method in your language for introducing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “if someone wants to have judgment passed upon you and to take away your tunic, you should let him also have your cloak” +5:40 gr2x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns σοι κριθῆναι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to have someone judge you” or “you to be judged” +5:40 rkhi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd σοι & σου & ἄφες & τὸ 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your** in your translation. +5:40 fcgl rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ τὸν χιτῶνά σου λαβεῖν 1 Here, the word **and** introduces the result of **judgment** being **passed upon you**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that makes this more explicit. Alternate translation: “with the result that he takes away your tunic” +5:40 t9f4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὸν χιτῶνά & ἱμάτιον 1 The **tunic** was worn close to the body, like a heavy shirt or a sweater. The **cloak**, the more valuable of the two, was worn over the **tunic** for warmth and could be used as a blanket for warmth at night. If your readers would not be familiar with these kinds of garments, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “inner garment … outer garment”\n +5:40 ckn9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations αὐτῷ 1 Although the term **him** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “him or her” +5:41 hv2q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ὅστις σε ἀγγαρεύσει μίλιον ἕν, ὕπαγε μετ’ αὐτοῦ δύο 1 Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach. Use a natural method in your language for introducing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “if someone compels you to go one mile, you should go with him two” +5:41 i867 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit σε ἀγγαρεύσει 1 Here, the phrase **compel you to go** refers to a person in authority forcing someone else to carry his or her pack or belongings. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that makes this idea explicit. Alternate translation: “will force you to carry their pack for” or “will make you act as their porter for” +5:41 bmme rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd σε & ὕπαγε 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** is singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of **you** in your translation. +5:41 i86s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance μίλιον ἕν 1 Here, **one mile** refers to the Roman mile, which was 1,000 paces. In modern measurements, this is about 4,860 feet or 1,480 meters. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. It is not important to the meaning of the passage be precise about the distance, so you could use round numbers. Alternate translation: “1,500 meters” or “one kilometer” or “5,000 feet” +5:41 zv6i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ὕπαγε μετ’ αὐτοῦ δύο 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “go with him two miles” +5:41 s4kl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations αὐτοῦ 1 Although the term **him** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “him or her” +5:42 i90h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ αἰτοῦντί σε, δός 1 Here Jesus does not specify what the person is **asking** for or what should be given. He does this to include many things that a person might ask for. If it would be helpful in your language, you could include a generic or general object. Alternate translation: “Give to the one asking you for anything” or “When a person asks you for anything, give it to him or her” +5:42 qkit rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd σε, δός & σοῦ & μὴ ἀποστραφῇς 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** is singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of **you** in your translation. +5:42 h6j9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μὴ ἀποστραφῇς 1 Here Jesus speaks of refusing to help someone as if it were turning away from that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “do not refuse” or “do not reject” +5:42 znk7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit δανίσασθαι 1 Here, the word **borrow** usually indicates borrowing money. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “to borrow money” +5:43 fp6x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐρρέθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God commanded” or “Moses said” +5:43 cyz3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἐρρέθη 1 Here Jesus quotes from the Old Testament scriptures. The words **Love your neighbor** are from [Leviticus 19:18](../lev/19/18.md). The words **hate your enemy** are what some people would say in addition to the quotation from the Old Testament. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could format these words in a different way and include this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “people often quote the law by saying”\n +5:43 ufba rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου, καὶ μισήσεις τὸν ἐχθρόν σου 1 Since the author of the quotation is addressing each specific person who is part of God’s people, the command here is singular. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “Each of you, love your neighbor and hate your enemy” +5:43 itz8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τὸν πλησίον σου & τὸν ἐχθρόν σου 1 The words **neighbor** and **enemy** represent neighbors and enemies in general, not one particular neighbor or enemy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “each of your neighbors … each of your enemies” +5:43 tqj3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸν πλησίον σου 1 Here Jesus refers to any member of one’s community or group as a **neighbor**. He is not referring just to people who live nearby. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your countrymen” or “everyone who belongs to your group” +5:44 tudc rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces a contrast with what Jesus said in the previous verse ([5:43](../05/43.md)). Jesus is not contradicting what God said about loving neighbors, but he is contradicting what some people say about hating enemies. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “However,” or “Yet” +5:44 vq8l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐγὼ & λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Jesus uses the clause **I say to you** to emphasize what he is about to say and to contrast it with what he quoted in the previous verse ([5:43](../05/43.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the emphatic contrast in another way. Alternate translation: “listen to this:” or “here is what you need to know:” +5:44 ogqi rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants ἐχθροὺς ὑμῶν, καὶ προσεύχεσθε 1 Many ancient manuscripts only include these two commands in this verse. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts include the commands “bless the ones cursing you, do good to the ones hating you” between the words **enemies** and **and**. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT.\n +5:45 ir75 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal ὅπως 1 The connecting words **so that** introduce a goal or purpose relationship. The purpose for loving enemies and praying for persecutors (see [5:44](../05/44.md)) is to **be sons of your Father**. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. Alternate translation: “in order that” +5:45 my3d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor υἱοὶ τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 Jesus speaks of his disciples as if God were their physical **Father**. He means that they have a father-son relationship with God, which indicates that they act or behave like God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “spiritual sons of your spiritual Father” or “like God, whom you can call your Father” +5:45 jzu9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 **Father** is an important title for the first person in the Trinity. He is the **Father** also of Jesus. +5:45 syjz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 Here, the phrase **in the heavens** identifies the location in which God **the Father** is specially present and from which he rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “who is in the heavens” +5:45 sxvq rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a reason why those who treat their enemies well will **be sons** of their **Father**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “You will be his sons because” or “That is because” +5:45 hwxb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure πονηροὺς καὶ ἀγαθοὺς & δικαίους καὶ ἀδίκους 1 In the first clause, Jesus mentions the wicked person first, but in the second clause he mentions the wicked person second. This structure sounded good in his culture. If your language would not use this structure, you could consistently refer to either the wicked or the good person first. Alternate translation: “the good and the evil … the just and the unjust” or “the evil and the good … the unjust and the just” +5:45 qj7n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πονηροὺς καὶ ἀγαθοὺς & δικαίους καὶ ἀδίκους 1 Jesus is using the adjectives **evil**, **good**, **just**, and **unjust** as nouns to mean people who are characterized by these qualities. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “evil people and good people … just people and unjust people” +5:46 qjwb rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces further support for Jesus’ command to love enemies. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces support for a claim, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “You should love your enemies because” or “You should do what I am saying since” +5:46 se4k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίνα μισθὸν ἔχετε? 1 Jesus uses this question to show that people who only love others who love them will not receive any **reward**. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “you have no reward.” or “there is no reward for you!” +5:46 cb77 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐχὶ καὶ οἱ τελῶναι τὸ αὐτὸ ποιοῦσιν? 1 Jesus uses this question to show that even **tax collectors**, who were often considered to be unloving people, love people who love them. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Even the tax collectors do the same.” or “Even tax collectors do that very thing!” +5:47 qpvk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς ὑμῶν 1 Jesus is using the term **brothers** to mean people who share the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “fellow disciples” or “other believers” +5:47 ebw3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς 1 Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, and if it would be helpful in your language, you could say “brothers and sisters” to indicate this. +5:47 ba6e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί περισσὸν ποιεῖτε? 1 Jesus uses this question to show that people who **greet** only their **brothers** do not do anything **more**. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “you do nothing more.” or “you have not done anything more!” +5:47 ah5w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit περισσὸν 1 Here Jesus implies that they are not doing anything **more** than people who do not know God do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “more than anyone else” or “more than people who do not know God” +5:47 cjkf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐχὶ καὶ οἱ ἐθνικοὶ τὸ αὐτὸ ποιοῦσιν? 1 Jesus uses this question to show that even **Gentiles**, who do not know God, greet their friends. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Even the Gentiles do the same thing.” or “Even Gentiles do that very thing!” +5:48 x9xh rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Here, the word **Therefore** introduces the conclusion to what Jesus has been telling his disciples about how to live. He could be concluding everything he said in [5:21–47](../05/21.md), or he could concluding only what he said in [5:43–47](../05/43.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a conclusion. Alternate translation: “So then” or “In summary” +5:48 l6pa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος 1 This is a figurative expression. God is not the **Father** of humans in the same actual way that he is the Father of Jesus. Even so, it would probably be best to translate **Father** with the same word that your language would naturally use to refer to a human father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that this means God. Alternate translation: “God your heavenly Father” +6:intro jrj2 0 # Matthew 6 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n2. Jesus’ Sermon on the Mount (5:1-7:28)\n * Giving alms (6:1–4)\n * Praying to God (6:5–15)\n * Fasting (6:16–18)\n * Storing up treasure (6:19–21)\n * The eye and the body (6:22–23)\n * Two masters (6:24)\n * Being anxious (6:25–34)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the prayer in [6:9–13](../06/09.md).\n\nJesus spoke about many different subjects in this sermon, so you may wish to help the reader by putting an empty line into the text whenever Jesus changed the subject.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Giving alms\n\nGiving alms was an important practice for religious people in Jesus’ culture. To give alms, a person would offer money or possessions to other people who were poor or in need. Sometimes they would give the money or possessions directly to poor people. Other times, they would give it to the priests, who would give to poor people. Make sure that your translation refers to this kind of practice.\n\n### “The Lord’s Prayer”\n\nIn [6:9–13](../06/09.md), Jesus speaks a prayer that he wants his disciples to imitate when they pray. The prayer is very poetic, and it is sometimes called “the Lord’s Prayer.” Many churches use this prayer during their meetings, and the form that churches use is often not the same form that Matthew wrote down. If churches already use a form of this prayer in your language, you could use the same words. However, you should follow the form of the prayer as Mathew wrote it down, and you should not include any extra lines or pieces of the prayer beyond what Matthew included. \n\n### Fasting\n\nIn [6:16–18](../06/16.md), Jesus gives instructions related to fasting. Just as with giving alms, fasting was an important practice for religious people in Jesus’ culture. Fasting usually required avoiding all food and drink, but some kinds of fasting only required avoiding certain kinds of food. Also, some fasts were public (that is, many people fasted on these set days) and some fasts were private (that is, individuals would choose to fast for certain reasons). Many fasts lasted part of a day or a full day. Jesus does not condemn fasting; instead, he gives instructions for how to behave while fasting. Make sure that your translation refers to these kinds of practices.\n\n### Storing up treasures\n\nIn [6:19–21](../06/19.md), Jesus speaks about storing up treasures either on earth or in heaven. He is speaking not only of possessions or money but also of anything that one considers to be valuable. Jesus points out that valuable things in heaven cannot be ruined like valuable things on earth can. Also, he states that a person’s “heart” is where they store their treasures. If possible, use a word for “treasure” that can refer to money, possessions, and any other valuable things. \n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### The lamp and light metaphor in [6:22–23](../06/22.md)\n\nIn these verses, Jesus speaks about eyes as if they were lamps for the body. This figure of speech has two pieces to it. First, Jesus speaks of how bodies work using the metaphor of lamps and light. Second, Jesus speaks of Christian living using the metaphor of how bodies work. It is important to consider both of these pieces as you translate these verses.\n\nFirst, Jesus speaks of how bodies work using the metaphor of lamps and light. There are two major options for understanding what Jesus means when he refers to an eye as the lamp of the body. First, in Matthew’s culture, some people thought that eyes worked by sending out a form of light that would shine on what they saw. In this case, eyes are like lamps because they have light inside them that shines out. So, the whole body is light or dark inside based on whether the eyes shine properly. Second, the eyes could be like windows that let light into the body. Since they let light into a place, they are like lamps. So, the whole body is light or dark inside based on whether the eyes let light in. Consider how you might best express one of these meanings while maintaining the light and dark language, which is very important for understanding the figure of speech. \n\nSecond, Jesus speaks of Christian life using the metaphor of how bodies work. Scholars debate what Jesus means when he talks about a “healthy eye” and “light” in contrast to an “evil eye” and “darkness.” He might mean devotion to God in contrast to evil desires. He might mean generosity in contrast to greed and selfishness. He might mean paying attention to what he is saying in contrast to ignoring his instructions. Since Jesus most likely intended this figure of speech to be like a riddle or puzzle, you should retain the body metaphor. If necessary, you could indicate that this is a figure of speech without stating exactly what it means. \n\n### Rhetorical questions\n\nIn [6:25–28](../06/25.md) and [6:30](../06/30.md), Jesus uses rhetorical questions. He asks these questions to include the disciples in what he is arguing, not because he is looking for information. If your language does not use questions in this way, you could include answers to the questions or you could express them as statements or exclamations. See the notes on these verses for translation options. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Singular and plural forms of “you”\n\nIn this chapter, Jesus is talking to a large crowd of his followers. Throughout the chapter, Jesus switches between using “you” in the singular and “you” in the plural while he is talking to the same people. When he uses the singular, he is speaking about specific situations that each person in the crowd might experience. When he uses the plural, he is speaking generally to the crowd as a whole. You should assume that Jesus is using plural forms of “you” unless a note specifies that the forms are singular. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) +6:1 zvn1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next topic. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next topic, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,”\n +6:1 bgc7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν δικαιοσύνην ὑμῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what is righteous” or “your righteous deeds” +6:1 p335 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “before men and women” +6:1 z7ts rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι 1 Here, the phrase **to be seen** refers to being recognized or praised. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to be praised” or “to be honored” +6:1 vvm4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι αὐτοῖς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that they see you” +6:1 jyir rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast εἰ δὲ μή γε 1 Here, the word **otherwise** introduces a contrast that specifies what will happen if people disobey the command in the first part of the verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “but if you disobey this command” or “because if you do act in that way” +6:1 juj5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῷ Πατρὶ ὑμῶν 1 Jesus speaks of his disciples as if God were their physical **Father**. He means that they have a father-son relationship with God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your spiritual Father” or “God, who is like a Father to you”\n +6:1 x9wq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 Here, the phrase in the heavens identifies the location in which God the Father is specially present and from which he rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “who is in the heavens” +6:2 qg4s rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Here, the word **So** introduces an application of the general principle that Jesus gave in [6:1](../06/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an application. Alternate translation: “Therefore,” or “So then,” +6:2 dcwv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd ποιῇς & μὴ σαλπίσῃς & σου 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **yourself** are singular throughout this sentence. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of **you** and **yourself** in your translation. +6:2 g834 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μὴ σαλπίσῃς ἔμπροσθέν σου 1 Here Jesus could be referring to: (1) how people actually had someone with a **trumpet** announce that they were giving **alms**. This would be an extreme example of calling attention to oneself. Alternate translation: “do not have someone with a trumpet announce it before you” (2) how people draw attention to how they give **alms**, and he describes it as if they were sounding a **trumpet**. Alternate translation: “do not draw attention to yourself” or “do not announce it publicly, as if you were using a trumpet,” +6:2 d8kw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μὴ σαλπίσῃς ἔμπροσθέν σου 1 Here Jesus implies that people would have someone else **sound a trumpet** in front of them as they went to **give alms**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “do not have someone sound a trumpet in front of you” +6:2 bc9b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς καὶ ἐν ταῖς ῥύμαις 1 These locations were public places where many people would hear the **trumpet**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “in public areas like synagogues and streets” +6:2 dk6u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὅπως δοξασθῶσιν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that men may glorify them” +6:2 snan rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “men and women” or “humans” +6:2 uh89 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Use a natural form in your language for emphasizing the truth and importance of a statement. Alternate translation: “I can assure you” +6:2 q6dq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπέχουσιν τὸν μισθὸν αὐτῶν 1 Here Jesus means that they have received their entire **reward** from **men**, and God will not reward them any further. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they have already received all the reward they will get” or “God will not give them any reward beyond that” +6:3 z4c1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd σοῦ & σου & σου 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your** in your translation. +6:3 t3s1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous ποιοῦντος ἐλεημοσύνην 1 Here, the phrase **giving alms** identifies the situation in which people should follow this command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that makes this relationship clearer. Alternate translation: “whenever you give alms” or “as you are giving alms” +6:3 vca2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification μὴ γνώτω ἡ ἀριστερά σου τί ποιεῖ ἡ δεξιά σου 1 Here Jesus speaks of **your left hand** and **your right hand** as if they were people who could **know** and do things on their own. He means that **giving alms** should be done so secretly that even other body parts, if they could know things, would not know about it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “do not yet your best friend know what you are doing” or “do it so privately that, if your left hand were a person, it would not know what you had done” +6:4 jvju rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal ὅπως 1 Here, the phrase **so that** introduces the purpose for which the disciples should give alms privately. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a purpose. Alternate translation: “in order that” +6:4 iio4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ Πατήρ σου 1 This is a figurative expression. God is not the **Father** of humans in the same actual way that he is the Father of Jesus. Even so, it would probably be best to translate Father with the same word that your language would naturally use to refer to a human father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that this means God. Alternate translation: “God, who is your Father,” +6:5 m54u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you προσεύχῃ, οὐκ ἔσεσθε 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** is singular throughout this sentence (the word **you** in the second sentence is plural). But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of **you** in your translation. +6:5 d6t7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit φιλοῦσιν & ἑστῶτες προσεύχεσθαι 1 Here Jesus that they **love to pray** in public places, not simply that they **love to pray** in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they love to pray publicly, for example standing” +6:5 hh45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν ταῖς συναγωγαῖς καὶ ἐν ταῖς γωνίαις τῶν πλατειῶν 1 These locations were public places where many people would hear the prayers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “in public areas like synagogues and the corners of the streets” +6:5 rzpj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive φανῶσιν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “men may see them” +6:5 c3tr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit φανῶσιν 1 Here Jesus implies not only that these people want to be **seen** but also that they want to be honored or praised. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they may be seen and honored” or “they may be seen and praised” +6:5 ub7u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “men and women” or “humans” +6:5 t44t ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Use a natural form in your language for emphasizing the truth and importance of a statement. Alternate translation: “I can assure you” +6:5 s8vh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπέχουσι τὸν μισθὸν αὐτῶν 1 Here Jesus means that they have received their entire **reward** from men, and God will not reward them any further. See how you translated this clause in [6:2](../06/02.md). Alternate translation: “they have already received all the reward they will get” or “God will not give them any reward beyond that” +6:6 yb5k rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast σὺ δὲ 1 Here, the phrase **But you** introduces what Jesus wants each of his disciples to do in contrast to what the “hypocrites” do, which he described in the previous verse ([6:5](../06/05.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “As for you, however” +6:6 ef9a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd σὺ & εἴσελθε & σου & σου, πρόσευξαι & σου & σου & σοι 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your** in your translation. +6:6 dqv4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὸ ταμεῖόν σου 1 The **inner chamber** was a small, private room in a house. It could be a bedroom or a storage room. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of room, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “your private area” or “your own room” +6:6 kkn7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τῷ Πατρί σου & ὁ Πατήρ σου 1 This is a figurative expression. God is not the **Father** of humans in the same actual way that he is the Father of Jesus. Even so, it would probably be best to translate **Father** with the same word that your language would naturally use to refer to a human father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that this means God. Alternate translation: “to God, who is your Father, … God, who is your Father,” +6:6 agxo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ Πατρί σου τῷ ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ 1 Here, the phrase **your Father in secret** could mean that: (1) the **Father** is present even when a person prays **in secret**. Alternate translation: “to your Father who is with you in secret” (2) the **Father** himself is **in secret**, which means that no one can see or observe him. Alternate translation: “to your Father, whom no one can see” (3) the disciple should pray **in secret**. Alternate translation: “in secret to your Father” +6:7 t9p1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases προσευχόμενοι δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces Jesus’ next teaching about **praying**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces another teaching, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “As for what to say when you pray” or “As for when you are praying” +6:7 hw30 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μὴ βατταλογήσητε 1 Here, the phrase **make useless repetitions** could refer to: (1) repeating words. Alternate translation: “do not repeat your words” (2) using meaningless words. Alternate translation: “do not use meaningless words” +6:7 yp3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns μὴ βατταλογήσητε 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **repetitions**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “do not repeat yourself in useless ways” +6:7 z0v4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οἱ ἐθνικοί 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “the Gentiles do” +6:7 y8dx rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a reason why **the Gentiles** make **repetitions** when they pray. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “which they do because” +6:7 a8ai rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εἰσακουσθήσονται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who would do the action, it is clear from the context that it would be the gods to whom they are praying. Alternate translation: “their gods will hear them” +6:8 h0ll rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Here, the word **Therefore** introduces a conclusion based on what Jesus implied in the previous verse. He implied that repeating words does not cause God to listen, and so (**Therefore**) his disciples should not act like the “Gentiles,” who repeats words when they pray. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of conclusion, or you could leave **Therefore** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Since they are not heard because of their repetitions” or “Because they are wrong about that” +6:8 wdj6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μὴ & ὁμοιωθῆτε αὐτοῖς 1 When Jesus says that his disciples should **not be like them**, he means that his disciples should not pray as they do. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “you should not pray in the ways that they pray” +6:8 isih rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **for** introduces a reason why Jesus’ disciples should not repeat themselves as the Gentiles do. Jesus tells them that God already knows what they need, so they do not need to worry about being heard, as the Gentiles do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason, or you could leave **for** untranslated. Alternate translation: “since” +6:8 nv9i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν 1 This is a figurative expression. God is not the **Father** of humans in the same actual way that he is the Father of Jesus. Even so, it would probably be best to translate **Father** with the same word that your language would naturally use to refer to a human father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that this means God. Alternate translation: “to God, who is your Father,” +6:8 ijs6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πρὸ τοῦ ὑμᾶς αἰτῆσαι αὐτόν 1 Here Jesus implies that his disciples are asking God about the **need** that they have. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “before you ask him about that need” +6:9 m87a rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Here, the word **Therefore** introduces the conclusion to what Jesus has said about prayer in [6:5–8](../06/05.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word that introduces a conclusion, or you could leave **Therefore** untranslated. Alternate translation: “So then” or “In the end” +6:9 sxsy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Πάτερ ἡμῶν 1 This is a figurative expression. God is not the **Father** of humans in the same actual way that he is the Father of Jesus. Even so, it would probably be best to translate **Father** with the same word that your language would naturally use to refer to a human father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that this means God. Alternate translation: “God, who is our Father” +6:9 l9ll rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 By **Our**, Jesus means himself and his disciples, so use the inclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. +6:9 sc3d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 Here, the phrase in the heavens identifies the location in which God the **Father** is specially present and from which he rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “who is in the heavens” +6:9 ffn0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we want your name to be honored” or “we pray that your name is honored” +6:9 knx7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “let people honor your name” +6:9 tqm4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 Here, the word **name** refers primarily to the person who has that name, and it focuses especially on who that person is. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “you yourself” or “who you are” +6:9 syaa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σου 1 Since Jesus is praying to God the Father, the word **your** here is singular. +6:10 n67c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p ἐλθέτω ἡ βασιλεία σου, γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου 1 If your language does not use the third-person imperative in this way, you could state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we want your kingdom to come, we want your will to be done” or “we pray that your kingdom comes, we pray that your will is done” +6:10 v7mb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἐλθέτω ἡ βασιλεία σου 1 Here Jesus speaks as if God’s **kingdom** were a person who could **come**. He means that disciples should pray for God to establish or begin his **kingdom**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Let your kingdom grow” or “Let your kingdom begin” +6:10 wrox rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σου -1 Since Jesus is praying to God the Father, the word **your** here is singular. +6:10 pdc5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “let all people do your will” or “let your will take place” +6:10 rtnz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὸ θέλημά σου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **will**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what you desire” +6:10 pv3w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὡς ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς 1 Here Jesus implies that God’s **will** is always done **in heaven**, and believers should pray that this will also be true **on earth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “on earth, just as it already is done in heaven” +6:11 kevh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative δὸς ἡμῖν 1 This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “We ask that you give us” +6:11 a40p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν ἄρτον ἡμῶν τὸν ἐπιούσιον 1 Here, the word **daily** means that the **bread** is the amount a person needs each day. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this idea in another way. Alternate translation: “our bread for this day” or “the bread that we need today” +6:11 dft8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τὸν ἄρτον ἡμῶν τὸν ἐπιούσιον 1 Jesus refers to **bread**, one common food, to mean food in general. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what we eat daily” +6:12 a9na rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative ἄφες ἡμῖν 1 This is an imperative, but it should be translated as a polite request rather than as a command. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “we ask that you forgive us” +6:12 yi9s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὰ ὀφειλήματα ἡμῶν & τοῖς ὀφειλέταις ἡμῶν 1 A **debt** is what one person owes another person. A **debtor** is a person who owes a debt to another person. Jesus is not speaking primarily about money, however. He is referring to when people do not act properly or rightly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “sins … those who sin against us” or “the wrong things we have done … people who have wronged us” +6:12 c7m3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τοῖς ὀφειλέταις ἡμῶν 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **debtors** who are in debt to the people praying this prayer. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “people in debt to us” +6:13 kj0v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς εἰς πειρασμόν, ἀλλὰ ῥῦσαι ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 These are imperatives, but they should be translated as polite requests rather than as commands. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” in each case to make this clear. Alternate translation: “we ask that you do not bring us into temptation, but that you deliver us from the evil one” +6:13 jswb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς εἰς 1 Here Jesus speaks as if **temptation** were a location that someone could **bring** someone else into. He means that believers should pray that God would keep them out of situations where they might experience **temptation**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “do not allow us to experience” or “keep us away from” +6:13 l8u6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς εἰς πειρασμόν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **temptation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “do not let anything tempt us” or “do not allow us to be tempted” +6:13 cdk4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Here, the word **but** introduces a contrast with being brought **into temptation**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “instead,” or “rather,” +6:13 r6v6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 Here, the phrase **the evil one** could refer to: (1) the devil, or Satan. Alternate translation: “the devil” (2) evil in general. Alternate translation: “evil” or “what is evil” +6:13 zfsy rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 Many ancient manuscripts only include these two clauses in this verse. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts include as part of the prayer the following sentences after **the evil one**: “For yours is the kingdom and the power and the glory forever. Amen.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT. +6:14 g4fa rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a further explanation of what Jesus said about forgiveness in [6:12](../06/12.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “You should pray in that way because” or “Indeed,” +6:14 xvfv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “men and women” +6:14 z79a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὰ παραπτώματα αὐτῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **trespasses**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “when they trespass” +6:14 v7ne rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος 1 This is a figurative expression. God is not the **Father** of humans in the same actual way that he is the Father of Jesus. Even so, it would probably be best to translate **Father** with the same word that your language would naturally use to refer to a human father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that this means God. Alternate translation: “God your heavenly Father”\n +6:15 lk8a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “the men and women” +6:15 xh6p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν 1 See how you translated the phrase **your Father** in the previous verse ([6:14](../06/14.md)). Alternate translation: “your Father, God,” +6:15 pi3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὰ παραπτώματα ὑμῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **trespasses**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “you when you trespass” +6:16 g65p rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next topic. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next topic, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,” +6:16 hpz2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ὡς οἱ ὑποκριταὶ 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “as the hypocrites are mournful” +6:16 xv6b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀφανίζουσιν & τὰ πρόσωπα αὐτῶν 1 This phrase could refer how the **hypocrites** would: (1) make **their faces** look unusual. This could refer to intentionally looking sad or tired, or it could refer to making their faces dirty. Alternate translation: “they make their faces look distressed” or “they make their faces dirty” (2) wear something to cover **their faces**. Alternate translation: “they cover their faces” +6:16 gtdz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit φανῶσιν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις νηστεύοντες 1 Here Jesus implies not only that these people want to **be seen** but also that they want to be honored or praised. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “they may be seen and honored as fasting” or “they may be seen and praised as fasting” +6:16 za06 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive φανῶσιν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις νηστεύοντες 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “men may see them as fasting” +6:16 l5bh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “by men and women” or “by humans” +6:16 n3ez ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Use a natural form in your language for emphasizing the truth and importance of a statement. Alternate translation: “I can assure you” +6:16 ix6h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπέχουσιν τὸν μισθὸν αὐτῶν 1 Here Jesus means that they have received their entire **reward** from **men**, and God will not reward them any further. See how you translated this clause in [6:2](../06/02.md). Alternate translation: “they have already received all the reward they will get” or “God will not give them any reward beyond that” +6:17 zou5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast σὺ δὲ 1 Here, the phrase **But you** introduces what Jesus wants each of his disciples to do in contrast to what the “hypocrites” do, which he described in the previous verse ([6:16](../06/16.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “As for you, however” +6:17 c20j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd σὺ & σου & σου 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your** in your translation. +6:17 k283 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἄλειψαί σου τὴν κεφαλὴν καὶ τὸ πρόσωπόν σου νίψαι 1 Here, to **anoint** the **head** and to **wash** the **face** is to take normal care of one’s self. Doing this gives the appearance that you are living life as normal. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use similar phrases that refer to normal bodily care, or you could use a general statement. Alternate translation: “comb your hair and wash your face as you normally do” or “take care of yourself as you usually do” +6:18 urwm rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal ὅπως 1 Here, the phrase **so that** introduces the purpose for which the disciples should anoint their heads and wash their faces ([6:17](../06/17.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a purpose. Alternate translation: “in order that” +6:18 gbty rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd μὴ φανῇς & σου & σου & σοι 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your** in your translation. +6:18 s4kn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μὴ φανῇς τοῖς ἀνθρώποις νηστεύων 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “men may not see you as fasting” +6:18 trc6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ Πατρί σου τῷ ἐν τῷ κρυφαίῳ 1 Here, much as in [6:6](../06/06.md), the phrase **your Father in secret** could mean that: (1) the **Father** is present even when a person fasts **in secret**. Alternate translation: “by your Father who is with you in secret” (2) the **Father** himself is **in secret**, which means that no one can see or observe him. Alternate translation: “by your Father, whom no one can see” (3) the disciple should fast **in secret**. Alternate translation: “in secret by your Father” +6:18 m56a rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τῷ Πατρί σου & ὁ Πατήρ σου 1 This is a figurative expression. God is not the Father of humans in the same actual way that he is the Father of Jesus. Even so, it would probably be best to translate Father with the same word that your language would naturally use to refer to a human father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that this means God. Alternate translation: “by God, who is your Father, … God, who is your Father” +6:19 tqc9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown σὴς 1 A **moth** is a small, flying insect that destroys cloth by eating it. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of insect, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “insects that eat your belongings” or “flies” +6:19 czl1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun σὴς 1 The word **moth** represents moths in general, not one particular **moth**. If it would be helpful in your language, you use a form that refers to moths in general. Alternate translation: “moths” +6:19 z9wd rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown βρῶσις 1 Here, the word translated **rust** refers most generally to anything that destroys things by eating them or corroding them. The word could more specifically refer to: (1) how metals corrode. Alternate translation: “corrosion” (2) how insects, especially worms, eat cloth and food. Alternate translation: “worms” or “bugs” +6:19 mxsl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit διορύσσουσιν 1 Here, the phrase **break in** refers to how **thieves** force their way into private buildings in order to **steal**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “break in to houses” +6:20 v5tn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown οὔτε σὴς οὔτε βρῶσις 1 See how you translated these words in [6:19](../06/19.md). Alternate translation: “neither flies nor corrosion” +6:20 lk51 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐ διορύσσουσιν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [6:19](../06/19.md). Alternate translation: “do not break in to houses” +6:21 jdx2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a reason why the disciples should store up treasure in heaven (see [6:20](../06/20.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “You should store up treasure in heaven because” or “I say that because” +6:21 aujv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure ὅπου & ἐστιν ὁ θησαυρός σου, ἐκεῖ ἔσται καὶ ἡ καρδία σου 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these two clauses. Alternate translation: “your heart will be where your treasure is” +6:21 nkqd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐκεῖ ἔσται καὶ ἡ καρδία σου 1 Here Jesus speaks as if a person’s **heart** could be somewhere besides in the person’s body. He means that the person’s **heart** will be focused on that place and what is in that place. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “there will your heart be focused” or “there will your heart be directed” +6:21 b74q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἡ καρδία σου 1 In Matthew’s culture, the **heart** is the place where humans think and feel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate **heart** by referring to the place where humans think and feel in your culture or by expressing the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “your desires” or “your attention”\n +6:22 sbl1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor ὁ λύχνος τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν ὁ ὀφθαλμός 1 Here Jesus describes **the eye** as if it were a **lamp**. Since Jesus develops this image in the following sentences, you should preserve the figure of speech or use simile form. The sentence could mean: (1) that **the eye** enables a person to see, just as a **lamp** enables a person to see. Alternate translation: “The eye is like a lamp for the body” or “Just as a lamp shines on things, so your eye sees those things” (2) that **the eye** receives light, which is like light from a **lamp**. Alternate translation: “The eye lets light from a lamp into the body” or “When a lamp sends out light, the eye receives that light into the body” +6:22 gck3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὁ λύχνος τοῦ σώματός ἐστιν ὁ ὀφθαλμός 1 The words **body** and **eye** represent bodies and eyes in general, not one particular **body** and **eye**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “The lamps of people’s bodies are their eyes” +6:22 g215 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd σου & σου 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **your** is singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of **your** in your translation. +6:22 b794 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns ᾖ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου 1 In this verse, the word **eye** is singular in form, but it refers to both of the person’s eyes as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “your eyes are” +6:22 m256 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἁπλοῦς 1 Here, the word **healthy** could mean that the **eye** is: (1) functioning properly. Alternate translation: “sound” or “working well” (2) focused on one thing. Alternate translation: “focused” or “attentive to one thing” +6:22 hvrq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου φωτεινὸν ἔσται 1 Here Jesus speaks as if the **whole body** were **full of light**. Since this statement develops the idea of the **lamp**, you should preserve the figure of speech or use simile form. The clause could mean: (1) that the **whole body** experiences the benefits of the **eye** working properly. Alternate translation: “your whole body receives the benefits, as if the eye shone on the whole body” (2) that a **healthy** eye shows that the **whole body** is healthy. Alternate translation: “that shows that your whole body is healthy, as if it were full of light from your eye” +6:22 fadj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense ἔσται 1 Here Jesus uses the future tense to indicate that the **body** being **full of light** is the logical result of the **eye** being **healthy**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use whatever tense would be natural in a general statement like this one. Alternate translation: “is” +6:22 piis rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit φωτεινὸν 1 Here, the phrase **full of light** could mean that the **body**: (1) experiences **light**. Alternate translation: “illuminated” (2) shines with **light**. Alternate translation: “shining with light” +6:23 idbj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd σου & σου & σοὶ 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your** in your translation. +6:23 gv1g rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου & ᾖ 1 In this verse, the word **eye** is singular in form, but it refers to both of the person’s eyes as a group. See how you translated the similar phrase in [6:22](../06/22.md). Alternate translation: “your eyes are” +6:23 ld02 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πονηρὸς 1 Here, the word **evil** could mean that the **eye** is: (1) damaged or functioning improperly. Alternate translation: “unhealthy” or “working poorly” (2) focused on what is evil or selfish. Alternate translation: “wicked” or “attentive only to yourself” +6:23 dl86 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor ὅλον τὸ σῶμά σου σκοτεινὸν ἔσται 1 Here Jesus speaks as if the **whole body** were **full of darkness**. Since this statement continues to develop the idea of the lamp, you should preserve the figure of speech or use simile form. The clause could mean: (1) that the **whole body** is injured when the **eye** does not work properly. Alternate translation: “your whole body is injured, as if the eye were not shining on the whole body” (2) that an **evil** eye shows that the **whole body** is evil. Alternate translation: “that shows that your whole body is evil, as if it were full of darkness” +6:23 hg9n rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense ἔσται 1 Here Jesus uses the future tense to indicate that the **body** being **full of light** is the logical result of the **eye** being **healthy**. See how you translated the similar form in [6:22](../06/22.md). Alternate translation: “is” +6:23 grpp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit σκοτεινὸν ἔσται 1 Here, the phrase **full of darkness** could mean that the **body**: (1) experiences **darkness**. Alternate translation: “will be darkened” (2) does not shine at all. Alternate translation: “will not shine at all” +6:23 pi01 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns σκοτεινὸν & σκότος, ἐστίν τὸ σκότος πόσον! 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **darkness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “fully dark … is dark, how very dark it is” +6:23 nny6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Here, the word **Therefore** introduces the conclusion to what Jesus has said about eyes and lamps. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a conclusion, or you could leave **Therefore** untranslated. Alternate translation: “In conclusion” or “So then” +6:23 kvkm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor εἰ & τὸ φῶς τὸ ἐν σοὶ σκότος, ἐστίν τὸ σκότος πόσον 1 Here Jesus concludes the figure of speech that uses lamps and light, so you should preserve the figure of speech or use simile form. The sentence could mean: (1) that when the **eye** does not work properly, even the most healthy parts of the body are still negatively affected. Alternate translation: “if the parts least affected by unhealthy eyes are injured, how great is the injury” (2) that when the best things about a person (his or her **light**) are evil (**darkness**), then the worst things about that person are very evil. Alternate translation: “if what is best about you is evil, as if it were darkness, how evil are the worst things about you” +6:23 hzk7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ φῶς τὸ ἐν σοὶ σκότος, ἐστίν τὸ σκότος πόσον 1 Here Jesus means that what some people think of as **light** is actually **darkness**. In that case, what these people consider to be **darkness** is very **great** darkness. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “what you consider to be light is actually darkness, how dark is what you consider to be darkness” or “what you call light is darkness, how great the darkness itself” +6:23 crag rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations τὸ σκότος πόσον 1 This is an exclamation that is emphasizing that **the darkness** is very **great**. Use an exclamation that would communicate that meaning in your language. Alternate translation: “the darkness is very great” +6:24 z5ol rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit δυσὶ κυρίοις 1 The implication is that a servant could not meet the competing demands of **two** different **masters** at the same time with equal loyalty. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “two different masters equally well at the same time” +6:24 ijn3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ἢ γὰρ τὸν ἕνα μισήσει καὶ τὸν ἕτερον ἀγαπήσει, ἢ ἑνὸς ἀνθέξεται καὶ τοῦ ἑτέρου καταφρονήσει 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, or you could combine the two clauses into one. Alternate translation: “for he will hate and despise the one and will love and be devoted to the other” or “for he is certain to love and serve one of them much better than the other” +6:24 shfb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τὸν ἕνα & τὸν ἕτερον & ἑνὸς & τοῦ ἑτέρου 1 Jesus is using the adjectives **one** and **other** as nouns to refer to the two different masters. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these word with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “one master … the other master … one master … the other master” +6:24 n3v6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὐ δύνασθε 1 Here Jesus introduces the application of his general statement about **two masters**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an application. Alternate translation: “Similarly, you are not able” +6:24 zt2u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification οὐ δύνασθε Θεῷ δουλεύειν καὶ μαμωνᾷ 1 Here, Jesus speaks of **wealth** as if it were a person whom someone could serve. He means that it is impossible to focus on serving God and also to focus on becoming wealthy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You are not able to serve God and also focus on gaining wealth” +6:24 hjcn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns μαμωνᾷ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **wealth**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “money” or “focus on becoming wealthy” +6:25 s5uy rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result διὰ τοῦτο 1 Here, the phrase **Because of this** introduces a conclusion based on what Jesus said in the previous verse about how it is not possible to serve both God and wealth ([6:24](../06/24.md)). In this verse, Jesus says that this means that his disciples should not worry about even basic things required for living. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a conclusion or inference. Alternate translation: “So” or “Therefore,” +6:25 bcan λέγω ὑμῖν, μὴ μεριμνᾶτε 1 Jesus uses the clause **I say to you** this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Use a natural form in your language for emphasizing the truth and importance of a statement. Alternate translation: “I want you to know that you should not worry” +6:25 pj1s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τῇ ψυχῇ ὑμῶν & ἡ ψυχὴ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **life**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “about being alive … being alive” +6:25 nt96 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐχὶ ἡ ψυχὴ πλεῖόν ἐστι τῆς τροφῆς, καὶ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ἐνδύματος? 1 Jesus is using the question form to show that **life** and **the body** are more important than **food** and **clothing**. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Life is more than food, and the body, than clothing” or “Life is certainly more than food, and the body, than clothing!” +6:25 f8dy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐχὶ ἡ ψυχὴ πλεῖόν ἐστι τῆς τροφῆς, καὶ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ἐνδύματος 1 Here Jesus is making comparisons about value or importance. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Is not life more valuable than food, and the body more valuable than clothing” +6:25 j412 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis καὶ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ἐνδύματος 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and is not the body more than clothing” +6:25 ntit rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τὸ σῶμα 1 The word **body** represents bodies in general, not one particular **body**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “bodies” +6:26 uk0k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐμβλέψατε εἰς 1 Here, Jesus uses the phrase **Look at** to represent thinking about or considering something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Consider” or “Pay attention to” +6:26 jt75 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **birds** that fly in **the sky**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the birds in the sky” or “the birds flying in the sky” +6:26 cn8q rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀποθήκας 1 The word **barns** refers to places where food is stored. If your readers would not be familiar with this term, you could use a more general one. Alternate translation: “places where food is stored” +6:26 a9w6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος 1 This is a figurative expression. God is not the **Father** of humans in the same actual way that he is the Father of Jesus. Even so, it would probably be best to translate **Father** with the same word that your language would naturally use to refer to a human father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that this means God. Alternate translation: “God your heavenly Father”\n +6:26 nbm5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐχ ὑμεῖς μᾶλλον διαφέρετε αὐτῶν? 1 Jesus is using the question form to show that **you** are more important than **them**, the birds. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You are more valuable than them.” or “You are certainly more valuable than them!” +6:26 iien rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis αὐτῶν 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “they are” +6:27 cm6a rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces a development in what Jesus is saying. The word does not introduce a contrast. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a development, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” or “Further,” +6:27 ivmg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίς & ἐξ ὑμῶν μεριμνῶν δύναται προσθεῖναι ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ πῆχυν ἕνα? 1 Jesus is using the question form to show that people cannot add to their **lifespan** by **being anxious**. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “none of you, being anxious, is able to add one cubit to his lifespan.” or “not one you, being anxious, can ever add one cubit to his lifespan!” +6:27 wp73 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal μεριμνῶν 1 Here, the phrase **being anxious** provides the means by which a person might try to **add one cubit** to his or her **lifespan**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this connection more explicit. Alternate translation: “by being anxious” +6:27 fr8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor δύναται προσθεῖναι ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ πῆχυν ἕνα? 1 Here Jesus is speaking of a person’s **lifespan** as if it were measured in length rather than in time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly Alternate translation: “is able to make his lifespan any longer” or “is able to add any time to his lifespan” +6:27 kub4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance πῆχυν ἕνα 1 A **cubit** is a measure of length equal to about half a meter or about a foot and a half. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this length using the measure that is customary your culture. +6:27 vkl0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations αὐτοῦ 1 Although the term **his** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “his or her” +6:28 erj8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion καὶ περὶ ἐνδύματος τί μεριμνᾶτε? 1 Jesus is using the question form to show his disciples that they should not be **anxious about clothing**. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Further, you should not be anxious about clothing.” or “You should never be anxious about clothing!” +6:28 y06z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure καταμάθετε τὰ κρίνα τοῦ ἀγροῦ πῶς αὐξάνουσιν 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could rearrange the parts of this sentence. Alternate translation: “Consider how the lilies of the field grow” +6:28 t16l rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὰ κρίνα 1 The word **lilies** describes beautiful flowers that grow wild in the fields. If your language does not have a word for this flower, you can use the name of a similar flower that your readers would recognize, or you can use a general term. Alternate translation: “the tulips” or “the blossoms” +6:28 blpq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὰ κρίνα τοῦ ἀγροῦ 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **lilies** that grow in **the field**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the lilies that you see in the field” +6:28 rz58 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τοῦ ἀγροῦ 1 The word **field** represents fields in general, not one particular **field**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “of the fields” +6:28 him2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown οὐδὲ νήθουσιν 1 In this context, to **spin** means to make thread or yarn for cloth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could explain the meaning with a phrase. Alternate translation: “nor do they make thread for cloth” or “nor do they make yarn for cloth” +6:29 dqe4 λέγω & ὑμῖν 1 Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Use a natural form in your language for emphasizing the importance of a statement. Alternate translation: “I can assure you that not even Solomon” +6:29 u7fd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. If you use the following alternate translation, you may need to add a comma before **Solomon**. Alternate translation: “as glorious as he was,” +6:29 ytdw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the word **glory** refers to how rich and famous Solomon was, with a special emphasis on his rich and beautiful clothing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “with all his wealth and beautiful clothes” or “with all his wonderful possessions” +6:29 sqg8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὡς ἓν τούτων 1 Here Jesus means that even **Solomon** could not wear beautiful enough clothing to look as beautiful as **one** flower. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “as beautifully as one of these flowers appears” or “in a way that was as glorious as one of these flowers” +6:30 d2dn rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces a development in what Jesus is saying. The word does not introduce a contrast. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a development, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” or “Further,” +6:30 o3ka rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ 1 Jesus speaks as if this were a hypothetical situation, but he means that it must be true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is uncertain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since” or “given that” +6:30 f7th rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν χόρτον τοῦ ἀγροῦ & ὁ Θεὸς οὕτως ἀμφιέννυσιν 1 Here, the word **thus** refers back to what Jesus said in the previous verse about plants having more glory than Solomon ([6:29](../06/29.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “God clothes the grass of the field like that” or “God clothes the grass of the field more gloriously than Solomon” +6:30 xykl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸν χόρτον τοῦ ἀγροῦ & ἀμφιέννυσιν 1 Jesus speaks of God making the **grass** beautiful as if God were putting beautiful clothing on it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “makes the grass of the field beautiful” +6:30 syz0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὸν χόρτον τοῦ ἀγροῦ 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **grass** that grows in **the field**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the grass that you see in the field” +6:30 uf36 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit χόρτον 1 While Jesus uses a term that typically means **grass**, in this context he must implicitly mean wild plants in general, since he is referring back to the wild lilies he has just mentioned. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a general term for plants. Alternate translation: “plants” or “vegetation” +6:30 u3ta rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τοῦ ἀγροῦ 1 The word **field** represents fields in general, not one particular **field**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “of the fields” +6:30 uqjs rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast σήμερον ὄντα, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον 1 Here, the word **existing** introduces a clause that states something that is unexpected for things that God **clothes**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces something that is unexpected. Alternate translation: “although it exists today and tomorrow is thrown into an oven” or “despite the fact that it exists today and tomorrow is thrown into an oven” +6:30 xavg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo σήμερον ὄντα, καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον 1 Here Jesus means that **grass** is growing **today**, but someone take it **tomorrow** and burn it. He speaks in this way to emphasize that **grass** often does not last for a long time and is not very valuable. He does not mean that this always happens to **grass**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that indicates that grass only lasts for a short time and is not valuable. Alternate translation: “growing now but soon being thrown into an oven” or “existing at the moment but quickly being thrown into an oven” +6:30 m0kz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον 1 Here Jesus refers to how dried plant matter would be burned as fuel for heating and cooking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “being thrown into an oven as fuel” or “being burned in an oven” +6:30 m23l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive βαλλόμενον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “someone throwing it” or “people throwing it” +6:30 ym2c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὐ πολλῷ μᾶλλον 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “will he not much more clothe you” +6:30 cd8w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐ πολλῷ μᾶλλον ὑμᾶς, ὀλιγόπιστοι? 1 Jesus is using the question form to show his disciples that God will give them the clothes they need. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “he will much more clothe you, ones of little faith.” or “he will definitely clothe you, ones of little faith!” +6:31 axhh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations λέγοντες, τί φάγωμεν, ἤ, τί πίωμεν, ἤ, τί περιβαλώμεθα? 1 It may be more natural in your language to have indirect quotations here. Alternate translation: “asking what you might eat or what you might drink or what you might wear.” +6:31 g6ac rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive φάγωμεν & πίωμεν &περιβαλώμεθα 1 By **we**, Jesus means the disciples but not himself, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. +6:32 q9rs rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a further explanation of why the disciples should not be anxious. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a further explanation, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” or “As you know,” +6:32 i0b9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐπιζητοῦσιν 1 Here, the word **seek** refers to focusing on and trying to obtain something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “focus on” or “try to obtain” +6:32 xa9t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πάντα & ταῦτα & τούτων ἁπάντων 1 Here, the phrases **all these things** and **all of these things** refer to food, drink, clothing, and other necessities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “food, drink, and clothing … food, drink, and clothing” or “all these necessities … all of these necessities” +6:32 rk7f rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 2 Here, the word **for** introduces a reason why the disciples should not be anxious about food, drink, or clothing. The word does not connect the clause to what Jesus just said about **the Gentiles**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason for a previous command, or you could leave **for** untranslated. Alternate translation: “you should not seek these things, because” or “but you should not be anxious about these things since” +6:32 unz1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος 1 This is a figurative expression. God is not the **Father** of humans in the same actual way that he is the Father of Jesus. Even so, it would probably be best to translate **Father** with the same word that your language would naturally use to refer to a human father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that this means God. Alternate translation: “God your heavenly Father”\n +6:33 w7ff rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces a contrast with worrying about food, drink, and clothing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “Instead of worrying about those things,” or “In contrast to the Gentiles,” +6:33 rk4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ζητεῖτε & πρῶτον 1 Here, just as in [6:32](../06/32.md), the word **seek** refers to focusing on and trying to obtain something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “focus first on” or “try first to obtain” +6:33 nork rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πρῶτον 1 Here, the word **first** identifies seeking the kingdom as something that is most important. The word does not indicate sequence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “as most important” +6:33 jmar rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὴν δικαιοσύνην αὐτοῦ 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe what God considers to be **righteousness**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the righteousness that he requires” +6:33 ep2c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν δικαιοσύνην αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what he says is right” or “seek to serve him rightly” +6:33 qifv rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 2 Here, the word **and** introduces the result of seeking first God’s kingdom and righteousness. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a result. Alternate translation: “and then” or “and as a result” +6:33 ak39 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ταῦτα πάντα προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “God will add all these things to you” +6:33 d3tp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ταῦτα πάντα 1 Here, just as in [6:32](../06/32.md), the phrase **all these things** refers to food, drink, clothing, and other necessities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “food, drink, and clothing” or “all these necessities” +6:33 px9u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν 1 Here Jesus uses the phrase **will be added** to indicate that God will give **all these things** to the disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will be set in front of you” or “will be given to you” +6:34 iaoa rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Here, the word **Therefore** introduces the conclusion to what Jesus has been telling his disciples about not being **anxious** in [6:25–33](../06/25.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a conclusion. Alternate translation: “So” or “In summary”\n +6:34 xdg7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification ἡ & αὔριον μεριμνήσει ἑαυτῆς 1 Jesus speaks of **tomorrow** as if it were a person who could **be anxious**. He could mean: (1) that people should worry about what happens the next day only when that day arrives. Alternate translation: “you can be anxious about tomorrow when it arrives” (2) that worrying about **tomorrow** is as ridiculous as **tomorrow** being a person who can **be anxious**. Alternate translation: “that helps you as much as if tomorrow could be anxious about itself” or “tomorrow is not even here yet” +6:34 bqny rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀρκετὸν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἡ κακία αὐτῆς 1 Here Jesus means that much **evil** happens each day, so people should not add to their troubles by worrying about anything that might happen the next day. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Each day has enough evil already without worrying about tomorrow” or “Evil already happens each day, so you should not add to it by worrying about tomorrow” +6:34 c490 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἡ κακία αὐτῆς 1 Here, the phrase **its evil** refers to any bad or difficult things that happen each day. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “are the difficult things that happen that day” or “is the trouble that happens during it” 7:intro bz7e 0 # Matthew 7 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nJesus spoke about many different subjects in this sermon, so you may wish to help the reader by putting an empty line into the text whenever Jesus changed the subject.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Matthew 5-7\n\nMany people call the words in Matthew 5-7 the Sermon on the Mount. This is one long lesson that Jesus taught. Bibles divide this lesson into three chapters, but this can sometimes confuse the reader. If your translation divides the text into sections, be sure that the reader understands that the whole sermon is one large section.\n\n### “By their fruits you will know them”\n\nFruit is a common image in the Scriptures. It is used to describe the results of either good or bad actions. In this chapter, good fruit is the result of living as God commands. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### You singular and you plural\n\nIn this chapter, as in the past two chapters, Jesus is talking to a large crowd of his followers. Throughout the chapter, Jesus switches between using you in the singular and you in the plural. In both instances he is talking to the same people. When he is using the singular, he is referring to all of the individuals in the crowd, but is still referring to the crowd as a whole. Your language may require you to use a plural here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) -7:1 xk6w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μὴ κρίνετε 1 It is implied here that the word **judge** has a strong negative meaning. Jesus is not saying that judgment is always bad, but that in this case it is negative. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not condemn people harshly” -7:1 bk8y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μὴ κριθῆτε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will not condemn you harshly” -7:2 kj24 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐν ᾧ & κρίματι κρίνετε, κριθήσεσθε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will judge you with the judgment with which you judge” -7:2 ifm3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν ᾧ γὰρ κρίματι 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “In the manner that you judge” -7:2 tbi8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κρίνετε & μετρεῖτε 1 Here, Jesus leaves out that **you judge** and **you measure** is being done to other people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “by which you judge other people … by which you measure other people” -7:2 wmxo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor καὶ ἐν ᾧ μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε, μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν 1 To **measure** someone is to hold them up to a high standard. Here, Jesus is saying that they are holding others up by too high of a standard. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “and with the standard of behavior that you expect of other people, God will expect of you” -7:2 c006 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν ᾧ μέτρῳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **measure**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “In the manner that you measure other” -7:2 wgh2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will measure you” -7:3 em5r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί δὲ βλέπεις τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου, τὴν δὲ ἐν τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δοκὸν οὐ κατανοεῖς? 1 Jesus uses this question to rebuke the people for concerning themselves about other people’s sins and ignoring their own. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You look at the speck in your brother’s eye, but you do not notice the log that is in your own eye.” -7:3 hzb4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular βλέπεις & σου & τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ & οὐ κατανοεῖς 1 Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All instances of **you** and **your** are all singular. See the note in the introduction. -7:3 ctb3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου 1 A **speck of wood** is a tiny piece of wood that might get into someone’s eye. This is a metaphor that refers to the less offensive sins of a fellow believer. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “the lesser sin that is in your fellow believer’s life” -7:3 d2qc rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου 1 Here and in the next two verses, **brother** refers to other people who were also followers of Jesus. These people are not their biological siblings. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use plain language. Alternate translation: “your fellow follower of Jesus” -7:3 q1z4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὴν & ἐν τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δοκὸν 1 A **log** is a large piece of wood, usually the remnant of the trunk or branch of a tree. Here, **log** is a metaphor that refers to the most offensive sins of a fellow believer. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “the most offensive sin that is in your own life” -7:3 xdcg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole τὴν & ἐν τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δοκὸν οὐ κατανοεῖς 1 A **log** cannot fit into a person’s eye. Jesus is exaggerating to emphasize that a person should pay attention to their own more offensive sins before he deals with another person’s less offensive sins. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows this exaggeration. Alternate translation: “you do not see your own very offensive sins” -7:4 k58h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἢ πῶς ἐρεῖς τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου, ἄφες ἐκβάλω τὸ κάρφος ἐκ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ σου, καὶ ἰδοὺ, ἡ δοκὸς ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ σοῦ? 1 Jesus asks this question to challenge the people to pay attention to their own sins before they pay attention to another person’s sins. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not say to your brother, ‘Let me take out the speck from your eye,’ while there is log in your own eye.” -7:6 wohg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μὴ δῶτε τὸ ἅγιον τοῖς κυσίν, μηδὲ βάλητε τοὺς μαργαρίτας ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν χοίρων 1 Here, to **give the holy** and to **throw your pearls** means to share about God with people. The message about God is seen as very valuable and holy. Also, **dogs** and **pigs** mean people who would reject this message. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not share the holy message about God with people who would hurt you, nor should you try to share the valuable message about God with people who do not care to listen to it” -7:6 xy2e rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τοὺς μαργαρίτας 1 Real **pearls** are beautiful and valuable mineral balls that people use as jewelry. They are formed inside the shell of a small shellfish that lives in the ocean. If your readers would not be familiar with pearls, you could express this idea in a more general way. Alternate translation: “decorations made from valuable materials” -7:7 ut6i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism αἰτεῖτε καὶ δοθήσεται ὑμῖν; ζητεῖτε καὶ εὑρήσετε; κρούετε καὶ ἀνοιγήσεται ὑμῖν 1 Here, **Ask**, **Seek**, and **Knock** all have a similar meaning: praying to God. If saying the same thing three times might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Pray to God for what you need, and he will provide it to you” -7:7 tv49 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δοθήσεται ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will give it to you” -7:7 rt8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κρούετε 1 To **Knock** on a door is a polite way to request that the person inside the house or room open the door. If knocking on a door is impolite or not done in your culture, use the word that describes how people politely ask people to let you into their house. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Knock on the door” -7:9 mq14 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἢ τίς ἐστιν ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃν αἰτήσει ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἄρτον, μὴ λίθον ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ? 1 Jesus uses a question to teach the people how God gives gifts. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There is not one person among you of whom his son will ask for bread, and he will give him a stone.” -7:9 n5s1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἄρτον 1 Here, **bread** refers to food in general. Alternate translation: “some food” -7:10 y9q5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἢ καὶ ἰχθὺν αἰτήσει, μὴ ὄφιν ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ? 1 It is understood that Jesus is still referring to a man and his son. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Or will a man’s son ask for a fish, and the man will give him a snake” +7:1 xk6w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μὴ κρίνετε 1 Here Jesus uses the word **judge** to refer to unofficial and improper judging. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: “Do not harshly judge” or “Do not condemn” +7:1 l2c2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 Here, the phrase **so that** introduces the goal for which the disciples refrain from judging. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word or phrase that introduces a goal. Alternate translation: “in order that” +7:1 bk8y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μὴ κριθῆτε 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “God will not judge you” +7:2 tbi8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a further explanation of the command that Jesus gave in the previous verse ([7:1](../07/01.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “In fact,” or “That is because” +7:2 ifm3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν ᾧ & κρίματι κρίνετε 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in the manner that you judge” +7:2 kj24 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive κριθήσεσθε 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “God will judge you” +7:2 bq9z rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 1 Here, the word **and** introduces a more general statement in proverb form. This general proverb provides further proof that people will be judged as they have judged others. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a more general statement or proverb. Alternate translation: “just as some people say:” or “and more generally,” +7:2 wmxo rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs ἐν ᾧ μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε, μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν 1 Here, Jesus uses or invents a proverb in order to teach that people eventually experience for themselves how they have treated other people. Translate this proverb in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “what you give to others is what you will get in return” or “what you do to others will be done to you” +7:2 c006 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν ᾧ μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **measure**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in the manner that you measure” +7:2 wgh2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “God will measure it to you” +7:2 ry31 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns μετρηθήσεται 1 Here, the word **it** refers to what **you measure** out to other people. Jesus is speaking in general about anything that people **measure**, so you should avoid making the phrase specific. Alternate translation: “the same thing will be measured” or “that very thing will be measured” +7:3 a3pp rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **Now** introduces the next topic. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces the next topic, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,” +7:3 em5r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί & βλέπεις τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου, τὴν δὲ ἐν τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δοκὸν οὐ κατανοεῖς? 1 Jesus is using the question form to rebuke his disciples for looking at a **speck of wood** in a fellow disciple’s eye while failing to notice **the log** in their own eyes. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “you should not look at the speck of wood in the eye of your brother when you do not notice log in your eye.” or “do not look at the speck of wood in the eye of your brother while at the same time not noticing the log in your eye!” +7:3 hzb4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd βλέπεις & σου & τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ & οὐ κατανοεῖς 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your** in your translation. +7:3 ctb3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor βλέπεις τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου, τὴν δὲ ἐν τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δοκὸν οὐ κατανοεῖς 1 Here Jesus refers to small faults and mistakes as if they were a **speck of wood** in a person’s **eye**. He speaks of large faults and mistakes as if they were a **log** in a person’s **eye**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “do you focus on your brother’s small fault, which is like a speck of wood in his eye, but you do not notice your own large fault, which is like a log in your eye” or “do you look at the small mistakes your brother makes, but you do not notice your own large mistakes” +7:3 hqnr rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὸ κάρφος 1 A **speck of wood** is a tiny piece of wood or plant matter. If your readers would not be familiar with a **speck of wood**, you could use the name of something small that commonly falls into a person’s eyes, or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the grain of sand” or “the tiny object” +7:3 d2qc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου 1 Jesus is using the term **brother** to mean a person who shares the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of your fellow disciple” +7:3 mo6n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου 1 Although the term **brother** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, and if it would be helpful in your language, you could say “brother or sister” to indicate this. +7:3 xdcg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole τὴν & δοκὸν 1 A **log** could not literally go into a person’s **eye**. Jesus is using an extreme example to emphasize his point and make it memorable. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the largest object that could fall into a person’s eye. Alternate translation: “the large piece of wood”\n +7:3 q1z4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὴν & δοκὸν 1 A **log** is a long, large piece of wood. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of object, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “beam” or “plank” or “large object” +7:4 c1kz rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases ἢ 1 Here, the word **Or** introduces a second question that provides another improper way to behave. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a similar situation or command, or you could leave **Or** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Again,” or “Even further,” +7:4 k58h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἢ πῶς ἐρεῖς τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου, ἄφες ἐκβάλω τὸ κάρφος ἐκ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ σου, καὶ ἰδοὺ, ἡ δοκὸς ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ σοῦ? 1 Jesus asks this question to challenge his disciples to pay attention to the **log** in their own **eye** before they pay attention to a **speck of wood** in another person’s **eye**. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not say to your brother, ‘Let me take out the speck of wood from your eye,’ while behold, the log is in your eye.” or “Do not say to your brother, ‘Let me take out the speck of wood from your eye,’ while behold, the log is in your eye!” +7:4 kcgs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου 1 Jesus is using the term **brother** to mean a person who shares the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to your fellow disciple” +7:4 eaym rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου 1 Although the term **brother** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, and if it would be helpful in your language, you could say “brother or sister” to indicate this. +7:4 kc80 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd σου, ἄφες & σου & σοῦ 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **your** is singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural form of **your** in your translation. +7:4 d66b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor ἄφες ἐκβάλω τὸ κάρφος ἐκ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ σου, καὶ ἰδοὺ, ἡ δοκὸς ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ σοῦ 1 Here Jesus continues to refer to small faults and mistakes as if they were a speck of wood in a person’s eye and to large faults and mistakes as if they were a log in a person’s eye. Express the idea as you did in [7:3](../07/03.md). Alternate translation: “‘Let me assist you in getting rid of your small fault, which is like a speck of wood in your eye,’ while behold, you have your own large fault, which is like a log in your eye” or “‘Let me assist you in avoiding the small mistakes you make,’ while behold, you have your own large mistakes” +7:4 iwgf rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὸ κάρφος 1 Translate the phrase **speck of wood** as you did in [7:3](../07/03.md). Alternate translation: “the grain of sand” or “the tiny object” +7:4 uyno rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ 1 Here, the word **behold** draws the attention of the audience and asks them to listen carefully. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express behold with a word or phrase that asks the audience to listen, or you could draw the audience’s attention in another way. Alternate translation: “picture this” or “see” +7:4 rark rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole ἡ δοκὸς 1 A **log** could not literally go into a person’s **eye**. Jesus is using an extreme example to emphasize his point and make it memorable. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the largest object that could fall into a person’s eye. Alternate translation: “the large piece of wood” +7:4 odbi rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἡ δοκὸς 1 Translate the word **log** as you did in [7:3](../07/03.md). Alternate translation: “beam” or “plank” or “large object” +7:5 kwqu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd ὑποκριτά & ἔκβαλε & σοῦ & διαβλέψεις & σου 1 Even though Jesus is speaking to many disciples, he is addressing an individual situation, so **you** and **your** are singular throughout this verse. But if the singular form would not be natural in your language for someone who was speaking to a group of people, you could use the plural forms of **you** and **your** in your translation. +7:5 psgh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor ἔκβαλε πρῶτον ἐκ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ σοῦ τὴν δοκόν, καὶ τότε διαβλέψεις ἐκβαλεῖν τὸ κάρφος ἐκ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου 1 Here Jesus continues to refer to small faults and mistakes as if they were a **speck of wood** in a person’s eye and to large faults and mistakes as if they were a **log** in a person’s eye. Express the idea as you did in [7:3–4](../07/03.md). In this verse, Jesus also adds the idea of being able to **see clearly**, which indicates that a person is spiritually mature and knowledgeable. Alternate translation: “First get rid of your own large fault, which is like a log in your eye, and then you will know how to assist your brother in getting rid of his small fault, which is a like a speck of wood in his eye” or “First get rid of your own large mistakes, and then you will know how to properly assist your brother in avoiding his small mistakes” +7:5 cg35 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole τὴν δοκόν 1 A **log** could not literally go into a person’s **eye**. Jesus is using an extreme example to emphasize his point and make it memorable. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to the largest object that could fall into a person’s eye. Alternate translation: “the large piece of wood” +7:5 wtbk rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὴν δοκόν 1 Translate the word **log** as you did in [7:3](../07/03.md). Alternate translation: “beam” or “plank” or “large object” +7:5 js25 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὸ κάρφος 1 Translate the phrase **speck of wood** as you did in [7:3](../07/03.md). Alternate translation: “the grain of sand” or “the tiny object” +7:5 cb9q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου 1 Jesus is using the term **brother** to mean a person who shares the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of your fellow disciple” +7:5 jydm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου 1 Although the term **brother** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, and if it would be helpful in your language, you could say “brother or sister” to indicate this. +7:6 tqpw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure μὴ δῶτε τὸ ἅγιον τοῖς κυσίν, μηδὲ βάλητε τοὺς μαργαρίτας ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν χοίρων, μήποτε καταπατήσουσιν αὐτοὺς ἐν τοῖς ποσὶν αὐτῶν, καὶ στραφέντες ῥήξωσιν ὑμᾶς. 1 It is likely that Jesus speaks about **dogs** in the first and last clauses in this verse and about **pigs** in the middle two clauses. This was a poetic form in his culture. If your readers would not recognize this as poetry and misunderstand which animals Jesus is speaking about in the last two clauses, you could rearrange the clauses. Alternate translation: “You should not give the holy to the dogs. Otherwise, having turned, they will tear you to pieces. Nor should you throw your pearls in front of the pigs. Otherwise they will trample them under their feet” +7:6 wohg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μὴ δῶτε τὸ ἅγιον τοῖς κυσίν, μηδὲ βάλητε τοὺς μαργαρίτας ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν χοίρων, μήποτε καταπατήσουσιν αὐτοὺς ἐν τοῖς ποσὶν αὐτῶν, καὶ στραφέντες ῥήξωσιν ὑμᾶς 1 Here Jesus speaks of how his disciples should behave as if they were interacting with **dogs**, **pearls**, and **pigs**. He could be speaking of the gospel as **the holy** and **pearls** and of people who reject the gospel as **dogs** and **pigs**. Or, he could be speaking of his disciples’ possessions and skills as **the holy** and **pearls** and of worthless tasks and goals as **dogs** and **pigs**. Or, he could be speaking of fellow disciples as **the holy** and as **pearls** and of unbelievers as **dogs** and **pigs**. You should express the idea in a way that allows for these and other interpretations. If it is necessary for you to indicate that Jesus is using a figure of speech here, you could introduce the verse with a form that usually introduces a saying or proverb. Alternate translation: “Think about what this means for your life: You should neither give the holy to the dogs, nor should you throw your pearls in front of the pigs. Otherwise they will trample them under their feet, and having turned, tear you to pieces”\n +7:6 id6g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τὸ ἅγιον 1 Jesus is using the adjective **holy** as a noun to mean anything that is **holy**. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “holy things” +7:6 gkn1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τοῖς κυσίν 1 A **dog** is an animal that is considered to be unclean and disgusting by Jews and many cultures of the Ancient Near East. It would be very improper to give **the holy** to this kind of animal. If dogs are unfamiliar to your culture and you have a different animal that is considered unclean and disgusting, you could use the name of this animal instead. +7:6 xy2e rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τοὺς μαργαρίτας 1 The word **pearls** refers to beautiful and valuable mineral balls that people use as jewelry. If your readers would not be familiar with **pearls**, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “jewelry” or “valuable beads” +7:6 desz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns καταπατήσουσιν αὐτοὺς ἐν τοῖς ποσὶν αὐτῶν, καὶ στραφέντες ῥήξωσιν ὑμᾶς 1 Here, the phrases **they will trample** and **they will tear** could refer to: (1) how the pigs **trample** and the dogs **tear**. Alternate translation: “the pigs will trample them under their feet, and having turned, the dogs will tear you to pieces” (2) how the pigs and the gods will together **trample** and **tear**. Alternate translation: “the pigs and dogs together will trample them under their feet, and having turned, they will tear you to pieces” +7:6 kpge rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοὺς 1 Here, the word **them** refers to the pearls. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer directly to pearls. Alternate translation: “the pearls”\n +7:6 atg0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit στραφέντες 1 Here, the phrase **having turned** indicates that the animals will stop paying attention to the holy things and pearls and start focusing on **you**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “turning to face you” or “focusing on you instead” +7:7 ut6i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αἰτεῖτε καὶ δοθήσεται ὑμῖν; ζητεῖτε καὶ εὑρήσετε 1 You may need to say what a person would be asking for and seeking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use general expressions that refer to anything good that a person might want or need. Alternate translation: “Ask for a good thing, and it will be given to you. Seek a good thing, and you will find it” +7:7 tv49 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δοθήσεται ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “God will give it to you” +7:7 rt8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κρούετε 1 To **knock** means to hit a door a few times to let a person inside the house know you are standing outside. You could translate this expression with the way people in your culture show that they have arrived at a house. Alternate translation: “call out” or “cough” or “clap” +7:7 zu03 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor κρούετε καὶ ἀνοιγήσεται ὑμῖν 1 Here Jesus speaks of praying as if it were knocking on a door, and he speaks of God answering the prayer as if it were the door being opened. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Ask for permission, and permission will be given to you” or “Pray, and God will answer your prayer” +7:7 yz3q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀνοιγήσεται ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “God will open it to you” +7:8 ykrj rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces some reasons why the disciples should do what Jesus commanded in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a claim, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Do those things since” or “That is because” +7:8 yva3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πᾶς & ὁ αἰτῶν λαμβάνει, καὶ ὁ ζητῶν εὑρίσκει 1 You may need to say what a person would be asking for and seeking. If so, express the idea as you did in [7:7](../07/07.md). Alternate translation: “everyone asking for a good thing, receives it; and the one seeking a good thing, finds it” +7:8 uvcu rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τῷ κρούοντι 1 Express the idea of **knocking** as you did in [7:7](../07/07.md). Alternate translation: “to the one calling out” or “to the one coughing” or “to the one clapping” +7:8 vcdb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῷ κρούοντι ἀνοιγήσεται 1 Here Jesus continues to speak of praying as if it were knocking on a door and of God answering the prayer as if it were the door being opened. Express the idea as you did in [7:7](../07/07.md). Alternate translation: “to the one asking for permission, permission will be given” or “to the one praying, it will be answered” +7:8 ohhx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀνοιγήσεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the action, it is clear from the context that it is God. Alternate translation: “God will open it” +7:9 et6p rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases ἢ 1 Here, the word **Or** introduces a contrasting alternative to what Jesus has said about how people who ask will receive. Jesus then uses the question form to show that this alternate is wrong. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a false alternative, or you could leave **Or** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” or “As a matter of fact,” +7:9 p1if ἢ τίς ἐστιν ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃν αἰτήσει ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἄρτον, μὴ λίθον ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ 1 Alternate translation: “Or what man is there from among you who will give his son a stone when he asks for bread” +7:9 mq14 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἢ τίς ἐστιν ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃν αἰτήσει ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἄρτον, μὴ λίθον ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ? 1 Jesus uses a question to show how parents do not give bad things to their children. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “There is not a man from among you, of whom his son will ask for bread, and he will give him a stone.” or “No man among you, of whom his son will ask for bread, will give him a stone!” +7:9 fscs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ἢ τίς ἐστιν ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃν αἰτήσει ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἄρτον, μὴ λίθον ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ? 1 Here Jesus uses an imaginary situation to help explain how parents give good things, not bad things, to their children. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Or imagine a man from among you. When his son asks him for bread, he will not give a stone, will he” +7:9 n5s1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τίς ἐστιν ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃν αἰτήσει ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἄρτον, μὴ λίθον ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ 1 Although Jesus uses the example of a **man** and **his son**, he does not mean that this example applies only to fathers and sons. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that includes all parents and children. Alternate translation: “what parents are there from among you, of whom their child will ask for bread—they will not give their child a stone, will they” +7:10 z9xu rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases ἢ 1 Here, the word **Or** introduces another similar example. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces another example, or you could leave **Or** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Again,” +7:10 y9q5 ἢ καὶ ἰχθὺν αἰτήσει, μὴ ὄφιν ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ? 1 Alternate translation: “Or he will not give him a snake when he asks for a fish, will he” 7:10 t19o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἢ καὶ ἰχθὺν αἰτήσει, μὴ ὄφιν ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ? 1 Jesus asks another question to teach the people about how God gives gifts. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “And there is not one person among you, if his son asks for a fish, will give him a snake.” -7:11 pk31 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς δώσει ἀγαθὰ τοῖς αἰτοῦσιν αὐτόν? 1 Jesus uses a question to teach the people about how God gives gifts. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “then your Father in heaven will most certainly give good things to those who ask him.” -7:11 z8zr rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. -7:11 t3p4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 See how you translated this in [5:16](../05/16.md). -7:12 b1x2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ νόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆται 1 Here, **the Law and the Prophets** refer to what Moses and the prophets wrote. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “for this is what Moses and the prophets wrote in the Scriptures” -7:12 y4f6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ νόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆται 1 Here, **for this is the Law and the Prophets** means that the Law and the Prophets teach this same message. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the Law and Prophets teach this message” -7:13 dgr2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor εἰσέλθατε διὰ τῆς στενῆς πύλης; ὅτι πλατεῖα ἡ πύλη καὶ εὐρύχωρος ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπάγουσα εἰς τὴν ἀπώλειαν, καὶ πολλοί εἰσιν οἱ εἰσερχόμενοι δι’ αὐτῆς 1 In this verse, **road** is figurative for the span of a person’s life. The word **gate** is figurative for the time when a person dies and enters into eternity. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation, as in the in UST. -7:13 zv24 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns εἰς τὴν ἀπώλειαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **destruction**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to God’s judgement” or “to God destroying you” -7:14 wlr9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns εἰς τὴν ζωήν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **life**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to the place where people live forever” -7:14 gdji rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὀλίγοι εἰσὶν οἱ εὑρίσκοντες αὐτήν 1 Here, to **find it** means to enter into eternal life with God and not be destroyed by him. In the same way that you might find a hidden path, so Jesus is saying that eternal life can be found. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternative translation: “there are few whom God brings into eternal life with himself” -7:15 lj5v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οἵτινες ἔρχονται πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐν ἐνδύμασι προβάτων, ἔσωθεν δέ εἰσιν λύκοι ἅρπαγες 1 Here, a **sheep** means someone who is a part of the people of God. Just as in real life, predators try to attack sheep, so people who try to hurt God’s people are called **wolves**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “who come to God’s people to harm them, as a wolf comes to harm sheep” -7:16 pul5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς 1 Here, **their fruits** is referring to a person’s actions before God. Just as a good tree produces good fruit and a bad tree produces bad fruit, so a person who loves God will obey him and a person who does not love God will not obey him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “Just as you know a tree by the fruit that grows on it, you will know false prophets by the fact that they do not speak the words of God” -7:16 nve4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion μήτι συλλέγουσιν ἀπὸ ἀκανθῶν σταφυλὰς, ἢ ἀπὸ τριβόλων σῦκα? 1 Jesus uses a question to teach the people about false prophets. The people would have known that the answer is no. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “People do not gather grapes from a thornbush or figs from thistles.” -7:17 f5l3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὕτως πᾶν δένδρον ἀγαθὸν καρποὺς καλοὺς ποιεῖ; τὸ δὲ σαπρὸν δένδρον καρποὺς πονηροὺς ποιεῖ 1 Jesus continues to use the metaphor of **fruit** to refer to false prophets who produce evil works. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation “Just as when a good tree bears good fruit and a bad tree bears bad fruit, so those who preach God’s words do good and speak falsely about God’s words do evil” -7:19 xwrm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πᾶν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται 1 Here, Jesus continues talking about **trees**. He is saying that those who do not preach God’s words will be judged by him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in plain language. Alternate translation “And just as every bad tree which does not bear good fruit is cut down and thrown into the fire, so everyone who disobeys God will be judged by him forever” -7:19 g7fs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people cut down and throw into a fire” -7:20 x87m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς 1 See how you translated this in [7:16](../07/16.md) -7:21 dkh7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations Κύριε, Κύριε 1 Here, **Lord, Lord** is an exclamation that shows that these people claim that Jesus is their master. This is what a servant would say to their master. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: “My Lord!” -7:21 c6yz rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 **Father** is an important title for God. -7:21 l1te rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τοῦ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 See how you translated **in the heavens** in [5:16](../05/16.md) -7:22 mp6e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 Jesus said **that day** knowing his hearers would understand he was referring to the day of judgment. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the day when God will judge all people” -7:22 m9py rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι ἐπροφητεύσαμεν, καὶ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι δαιμόνια ἐξεβάλομεν, καὶ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι δυνάμεις πολλὰς ἐποιήσαμεν? 1 The people use a question to emphasize that they did many good things for Jesus. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “we prophesied in your name, and in your name cast out demons, and in your name did many mighty deeds.” -7:22 hg17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι & τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι & τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι 1 Here, to do something **in your name** means to do it by his power and authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “by your authority … in your authority … in your authority” -7:23 d4y5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οὐδέποτε ἔγνων ὑμᾶς 1 **I never knew you** means that the person was never one of God’s people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “You have never been my follower” -7:24 qjh9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ φρονίμῳ, ὅστις ᾠκοδόμησεν αὐτοῦ τὴν οἰκίαν ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν 1 Jesus compares those who obey what he says to a person who builds his **house** on a rock, where nothing can harm it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “will be like a wise man who built his house on a firm foundation” -7:24 qw6l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ φρονίμῳ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is like a wise man” -7:24 dy1f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πέτραν 1 Here, **rock** means the bedrock below the topsoil and clay, not a large stone or boulder above the ground. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “solid ground” or “sturdy ground” +7:10 kgak rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ἢ καὶ ἰχθὺν αἰτήσει, μὴ ὄφιν ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ 1 Here Jesus uses an imaginary situation to help explain how parents give good things, not bad things, to their children. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Or imagine that same man again. When his son asks him for a fish, he will not give him a snake, will he” +7:10 mf6n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations καὶ ἰχθὺν αἰτήσει, μὴ ὄφιν ἐπιδώσει αὐτῷ 1 Although Jesus continues to use the example of a father and his son, he does not mean that this example applies only to fathers and sons. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that includes all parents and children. Alternate translation: “the child will also ask for a fish—the parents will not give the child a snake, will they” +7:10 tz8z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὄφιν 1 In this culture, people did not eat snakes. So Jesus is saying that a father would not give a son something the son could not eat if the son asked for something that he could eat. If people do eat snakes in your culture, you could use the name of something that they do not eat, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “something he cannot eat” +7:11 n1vh rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ 1 Jesus speaks as if this were a hypothetical situation, but he means that it is true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might think that what Jesus is saying is uncertain, then you could translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “since” +7:11 n98d rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast πονηροὶ ὄντες 1 Here, the phrase **being evil** states something that is unexpected for people who **know how to give good gifts**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces something that is unexpected. Alternate translation: “although you are evil” or “despite being evil” +7:11 pk31 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς δώσει ἀγαθὰ τοῖς αἰτοῦσιν αὐτόν? 1 Jesus is using the question form to show that God will definitely give **good things** to people who ask for them. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “your Father in the heavens will much more give good to the ones asking him.” or “much more will your Father in the heavens give good things to the ones asking him!” +7:11 z8zr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν 1 This is a figurative expression. God is not the **Father** of humans in the same actual way that he is the Father of Jesus. Even so, it would probably be best to translate **Father** with the same word that your language would naturally use to refer to a human father. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that this means God. Alternate translation: “your Father, God,”\n +7:11 t3p4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 Here, the phrase in the heavens identifies the location in which God the Father is specially present and from which he rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “who is in the heavens”\n +7:12 wybf rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Here, the word **Therefore** introduces a conclusion to what Jesus has said in [5:15–7:11](../05/15.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of conclusion, or you could leave **Therefore** untranslated. Alternate translation: “In summary” or “So” +7:12 wwz4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure πάντα & ὅσα ἐὰν θέλητε ἵνα ποιῶσιν ὑμῖν οἱ ἄνθρωποι, οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς ποιεῖτε αὐτοῖς 1 In some languages it might be more natural to reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “you should do to men all things in the way that you desire them to do to you” +7:12 g8c7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations οἱ ἄνθρωποι 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “people” or “men and women” +7:12 cywd rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γάρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a reason for the command that Jesus has just given. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason or basis for a command, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “since” or “which you should do because” +7:12 y4f6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὗτος & ἐστιν ὁ νόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆται 1 Here, the clause **this is the Law and the Prophets** means that Jesus’ command summarizes what **the Law and the Prophets** require. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “this is what the Law and Prophets require” or “this is a summary of the Law and the Prophets” +7:12 wivn rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names ὁ νόμος καὶ οἱ προφῆται 1 The word **Law** is the name for one part of the Hebrew Scriptures, and the word **Prophets** is the name for another part of the Hebrew Scriptures. Show this in your translation in the way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “all the Scriptures, both the Law and the Prophets” +7:12 b1x2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οἱ προφῆται 1 Here, the word **Prophets** represents what the prophets said and wrote. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the writings of the prophets” +7:13-14 f47a rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge εἰσέλθατε διὰ τῆς στενῆς πύλης; ὅτι πλατεῖα ἡ πύλη καὶ εὐρύχωρος ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπάγουσα εἰς τὴν ἀπώλειαν, καὶ πολλοί εἰσιν οἱ εἰσερχόμενοι δι’ αὐτῆς; & ὅτι στενὴ ἡ πύλη καὶ τεθλιμμένη ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπάγουσα εἰς τὴν ζωήν, καὶ ὀλίγοι εἰσὶν οἱ εὑρίσκοντες αὐτήν. 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine [7:13](../07/13.md) and [7:14](../07/14.md) into a verse bridge, as UST does, in order to keep the information about the **narrow gate** together. Alternate translation: “Enter through the narrow gate. For the gate {is} narrow and the way has been made narrow that is leading to life, and there are few finding it. But wide {is} the gate and broad {is} the road that is leading to destruction, and there are many entering through it” +7:13 dgr2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor εἰσέλθατε διὰ τῆς στενῆς πύλης; ὅτι πλατεῖα ἡ πύλη καὶ εὐρύχωρος ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπάγουσα εἰς τὴν ἀπώλειαν, καὶ πολλοί εἰσιν οἱ εἰσερχόμενοι δι’ αὐτῆς 1 Here Jesus speaks of how people live as if they were walking on a **road** and of what happens when they die as if it were entering through a **gate**. When a **gate** is **narrow**, that means that it is difficult to go through and that not many people go through it. When a **gate** is **wide** and a **road** is **broad**, that means that they are easy to travel on or go through and that many people travel on or through them. Since these are important images that Jesus uses in the following verse as well, you should preserve the figure of speech or express the idea in simile form. Alternate translation: “You should live like a traveler who enters through a narrow gate. Many people live like travelers who enter through a wide gate and travel on a broad road, but this path leads to destruction” +7:13 g4be rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 Here, the word **For** introduces a reason why people should enter through the **narrow gate**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason for a command, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “That is because” +7:13 zv24 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns εἰς τὴν ἀπώλειαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **destruction**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to being destroyed” or “to God destroying you” +7:13 mulg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πολλοί 1 Jesus is using the adjective **many** as a noun to mean many people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “many travelers” +7:14 aj95 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants ὅτι στενὴ ἡ πύλη καὶ τεθλιμμένη ἡ ὁδὸς 1 Many ancient manuscripts read **For the gate is narrow and the road has been made narrow**. The ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “How narrow is the gate and having been made narrow the road.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of the ULT. +7:14 mvfv rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 Here, the word **For** introduces another reason why people should enter through the narrow **gate**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a reason for a command, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Enter through the narrow gate because” +7:14 krug rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor στενὴ ἡ πύλη καὶ τεθλιμμένη ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπάγουσα εἰς τὴν ζωήν, καὶ ὀλίγοι εἰσὶν οἱ εὑρίσκοντες αὐτήν 1 Here Jesus continues to speak of how people live as if they were walking on a **way** and of what happens when they die as if it were entering through a **gate**. When a **gate** is **narrow** and **way** has been made **narrow**, that means that they are difficult to go through and that not many people go through them. Express the idea as you did in [7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “only a few people live like travelers who find the narrow gate and travel on the road that has been made narrow, and this road leads to life” +7:14 jish rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τεθλιμμένη ἡ ὁδὸς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, it is clear from the context that it was God. Alternate translation: “the road is narrow” or “God has made the road narrow” +7:14 byw6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὴν ζωήν 1 Here Jesus implies that **life** is eternal or undying life. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “true life” or “eternal life” +7:14 wlr9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns εἰς τὴν ζωήν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **life**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to being able to live” +7:14 gdji rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ὀλίγοι 1 Jesus is using the adjective **few** as a noun to mean few people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “few travelers” +7:14 opn7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτήν 1 Here, the word **it** could refer to: (1) both the **gate** and the **road**. Alternate translation: “them” (2) just the **road**. Alternate translation: “this road” (3) just the **gate**. Alternate translation: “this gate” +7:15 lj5v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οἵτινες ἔρχονται πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐν ἐνδύμασι προβάτων, ἔσωθεν δέ εἰσιν λύκοι ἅρπαγες 1 Here Jesus speaks of God’s people as if they were **sheep**. By the **false prophets** wearing **sheep’s clothing**, he means that the **false prophets** pretend to be part of God’s people. However, Jesus says that **inwardly** they are **ravenous wolves**. He means that they hurt and take advantage of God’s people, which is acting just like **wolves** that eat **sheep**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in simile form or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who pretend to be part of your group, as if they were dressed in sheep’s clothing. However, inwardly they want to harm you, as if they were ravenous wolves” +7:15 bwag rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν ἐνδύμασι προβάτων 1 Here, the phrase **sheep’s clothing** refers to disguising oneself to look like a sheep. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “disguising themselves as sheep” or “pretending to be sheep” +7:15 t21q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit λύκοι ἅρπαγες 1 When **wolves** are **ravenous**, they want to capture and eat other animals, such as **sheep**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “hungry wolves” or “wolves on the hunt” +7:16 pul5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς. μήτι συλλέγουσιν ἀπὸ ἀκανθῶν σταφυλὰς, ἢ ἀπὸ τριβόλων σῦκα? 1 Here Jesus speaks of people as if they were plants that produced **fruits**. Just as thorny plants do not produce **fruits**, so evil people who do not trust God do not do what is right. Jesus uses this metaphor for several verses, so you should preserve the figure of speech or use simile form. Alternate translation: “You will know who people are by what they do, just as you know what plants are by their fruits. They do not gather grapes from a thornbush or figs from thistles, do they? Similarly, evil people do not do what is right, do they” +7:16 jvxv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς 1 The pronouns **their** and **them** refer to any people, but particularly people like the “false prophets” Jesus mentioned in the previous verse. If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer directly to the false prophets or to any people who claim to be believers. Alternate translation: “You will recognize the false prophets by their fruits” or “You will recognize anyone who claims to believe by his or her fruits” +7:16 nve4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion μήτι συλλέγουσιν ἀπὸ ἀκανθῶν σταφυλὰς, ἢ ἀπὸ τριβόλων σῦκα? 1 Jesus is using the question form to to show that **grapes** do not come from **a thornbush** and **figs** do not come from **thistles**. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “They do not gather grapes from a thornbush or figs from thistles.” or “No one gathers grapes from a thornbush or figs from thistles!” +7:16 gy7s rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns μήτι συλλέγουσιν 1 The pronoun **they** refers to people in general. If this is not clear for your readers, you could use a form that refers to any person or group of people. Alternate translation: “People do not gather … do they” +7:16 d7ac rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ἀπὸ ἀκανθῶν σταφυλὰς, ἢ ἀπὸ τριβόλων σῦκα 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine the two phrases. Alternate translation: “grapes or figs from thorny plants” or “fruits from scrub plants” +7:16 vqnd rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τριβόλων 1 Here, the word **thistles** refers generally to plants that have points or spikes on their stems or leaves. These plants do not produce fruit. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of plant, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “spiky plants” +7:17 f5l3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor οὕτως πᾶν δένδρον ἀγαθὸν καρποὺς καλοὺς ποιεῖ; τὸ δὲ σαπρὸν δένδρον καρποὺς πονηροὺς ποιεῖ 1 Here Jesus continues to speak of people as if they were plants that produced **fruits**. Just as a **good tree** produces **good fruits**, so people who follow God do what is right. Just as a **bad tree** produces **bad fruits**, so people who do not follow God do what is wrong. Jesus uses this metaphor for several verses, so you should preserve the figure of speech or use simile form. Alternate translation: “In the same way, every good tree produces good fruits, but the bad tree produces bad fruits. Similarly, believers do what is right, but unbelievers do what is wrong” +7:17 vy6i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τὸ & σαπρὸν δένδρον & ποιεῖ 1 The phrase **the bad tree** represents bad trees in general, not one particular bad tree. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “bad trees produce” +7:18 gey5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor οὐ δύναται δένδρον ἀγαθὸν καρποὺς πονηροὺς ποιεῖν, οὐδὲ δένδρον σαπρὸν καρποὺς καλοὺς ποιεῖν 1 Here Jesus continues to speak of people as if they were plants that produced **fruits**. Express the idea as you did in the previous verse [7:17](../07/17.md). Alternate translation: “A good tree is not able to produce bad fruits, nor a bad tree to produce good fruits. Similarly, believers do not do what is wrong, and unbelievers do not do what is right” +7:18 x849 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὐδὲ δένδρον σαπρὸν 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “nor is a bad tree able” +7:19 xwrm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor πᾶν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται 1 Here Jesus continues to speak of people as if they were plants that produced **fruit**. Express the idea as you did in the previous verses [7:17–18](../07/17.md). Alternate translation: “Every tree not producing good fruit is cut down and thrown into a fire. Similarly, every person who does not do what is right is judged and punished” +7:19 g7fs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πᾶν δένδρον μὴ ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν ἐκκόπτεται καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who did the action, you could use an indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “They cut down every tree not producing good fruit and throw it into a fire” +7:19 a5u1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns καρπὸν καλὸν 1 In this verse, the word **fruit** is singular in form, but it refers to many fruits as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “good fruits” +7:20 pb7r rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἄρα γε 1 Here, the phrase **So then** introduces the conclusion to what Jesus has been saying about trees, plants, and fruit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a conclusion. Alternate translation: “In conclusion” or “As you can see” +7:20 x87m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς 1 Here Jesus continues to speak about about people as if they were plants that produced **fruits**. In this verse, Jesus repeats the general principle he stated in [7:16](../07/16.md), so you should express the idea as you did there. Alternate translation: “you will know who people are by what they do, just as you know what plants are by their fruits” +7:20 yaho rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιγνώσεσθε αὐτούς 1 The pronouns **their** and **them** refer to any people, but particularly people like the “false prophets” Jesus mentioned in [7:15](../07/15.md). If this is not clear for your readers, you could refer directly to the false prophets or to any people who claim to be believers. Alternate translation: “you will recognize the false prophets by their fruits” or “you will recognize anyone who claims to believe by his or her fruits” +7:21 dkh7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication μοι, Κύριε, Κύριε 1 Here Jesus could quote these people repeating the word **Lord** in order to: (1) express the urgency or earnestness of the address. Alternate translation: “to me, ‘My Lord!’” (2) show that this address happens often. Alternate translation: “to me repeatedly, ‘Lord’” +7:21 qq3y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀλλ’ ὁ ποιῶν 1 Here Jesus means that the only people who **enter into the kingdom of the heavens** are those who do God’s will. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “but only the one doing” +7:21 wzoi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ὁ ποιῶν 1 The the phrase **the one doing** represents anyone who does these things in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “those who do” +7:21 fgdo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **will**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what my Father in the heavens desires” +7:21 c6yz rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 **Father** is an important title that describe the relationship between God the **Father** and Jesus. +7:21 l1te rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 Here, the phrase **in the heavens** identifies the location in which God the **Father** is specially present and from which he rules. If it would be helpful in your language, you make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “who is in the heavens”\n +7:21 m4ny rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis τοῦ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “in the heavens will enter into the kingdom of the heavens” +7:22 t095 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πολλοὶ 1 Jesus is using the adjective **many** as a noun to mean many people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “many men and women” +7:22 mp6e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 Here, the phrase **that day** refers to how God will judge everyone at the end of this time period. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “on the judgment day” or “when God is judging everyone” +7:22 makk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, Κύριε, Κύριε 1 Here Jesus again quotes these people repeating the word **Lord**. Express the idea as you did in [7:21](../07/21.md). Alternate translation: “day, ‘My Lord!’” or “day repeatedly, ‘Lord’” +7:22 m9py rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι ἐπροφητεύσαμεν, καὶ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι δαιμόνια ἐξεβάλομεν, καὶ τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι δυνάμεις πολλὰς ἐποιήσαμεν? 1 The people speaking are using the question form to to show that they did many good things for Jesus. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “we prophesied in your name, and in your name cast out demons, and in your name did many mighty deeds.” or “we prophesied in your name, and we cast out demons in your name, and we did many mighty deeds in your name!” +7:22 hg17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι & τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι & τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι 1 Here, the word **name** refers primarily to the person who has that name, and it focuses especially on that person’s authority. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “by your authority … by your authority … by your authority” +7:22 losr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular σῷ -1 Since the speakers are talking to Jesus, the word **your** in this verse is singular. +7:23 d4y5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οὐδέποτε ἔγνων ὑμᾶς 1 Here Jesus speaks of his disciples as those whom he knows. When he says **I never knew you**, he means that the person addressed was never one of his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable figure of speech or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You have never been my disciples” +7:23 zdo4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οἱ ἐργαζόμενοι τὴν ἀνομίαν 1 Here Jesus directly addresses those to whom he is speaking as **ones practicing lawlessness**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the direct address more explicit. Alternate translation: “you who practice lawlessness” +7:23 fvm3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀνομίαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **lawlessness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what is lawless” +7:24 jopr rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Here, the word **Therefore** introduces a conclusion that is based on what Jesus has said in [7:21–23](../07/21.md) and perhaps also what he said in [7:15–20](../07/15.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of conclusion, or you could leave **Therefore** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Because of all that” or “So then” +7:24 f0yd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μου τοὺς λόγους τούτους 1 Here, the phrase **these words of mine** could refer to: (1) what Jesus has said in this section of Matthew, which began in [5:3](../05/03.md). Alternate translation: “the words I have been speaking” (2) what Jesus teaches in general. Alternate translation: “the words I speak” +7:24 qjh9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ φρονίμῳ, ὅστις ᾠκοδόμησεν αὐτοῦ τὴν οἰκίαν ἐπὶ τὴν πέτραν 1 Jesus compares those who do what he has said to a person who builds **his house** on **the rock**, where it is secure and not easily knocked down. He means that people who do what he has said can be as confident about how God will judge them as the **wise man** is confident about the security of his **house**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this idea more explicitly. Alternate translation: “will be as sure about God’s favor as a wise man is sure that his house, which he built upon the rock, is secure” +7:24 qw6l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁμοιωθήσεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you need to say who does the comparing, it is clear from the context that it is Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “I will compare to” or “is comparable to” +7:24 b8hl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἀνδρὶ φρονίμῳ & αὐτοῦ 1 Although the terms **man** and **his** are masculine, Jesus is using the words in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that makes this clear. Alternate translation: “a wise person … his or her” +7:24 dy1f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πέτραν 1 Here, the word **rock** means the bedrock below the topsoil and clay, not a large stone or boulder above the ground. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this idea more explicitly. Alternate translation: “bedrock” or “solid ground” 7:25 bv81 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τεθεμελίωτο 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the man had built it” 7:26 nw97 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ μωρῷ, ὅστις ᾠκοδόμησεν αὐτοῦ τὴν οἰκίαν ἐπὶ τὴν ἄμμον 1 Jesus uses a simile to compare those who do not obey his words with **foolish** house-builders who pick a bad place to build a house. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in plain language. Alternate translation: “will be like a fool who built his house in a dangerous place where it could be knocked down” 7:26 o85y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ μωρῷ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people will compare him to a foolish man” 7:27 k4hi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἦν ἡ πτῶσις αὐτῆς μεγάλη 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **destruction**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the waters and the wind destroyed it” -7:28 jrh7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThis verse describe how the people in the crowds reacted to Jesus’ teaching. This marks the end of the Sermon on the Mount. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. +7:28 jrh7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory 0 This verse describe how the people in the crowds reacted to Jesus’ teaching. This marks the end of the Sermon on the Mount. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. 7:28 fo8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **teaching**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “by the way that he taught them” 8:intro f33a 0 # Matthew 8 General Notes\n\n## Figures of Speech\n\n### Metonymy\n\nMetonymy is used often in this chapter to refer to people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n### Rhetorical Questions\n\nJesus uses rhetorical questions in this chapter to ask his listeners questions that will make them think deeply about what he is saying. Often when rhetorical questions are used, Jesus is being emphatic. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n\n### Idiom\n\nIdioms are often used in this chapter. These may not be understood by your audience, as they were sayings that only people in that culture would have understood. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) 8:1 qb1d rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” @@ -679,7 +1286,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 11:16 mp8g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίνι δὲ ὁμοιώσω τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην? 1 Jesus uses a question to introduce a comparison between the people to whom he was speaking and children who are in the marketplace. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “But I will tell you what this generation is like.” 11:16 yat1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην 1 The phrase **this generation** is likely referring to: (1) the crowd around him. Alternate translation: “you in this crowd” (2) the religious leaders of Israel. Alternate translation: or “the rebellious group of religious leaders” (3) the group of Israelites in general who have rejected Jesus and John. Alternate translation: or “Israel” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. 11:16 l7km rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ταῖς ἀγοραῖς 1 A **marketplace** is a large, open-air area where people buy and sell items such as food and clothing. Use a term in your language that expresses this meaning. -11:17 ai4e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables λέγουσιν, ηὐλήσαμεν ὑμῖν καὶ οὐκ ὠρχήσασθε; ἐθρηνήσαμεν καὶ οὐκ ἐκόψασθε 1 Jesus continues the parable from the previous verse, describing the people to whom he referred as “this generation.” They are like a group of children who will not listen to another group of children. The ones who played the flute and mourned are referring to Jesus and John the Baptist. The group who did not dance and did not mourn are Jesus' audience. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly, in a way that is meaningful in your language, or as demonstrated in the UST +11:17 ai4e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables λέγουσιν, ηὐλήσαμεν ὑμῖν καὶ οὐκ ὠρχήσασθε; ἐθρηνήσαμεν καὶ οὐκ ἐκόψασθε 1 Jesus continues the parable from the previous verse, describing the people to whom he referred as “this generation.” They are like a group of children who will not listen to another group of children. The ones who played the flute and mourned are referring to Jesus and John the Baptist. The group who did not dance and did not mourn are Jesus’ audience. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly, in a way that is meaningful in your language, or as demonstrated in the UST 11:17 d916 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ηὐλήσαμεν ὑμῖν 1 **We** refers to the children sitting in the marketplace, and **you** is plural and refers to the other group of children. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “We children played a flute for all of you kids” 11:17 t723 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐθρηνήσαμεν 1 The phrase **We mourned** has to do with the mourning ceremonies that the culture performed during that time. If a person died, relatives would hire a group of people to help them mourn. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state this explicitly. 11:18 qe7y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μήτε ἐσθίων μήτε πίνων 1 This does not mean that John never ate food. It means he fasted often, and when he ate, he did not eat expensive food or drink. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “frequently fasting from food and wine” @@ -694,7 +1301,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 11:20 w4g8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὀνειδίζειν τὰς πόλεις 1 Here, **the cities** refers to the people who live in the cities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “to reprimand the people of the cities” 11:20 t51a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐν αἷς ἐγένοντο αἱ πλεῖσται δυνάμεις αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in which he did most of his miracles” 11:21 xxb3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδάν! 1 Jesus is addressing something that he knows cannot hear him, the cities of **Chorazin** and **Bethsaida**, in order to show his listeners in a strong way how he feels. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing this feeling by talking about these two cities. Alternate translation: “It will not be good for the cities of Chorazin and Bethsaida” -11:21 y2hr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations οὐαί σοι -1 The phrase **Woe to you** is a common exclamation which brings a charge of judgment against a person or group of people. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: “Judgment is coming against you” … "Judgment is coming against you" +11:21 y2hr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations οὐαί σοι -1 The phrase **Woe to you** is a common exclamation which brings a charge of judgment against a person or group of people. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: “Judgment is coming against you” or “Judgment is coming against you” 11:21 y9d3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Χοραζείν & Βηθσαϊδάν & Τύρῳ & Σιδῶνι 1 Here, the words **Chorazin**, **Bethsaida**, and **Tyre and Sidon** refer to the people who live in those cities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language, as in the UST. 11:21 lh46 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγένοντο αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν, πάλαι ἂν ἐν σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ μετενόησαν 1 Jesus is using this hypothetical situation to rebuke the people in those cities. Alternate translation: “suppose the miracles had happened in Tyre and Sidon which happened in you. They would have repented long ago in sackcloth and ashes” 11:21 tm59 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγένοντο αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if I had done the mighty deeds among the people of Tyre and Sidon that I have done among you” @@ -750,7 +1357,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 12:7 s23l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἀναιτίους 1 Jesus is using the adjective **innocent** as a noun in order to describe his disciples. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are innocent” 12:8 l7g3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is referring to himself as **the Son of Man**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person here to clarify, as in the UST. 12:8 nca0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 **Son of Man** is an important title for Jesus. -12:9 y4me rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν αὐτῶν 1 The word **their** likely refers to the Pharisees to whom Jesus was just speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “into those Pharisees' synagogue” +12:9 y4me rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν αὐτῶν 1 The word **their** likely refers to the Pharisees to whom Jesus was just speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “into those Pharisees’ synagogue” 12:10 xb13 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἄνθρωπος χεῖρα ἔχων ξηράν 1 This means that the man’s hand was damaged in such a way that he could not stretch it out. It was probably bent almost into a fist, making it look smaller. State this in a way that would be understandable to your readers. Alternate translation: “his hand was shriveled” 12:10 c1cc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background καὶ ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτὸν & ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ 1 Here, Matthew is giving background information to help to reader understand why the Pharisees **questioned** Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “and they were questioning him … to try to find fault in him” 12:11 ng4j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίς ἔσται ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃς ἕξει πρόβατον ἕν, καὶ ἐὰν ἐμπέσῃ τοῦτο τοῖς Σάββασιν εἰς βόθυνον, οὐχὶ κρατήσει αὐτὸ καὶ ἐγερεῖ? 1 Jesus uses a question to respond to the Pharisees. He is challenging them to think about what kind of work they do on the Sabbath. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Every one of you, if you only had one sheep, and it fell into a pit on the Sabbath, would certainly grasp hold of the sheep and lift it out.” @@ -875,7 +1482,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 13:12 v61y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δοθήσεται & ἀρθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God will give … God will take” 13:14 jz9n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes καὶ ἀναπληροῦται αὐτοῖς ἡ προφητεία Ἠσαΐου ἡ λέγουσα, ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε; καὶ βλέποντες βλέψετε καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε 1 Matthew is quoting Jesus, and Jesus is quoting the prophet Isaiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “to them the prophecy of Isaiah is being fulfilled which says that though they hear, they will not understand, and though they see, they will not perceive” 13:14 a1im rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε; καὶ βλέποντες βλέψετε καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε 1 See how you translated the words **see** and **hear** in the previous verse. -13:15 tfl1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου & καὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ συνῶσιν 1 Here, the word **heart** is used to refer to a person's mind or inner desires. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the minds of these people … they will understand in their minds” +13:15 tfl1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου & καὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ συνῶσιν 1 Here, the word **heart** is used to refer to a person’s mind or inner desires. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the minds of these people … they will understand in their minds” 13:15 ps56 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐπιστρέψωσιν 1 The phrase **they might turn back** is figurative, referring to someone who repents of their sins and asks God for forgiveness. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they repent” 13:15 q1h9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἰάσομαι αὐτούς 1 The phrase **I will heal them** is figurative, meaning that he will forgive them for the sins that they have confessed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “I will forgive their sins” 13:16 glp8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ὑμῶν δὲ μακάριοι οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ὅτι βλέπουσιν, καὶ τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν ὅτι ἀκούουσιν 1 Here, **see** and **hear** are referring to the disciples ability to understand what Jesus is saying and doing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “You are blessed because you understand what you see with your eyes and what you hear with your ears” @@ -902,7 +1509,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 13:20 cl6g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 See how you translated **the word** in the previous verse. 13:20 z76f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τὸν λόγον ἀκούων καὶ εὐθὺς μετὰ χαρᾶς λαμβάνων αὐτόν 1 Jesus is speaking about believing as if they were **receiving** God’s message. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “this seed is like the person who quickly receives God’s message with joy” 13:21 zg9q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οὐκ ἔχει δὲ ῥίζαν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, ἀλλὰ πρόσκαιρός ἐστιν 1 This expression, **but he has no root in himself, but is temporary**, means that the plant does not have deep enough roots to stay alive. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but he does not have deep roots to stay alive” -13:21 ixil rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ πρόσκαιρός ἐστιν 1 Here, the second word **but** introduces a contrast. What follows the word **but** is in contrast to what precedes it. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather, is temporary +13:21 ixil rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ πρόσκαιρός ἐστιν 1 Here, the second word **but** introduces a contrast. What follows the word **but** is in contrast to what precedes it. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather, is temporary” 13:21 lxuy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns γενομένης δὲ θλίψεως ἢ διωγμοῦ διὰ τὸν λόγον 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of **tribulation** and **persecution**, you could express the same ideas with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “for when people afflict and persecute him because of the word” 13:21 xv50 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τὸν λόγον 1 See how you translated **word** in the previous verse. 13:21 lim9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor εὐθὺς σκανδαλίζεται 1 The expression **to stumble** means that he no longer believes God’s message. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “immediately he stops believing God’s message” @@ -919,7 +1526,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 13:24 l5yx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables ἄλλην παραβολὴν παρέθηκεν αὐτοῖς λέγων, 1 To help the people understand his message, Jesus tells another story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus told a story to help them understand:” 13:24 xkov rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἄλλην παραβολὴν παρέθηκεν αὐτοῖς 1 Here the term **set before them** means that Jesus told the disciples another parable. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Jesus told them another parable” 13:24 iiv7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 It is unknown to whom the pronoun **them** refers. Alternate translation: “the people” -13:24-30 k8pu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν, ἀνθρώπῳ σπείραντι καλὸν σπέρμα ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus is explaining about **the kingdom of the heavens** by using the entire story through [13:30](../13/30.md). See the note in the chapter introduction for more information. +13:24-30 k8pu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν, ἀνθρώπῳ σπείραντι καλὸν σπέρμα ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus is explaining about **the kingdom of the heavens** by using the entire story through [13:30](../13/30.md). See the note in the chapter introduction for more information. 13:24 f8j5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 See how you translated **The kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md). 13:24 u21k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καλὸν σπέρμα 1 Here **good seed** is referring to seed that produces the desired crops. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “seed that produces useful crops” 13:25 q4tv rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ζιζάνια 1 Here, **darnel** is a plant that looks like food, but the grain that it produces in poisonous. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. @@ -931,7 +1538,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 13:29 c9jc ὁ δέ φησιν 1 Alternate translation: “But the landowner said to his servants” 13:30 z36a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἐρῶ τοῖς θερισταῖς, συλλέξατε πρῶτον τὰ ζιζάνια καὶ δήσατε αὐτὰ εἰς δέσμας πρὸς τὸ κατακαῦσαι αὐτά; τὸν δὲ σῖτον συναγάγετε εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην μου. 1 You can translate this direct quotation as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “I will tell the reapers to first gather up the darnel and tie them in bundles to burn them, and then gather the wheat into my barn” 13:30 ll14 τὴν ἀποθήκην 1 A **barn** is a farm building that can be used for storing grain, housing animals, and sheltering other farm items. -13:31 tdf4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nJesus describes the kingdom of heaven by beginning to tell a parable about a very small seed that grows into a very big plant. +13:31 tdf4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables 0 Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by beginning to tell a parable about a very small seed that grows into a very big plant. 13:31 jw7u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 See how you translated **kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md). 13:31 qby8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown κόκκῳ σινάπεως 1 A **mustard seed** is a very small seed that grows into a large plant. If this is unknown in your culture, use a similar type of seed in your language. 13:32 gyi1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background ὃ μικρότερον μέν ἐστιν πάντων τῶν σπερμάτων 1 The phrase **which is indeed the smallest of all the seeds** shows how small the seed is compared with how big it grows. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “This seed is the smallest of any seed” @@ -953,7 +1560,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 13:38 h9iz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οἱ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας & οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 Here, the phrase **sons of the kingdom** is an idiom meaning “people over whom God rules.” The phrase **sons of the evil one** is an idiom meaning “people over whom Satan rules.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “the people over whom God rules … the people over whom Satan rules” 13:38 eni3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῆς βασιλείας 1 See how you translated **the kingdom** in [3:2](../03/02.md). 13:40 rn64 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὥσπερ οὖν συλλέγεται τὰ ζιζάνια καὶ πυρὶ κατακαίεται, οὕτως ἔσται ἐν τῇ συντελείᾳ τοῦ αἰῶνος 1 Jesus is comparing the parable to what is actually going to happen when God judges the world. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Therefore, similar to how the weeds were gathered up, this is what God is going to do with evil doers when he judges the world” -13:40 hzih rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases οὕτως ἔσται ἐν τῇ συντελείᾳ τοῦ αἰῶνος 1 The word **thus** means "like this," and it tells the reader that Jesus is going to explain the meaning of the parable in the following passage. Make sure this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “in the end days, it will be like this:” +13:40 hzih rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases οὕτως ἔσται ἐν τῇ συντελείᾳ τοῦ αἰῶνος 1 The word **thus** means “like this,” and it tells the reader that Jesus is going to explain the meaning of the parable in the following passage. Make sure this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “in the end days, it will be like this:” 13:41 fiy4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ἀποστελεῖ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ 1 See how you translated **Son of Man** in [13:37](../13/37.md). 13:41 p5p9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐκ τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus is using the term **kingdom** here to refer to the whole world. If it would be helpful to your readers, make sure they understand this explicitly. Alternate translation: “from the whole world, which he rules over,” 13:41 ptw9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πάντα τὰ σκάνδαλα 1 Here, the phrase **stumbling blocks** is speaking about people who cause other people to sin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all the one causing others to sin” @@ -965,7 +1572,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 13:43 sea2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτῶν 1 **Father** is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation. 13:43 zxh2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in [11:15](../11/15.md). 13:44-46 fjm1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables 0 In [13:44-46](../13/44-46.md), Jesus describes **the kingdom of heaven** by telling two parables about people who sold their possessions to purchase something of great value. -13:44 tac2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν θησαυρῷ κεκρυμμένῳ ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ 1 Here, Jesus is comparing **the kingdom of the heavens** with when a person finds **treasure**. He is saying that God's kingdom is as valuable to a person as a very expensive treasure which someone might find. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of the heavens is similar to a very valuable item which is found in a field” +13:44 tac2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν θησαυρῷ κεκρυμμένῳ ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ 1 Here, Jesus is comparing **the kingdom of the heavens** with when a person finds **treasure**. He is saying that God’s kingdom is as valuable to a person as a very expensive treasure which someone might find. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of the heavens is similar to a very valuable item which is found in a field” 13:44 e9cv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 See how you translated **kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md). 13:44 wg6a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive κεκρυμμένῳ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which someone hid” 13:44 k9rh rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown θησαυρῷ 1 A **treasure** is a very valuable and precious thing or collection of things. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “a very valuable item” @@ -1032,7 +1639,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 14:19 i34u rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 Here, **looked up to heaven** is symbolic for praying. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. 14:19 bf1a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis εὐλόγησεν καὶ κλάσας 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “he blessed them, and having broken the food into pieces” 14:19 t7ei rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οἱ δὲ μαθηταὶ τοῖς ὄχλοις 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and the disciples gave the loaves to the crowds” -14:20 l2h8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive καὶ ἐχορτάσθησαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your languages. Alternative translation: until they felt satisfied" +14:20 l2h8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive καὶ ἐχορτάσθησαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your languages. Alternative translation: “until they felt satisfied” 14:21 als7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers ἄνδρες & πεντακισχίλιοι 1 Alternate translation: “five thousand men” 14:22 yp8l rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background ἠνάγκασεν τοὺς μαθητὰς ἐμβῆναι εἰς τὸ πλοῖον, καὶ προάγειν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πέραν, ἕως οὗ ἀπολύσῃ τοὺς ὄχλους 1 Matthew is providing background information for the next story, about Jesus walking on the water. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Jesus made the disciples get into the boat and precede him to the other side while he was sending away the crowds 14:24 vzd1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background τὸ δὲ πλοῖον ἤδη μέσον τῆς θαλάσσης ἦν βασανιζόμενον ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων, ἦν γὰρ ἐναντίος ὁ ἄνεμος 1 Matthew provides more information to help the reader understand the follow verses. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “The boat was already in the middle of the sea and was being tossed around by waves because of a strong opposing wind” @@ -1072,7 +1679,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 15:13 hs4t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐκριζωθήσεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he will uproot” 15:14 r167 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτούς 1 The word **them** refers to the Pharisees. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Pharisees” 15:14 ai9x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁδηγοί εἰσιν τυφλοί τυφλὸς, δὲ τυφλὸν ἐὰν ὁδηγῇ, ἀμφότεροι εἰς βόθυνον πεσοῦνται 1 Jesus speaks of the Pharisees as if they were blind people trying to **guide** other **blind** people. Jesus means that the Pharisees do not understand how to help people obey God, because they themselves do not know how to obey God. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “They are like sightless guides. But if the sightless guide leads the sightless person along, both will fall into a hole” -15:15 shg6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἡμῖν 1 By **us**, Peter means himself and the other disciples but not Jesus, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See also: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +15:15 shg6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 By **us**, Peter means himself and the other disciples but not Jesus, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. 15:16 al9z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἀκμὴν καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀσύνετοί ἐστε? 1 Jesus is using the question form to challenge the disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “After all I have said and done, I am amazed that you still do not understand” 15:17 l5nt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὔπω νοεῖτε ὅτι πᾶν τὸ εἰσπορευόμενον εἰς τὸ στόμα, εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν χωρεῖ, καὶ εἰς ἀφεδρῶνα ἐκβάλλεται? 1 Jesus is using the question form to challenge his disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You ought to understand that everything that goes into a persons mouth passes into the stomach and is passed out into the toilet” 15:17 s9z6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀφεδρῶνα 1 Here, **latrine** is a word which means the place where people bury bodily waste. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. @@ -1090,7 +1697,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 15:24 u9t4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor εἰς τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ 1 Here, Jesus is referring to the people of **Israel** who have gone astray as **lost sheep**. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the people of Israel who have wandered like lost sheep” 15:25 u3jj rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction προσεκύνει αὐτῷ 1 Here, **bowed down to him** was a sign of honor which was often shown in their culture. If it would be helpful to your readers, use a similar action from your culture. 15:26 ihz4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs οὐκ ἔστιν καλὸν λαβεῖν τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων καὶ βαλεῖν τοῖς κυναρίοις 1 This proverb draws a figurative comparison: The people of Israel are like the children of a house because they are the offspring of the parents. But non-Israelite people are like dogs because they are not the offspring. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “It is not good to share the message intended for the people of Israel with those from other places” or “It is not good to give something to a person for whom it was not intended” -15:26 a5bc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τὸν ἄρτον 1 Jesus is using **bread** to represent food. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the nourishment" +15:26 a5bc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τὸν ἄρτον 1 Jesus is using **bread** to represent food. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the nourishment” 15:27 yvw1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor καὶ & τὰ κυνάρια ἐσθίει ἀπὸ τῶν ψιχίων τῶν πιπτόντων ἀπὸ τῆς τραπέζης τῶν κυρίων αὐτῶν 1 The woman responds by using the same imagery as Jesus used in the metaphor he just spoke. She means non-Jews should be able to have a small amount of the good things Jews are wasting. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. 15:27 i5tt τὰ κυνάρια 1 See how you translated **little dogs** in the previous verse. 15:28 tea2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γενηθήτω 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that Jesus did it. Alternate translation: “I will do this” @@ -1121,7 +1728,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 16:9 ux51 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers τῶν πεντακισχιλίων 1 Alternate translation: “of the five thousand” 16:10 ejm5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐδὲ τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἄρτους τῶν τετρακισχιλίων, καὶ πόσας σπυρίδας ἐλάβετε? 1 Jesus uses a question to rebuke his disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Surely you also remember the seven loaves of the 4,000, and how many baskets you took up!” 16:10 b11x rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers τῶν τετρακισχιλίων 1 Alternate translation: “of the four thousand” -16:11 mb2z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς οὐ νοεῖτε, ὅτι οὐ περὶ ἄρτων εἶπον ὑμῖν? 1 Jesus uses this question to rebuke the disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should have known that I was not speaking about bread.” +16:11 mb2z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς οὐ νοεῖτε, ὅτι οὐ περὶ ἄρτων εἶπον ὑμῖν? 1 Jesus uses this question to rebuke the disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should have known that I was not speaking about bread.” 16:11 i7x6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ Σαδδουκαίων 1 Here, **yeast** represents evil ideas and wrong teaching. Translate as “yeast” here and do not explain the meaning in your translation. In the next verse, Jesus will tell the disciples the meaning. 16:12 f73l rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns συνῆκαν 1 The pronoun **they** refers to the disciples. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the disciples realized” 16:13 e5cm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 Jesus is using the word translated **Now** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. @@ -1129,9 +1736,9 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 16:16 n5wi rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος 1 **Son** is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation. 16:16 r1h7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος 1 Here, Peter uses the phrase **living God** to speaking about God as being alive. This is to contrast God, the only true God, with the other gods, who are not real. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the only true God” 16:17 yh0s rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result μακάριος εἶ, Σίμων Βαριωνᾶ, ὅτι σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψέν σοι, ἀλλ’ ὁ Πατήρ μου, ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because flesh and blood did not reveal this to you, but my Father in the heavens, you are blessed” -16:17 le6a rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Σίμων Βαριωνᾶ 1 The word **Bar** is an Aramaic word which means son. You will need to decide if you will also borrow this word into your language or if you will translate the meaning. Either approach has broad support. If you borrow the word, you could spell it the way it sounds in your language and then put the translation in a footnote. Alternative translation: “Simon, the son of Jonah” (See also: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) +16:17 le6a rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate Σίμων Βαριωνᾶ 1 The word **Bar** is an Aramaic word which means son. You will need to decide if you will also borrow this word into your language or if you will translate the meaning. Either approach has broad support. If you borrow the word, you could spell it the way it sounds in your language and then put the translation in a footnote. Alternative translation: “Simon, the son of Jonah” 16:17 g8s5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψέν σοι, ἀλλ’ ὁ Πατήρ μου, ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather” -16:17 dfw5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψέν 1 Jesus is using **flesh and blood** to represent a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a person” or "people" +16:17 dfw5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψέν 1 Jesus is using **flesh and blood** to represent a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a person” or “people” 16:17 wix3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψέν 1 The pronoun **this** refers to Peter’s pronouncement in the previous verse about Jesus being “the Christ, the Son of the living God.” It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “did not reveal to you that I am the Christ, the Son of the living God” or “did not give you the knowledge to say this” 16:17 v5lw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ ὁ Πατήρ μου, ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but my Father in the heavens revealed it to you” 16:17 gi3l rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 **Father** is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation. @@ -1174,18 +1781,18 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 17:2 i1mp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ἔλαμψεν τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ὡς ὁ ἥλιος, τὰ δὲ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο λευκὰ ὡς τὸ φῶς 1 The phrases **his face shone like the sun** and **his garments became brilliant as the light** are similes describing Jesus’ appearance when it changed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his face shone very brightly, and his garments were very bright” 17:4 r41c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive Κύριε, καλόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι 1 By **us** Peter means himself and the other two disciples but not Jesus, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. 17:4 d231 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown σκηνάς 1 Here, **shelters** are temporary places where people live. These are not full houses. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. -17:5 an8j ἐπεσκίασεν αὐτούς 1 Here, **overshadowed** could mean: (1) that the light from the cloud made them invisible to people not on the mountain. Alternate translation: “blocked people's view of them” (2) the cloud descended so that they themselves were inside the cloud. Alternate translation: “enveloped them” +17:5 an8j ἐπεσκίασεν αὐτούς 1 Here, **overshadowed** could mean: (1) that the light from the cloud made them invisible to people not on the mountain. Alternate translation: “blocked people’s view of them” (2) the cloud descended so that they themselves were inside the cloud. Alternate translation: “enveloped them” 17:5 kc8t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy φωνὴ ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης 1 Matthew is using the term **voice** to mean sounds from God himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God spoke from the cloud” 17:6 wd76 καὶ ἀκούσαντες, οἱ μαθηταὶ 1 Alternate translation: “And when the disciples heard God speak, they” 17:6 a87e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἔπεσαν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον αὐτῶν 1 Here, **fell on their face** is an idiom that means that the three disciples fell down with their faces to the ground. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “fell down with their faces to the ground” 17:7 iw4l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἁψάμενος αὐτῶν εἶπεν, ἐγέρθητε καὶ μὴ φοβεῖσθε 1 It may be more natural in your language to have an indirect quotation here. Alternate translation: “having touched them, he told them to get up and to not be afraid” 17:8 i9gt rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions οὐδένα εἶδον εἰ μὴ αὐτὸν Ἰησοῦν μόνον 1 If it would in appear your language that Matthew was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “they only saw Jesus” -17:9 y9rq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternative translation: "I, the Son of Man" +17:9 y9rq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternative translation: “I, the Son of Man” 17:12 a4h7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐποίησαν & αὐτῶν 1 The pronouns **they** and **them** refer to the religious leaders. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the religious leaders did … the religious leaders” 17:12 i74i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 See how you translated **Son of Man** in [17:9](../17/09.md). 17:13 cskj rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background τότε συνῆκαν οἱ μαθηταὶ ὅτι περὶ Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς 1 Matthew provides this background information to show how the disciples reacted to what Jesus has just said. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. 17:15 ufb4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐλέησόν μου τὸν υἱόν 1 See how you translated **have mercy** in [15:22](../15/22.md). -17:15 hs55 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown σεληνιάζεται 1 Here, **epileptic** is a condition where someone's body moves without their ability to control it. Your language and culture may have a term for this which you can use in your translation. +17:15 hs55 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown σεληνιάζεται 1 Here, **epileptic** is a condition where someone’s body moves without their ability to control it. Your language and culture may have a term for this which you can use in your translation. 17:17 lyu5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ἄπιστος 1 Jesus is using the adjective **unbelieving** as a noun to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “unbelieving people” 17:17 su3r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἕως πότε μεθ’ ὑμῶν ἔσομαι? ἕως πότε ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν? 1 Jesus is using the question form to challenge his disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate these questions as statements or exclamations, as in the UST. 17:18 i8kd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐθεραπεύθη ὁ παῖς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “Jesus” did it. Alternate translation: “Jesus caused the boy to be healed” @@ -1204,7 +1811,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 17:23 fjac rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐγερθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God will raise him up” 17:24 jli6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nJesus is using the word translated **Now** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. 17:24 b953 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὰ δίδραχμα 1 Here, **the two-drachma tax** is a tax that people paid to help support the temple in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the two-drachma tax in order to support the temple” -17:24 cths rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney τὰ δίδραχμα 1 A **drachma** was a coin equivalent to one day’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead, you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “two days' wages” +17:24 cths rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney τὰ δίδραχμα 1 A **drachma** was a coin equivalent to one day’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead, you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “two days’ wages” 17:25 yp5h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἀπὸ τῶν υἱῶν αὐτῶν 1 Jesus is using the term **sons** to mean citizens who live within a king’s kingdom. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “From their citizens” 17:26 u6xx rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship οἱ υἱοί 1 See how you translated **sons** in the previous verse. 17:27 uhk5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit βάλε ἄγκιστρον 1 Fishermen tied **a fishhook**, a sharp curved object used to catch fish, to the end of a fishing line. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that in a way that people catch fish in your culture. Alternate translation: “go fishing” @@ -1245,7 +1852,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 18:10 xdl9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οἱ ἄγγελοι αὐτῶν ἐν οὐρανοῖς, διὰ παντὸς βλέπουσι τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ Πατρός μου, τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 Jewish teachers taught that only the most important **angels** could be in God’s presence. Jesus means that the most important angels speak to God about these little ones. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. 18:10 y6n9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom διὰ παντὸς βλέπουσι τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 Here, **always look on the face of my Father** is an idiom that means that they are in his presence continually. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “are continually in the presence of my Father” 18:10 iq8j rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 **Father** is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation. -18:12 idl5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί ὑμῖν δοκεῖ? 1 Jesus is using the question form to get the people's attention. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Think about what I am about to say.” +18:12 idl5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί ὑμῖν δοκεῖ? 1 Jesus is using the question form to get the people’s attention. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Think about what I am about to say.” 18:12 h1vu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τινι ἀνθρώπῳ 1 The phrase **a certain man** represents people in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “a person” 18:12 t5h4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐχὶ ἀφείς τὰ ἐνενήκοντα ἐννέα ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη, καὶ πορευθεὶς ζητεῖ τὸ πλανώμενον? 1 Jesus is using the question form to challenge his disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “he would certainly leave the 99 on the hillside and seek the one wandering” 18:14 kcy2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile οὕτως οὐκ ἔστιν θέλημα ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν, τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς, ἵνα ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μικρῶν τούτων 1 Here, Jesus is comparing the story of the wander sheep and the rejoicing shepherd with what God thinks when one of his people is wandering from him and is brought back. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In the same way that the shepherd brings back the wandering sheep, so your Father who is in the heavens does not want any of those who are like little children to wander from him and perish eternally” @@ -1278,7 +1885,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 18:26 thl3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction πεσὼν οὖν ὁ δοῦλος προσεκύνει 1 In their culture, **bowing down** was a sign of honoring someone of more importance than you. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. 18:26 pbcc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative μακροθύμησον 1 This is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please be patient” 18:27 mer0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τὸ δάνιον ἀφῆκεν αὐτῷ 1 Here, **forgave him his debt** is an idiom that means the slave no longer had to pay the debt that he owed the king. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “made it so that the slave did not have to pay his debt” -18:28 zyie rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney ἑκατὸν δηνάρια 1 You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “100 days' wages” +18:28 zyie rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney ἑκατὸν δηνάρια 1 You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “100 days’ wages” 18:29 i21c rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction πεσὼν 1 See how you translated this in [18:26](../18/26.md). 18:29 kk6i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative μακροθύμησον 1 See how you translated **Have patience** in [18:26](../18/26.md). 18:30 t8wb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἔβαλεν αὐτὸν εἰς φυλακὴν 1 Here, **he threw him into prison** is an idiom that means that he put him in prison. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he put him in prison” @@ -1294,13 +1901,13 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 18:35 c4fw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἀπὸ τῶν καρδιῶν ὑμῶν 1 Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s inner being. 18:35 mzn6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀπὸ τῶν καρδιῶν ὑμῶν 1 The phrase **from your heart** is an idiom that means “sincerely.” Alternate translation: “sincerely” or “completely” 19:intro ewl5 0 # Matthew 19 General Notes\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Divorce\n\nJesus taught about divorce because the Pharisees wanted people to think Jesus’ teachings about divorce were wrong ([19:3-12](./03.md)). Jesus talked about what God had first said about marriage when he created it.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Metonymy\n\nJesus often says the word “heaven” when he wants his hearers to think of God, who lives in heaven ([1:12](../mat/01/12.md)). -19:1 nj6t rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nMatthew uses this verse to introduce a new event in the story. +19:1 nj6t rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent 0 Matthew uses this verse to introduce a new event in the story. 19:1 bw17 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential ὅτε ἐτέλεσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τοὺς λόγους τούτους 1 The phrase translated **when Jesus had finished these words** at the beginning of this phrase indicates that this event happened after the previous event that the story described. Alternate translation: “after Jesus said all of these things” 19:1 c5j9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐτέλεσεν & τοὺς λόγους τούτους 1 Here, **these words** refers to what Jesus taught starting in [18:1](../18/01.md). Alternate translation: “had finished teaching these things” 19:4 ncb6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε, ὅτι ὁ ποιήσας ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς, ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ, ἐποίησεν αὐτοὺς 1 Jesus is using the question form to challenge the Pharisees. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You have certainly read that the one having made them from the beginning made them male and female” -19:5 n8zn καὶ εἶπεν 1 Here, Jesus quotes a quotation from [Genesis 2:23](../gen/02/23.md). Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and Moses wrote what he said, saying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +19:5 n8zn rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations καὶ εἶπεν 1 Here, Jesus quotes a quotation from [Genesis 2:23](../gen/02/23.md). Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and Moses wrote what he said, saying” 19:5 xc7a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion καὶ εἶπεν, ἕνεκα τούτου καταλείψει ἄνθρωπος τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα, καὶ κολληθήσεται τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν? 1 This verse is the second part of the rhetorical question that Jesus began in the previous verse. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. -19:5 q71w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations καὶ εἶπεν, ἕνεκα τούτου καταλείψει ἄνθρωπος τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα, καὶ κολληθήσεται τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν? 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “and said that on account of this, a man will leave his father and mother and will be joined to his wife, and the two will be one flesh” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +19:5 q71w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes καὶ εἶπεν, ἕνεκα τούτου καταλείψει ἄνθρωπος τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα, καὶ κολληθήσεται τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν? 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “and said that on account of this, a man will leave his father and mother and will be joined to his wife, and the two will be one flesh” 19:5 af1r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive κολληθήσεται τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will come together with his wife” 19:5 a45k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom κολληθήσεται τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **he will be joined to his wife** is an idiom that could mean (1) a sexual union. Alternate translation: “he will have sexual union with his wife” (2) he will be associated closely with his wife. Alternate translation: “he will live with his wife” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. 19:5 m83j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν 1 Here, two people, a man and woman, are spoken of as if they can become one person. They do not actually become one person, but are so close to each other that it Is as if they are one person. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the two will become like one flesh” @@ -1330,30 +1937,30 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 19:17 d4sh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἷς ἐστιν ὁ ἀγαθός 1 When Jesus says **One is good**, he is referring to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God alone is good” 19:17 d7fd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom εἰς τὴν ζωὴν εἰσελθεῖν 1 Here, **to enter into life** is an idiom that means to gain eternal life. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to gain eternal life” 19:21 zic9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πτωχοῖς 1 Jesus is using the adjective **poor** as a noun to mean poor people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “to people who are poor” -19:21 e4vs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἕξεις θησαυρὸν ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 The phrase **treasure in the heavens** is a metaphor that refers to the reward of living with God forever. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly, as in the UST. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +19:21 e4vs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἕξεις θησαυρὸν ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 The phrase **treasure in the heavens** is a metaphor that refers to the reward of living with God forever. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly, as in the UST. 19:21 ndjb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἀκολούθει μοι 1 Jesus is using the term **follow me** to mean “be one of my disciples.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “be one of my disciples” -19:22 ql5r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ νεανίσκος τὸν λόγον, ἀπῆλθεν λυπούμενος, ἦν γὰρ ἔχων κτήματα πολλά 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “the young man … had many possessions, so he went away being grieved” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +19:22 ql5r rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ὁ νεανίσκος τὸν λόγον, ἀπῆλθεν λυπούμενος, ἦν γὰρ ἔχων κτήματα πολλά 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “the young man … had many possessions, so he went away being grieved” 19:23 vh98 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πλούσιος 1 Jesus is using the adjective **rich** as a noun to mean rich people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “those who are rich” 19:23 ean2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy δυσκόλως εἰσελεύσεται εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 See how you translated **the kingdom of the heavens** in [19:12](../19/12.md). 19:24 c8l5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole εὐκοπώτερόν ἐστιν κάμηλον διὰ τρήματος ῥαφίδος διελθεῖν ἢ πλούσιον εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν Θεοῦ 1 Jesus says **it is easier for a camel to pass through an eye of a needle than for a rich man to enter into the kingdom of God** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “it would be easier for a large object to pass through a very small hole than for a rich person to enter into the kingdom of God” -19:24 dip3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τρήματος ῥαφίδος 1 Here, **eye of a needle** is referring to the small hole in a needle used for sewing fabric. Your language and culture may have a term for this which you could use in your translation. Or, you can use a general statement. Alternate translation: “a tiny hole” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +19:24 dip3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τρήματος ῥαφίδος 1 Here, **eye of a needle** is referring to the small hole in a needle used for sewing fabric. Your language and culture may have a term for this which you could use in your translation. Or, you can use a general statement. Alternate translation: “a tiny hole” 19:25 x1at rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τίς ἄρα δύναται σωθῆναι? 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “Who then will God save” -19:26 s7ps rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δὲ 1 Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But on the other hand,” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +19:26 s7ps rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But on the other hand,” 19:26 zsp6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώποις 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, you could say “people” to indicate this. 19:27 yp3h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ἡμεῖς ἀφήκαμεν πάντα 1 Peter is using the adjective **everything** as a noun to mean all of their possessions. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “everything which belongs to us” 19:28 j89c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ παλιγγενεσίᾳ 1 Jesus is using the phrase **in the renewal** to mean the time when God will recreate the world without any sin in it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in the time when God recreates the world with no sin in it,” 19:28 gey2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὅταν καθίσῃ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐπὶ θρόνου δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form as in the UST. 19:28 sx2j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy καθίσῃ & ἐπὶ θρόνου δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus is using the term **throne** to mean when he is going to rule as king. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “rules over the world as king” -19:28 rx2u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy καθήσεσθε καὶ & ἐπὶ δώδεκα θρόνους 1 See how you translated "throne" in the previous note. +19:28 rx2u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy καθήσεσθε καὶ & ἐπὶ δώδεκα θρόνους 1 See how you translated “throne” in the previous note. 19:28 ci3t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὰς δώδεκα φυλὰς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ 1 Jesus is using the term **tribes** to mean the people who belong to those tribes. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people who belong to each of the 12 tribes of Israel” 19:29 gq8p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἕνεκεν τοῦ ἐμοῦ ὀνόματός 1 Jesus is using the term **name** to mean his entire person. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for my sake” 19:29 z8wb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσει 1 Here, to **inherit eternal life** is an idiom that means that God will allow them to live forever with him. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God will allow them to live forever with him” -19:30 u8p3 πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι & ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι 1 Jesus is using the terms **first** and **last** to mean people's importance in the world. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +19:30 u8p3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι & ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι 1 Jesus is using the terms **first** and **last** to mean people’s importance in the world. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. 19:30 hnm1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis πολλοὶ δὲ ἔσονται πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι, καὶ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “But many whom the world considers most important will be last, and many whom the world considers least important will be first” 20:intro z39h 0 # Matthew 20 General Notes\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The parable of the landowner and his vineyard\n\nJesus tells this parable ([20:1-16](./01.md)) to teach his disciples that what God says is right is different from what people say is right. 20:1 q9qc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables ὁμοία γάρ ἐστιν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 This is the beginning of a parable. See how you translated a similar introduction to a parable in [13:24](../13/24.md). -20:2 iwk5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney δηναρίου τὴν ἡμέραν 1 A **denarius** was a coin equal to a day's wage for a laborer. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “a day's wage” -20:3 s8ha rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit περὶ τρίτην ὥραν 1 Here, **the third hour** is about 9 o'clock in the morning. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “about 9 o'clock in the morning” +20:2 iwk5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney δηναρίου τὴν ἡμέραν 1 A **denarius** was a coin equal to a day’s wage for a laborer. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “a day’s wage” +20:3 s8ha rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit περὶ τρίτην ὥραν 1 Here, **the third hour** is about 9 o’clock in the morning. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “about 9 o'clock in the morning” 20:3 bki1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal τρίτην ὥραν 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “at hour three” 20:3 q3b7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῇ ἀγορᾷ 1 A **marketplace** is an outdoor area were people buy and sell food and other goods. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the place where people go to buy food” 20:5 j3zh rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns οἱ δὲ ἀπῆλθον 1 The pronoun **they** refers to the people standing in the marketplace. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “The people who were standing in the marketplace went to the vineyard” @@ -1371,7 +1978,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 20:17 b6ia rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀναβαίνων & εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 **Jerusalem** is on top of a hill, so people had to travel **up** to get there. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “going up the hill to Jerusalem” 20:18 nf34 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἀναβαίνομεν 1 Jesus is using the pronoun **we** to refer to himself and the disciples, so use the inclusive form of that word if your language marks that distinction. 20:18 b2f2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδοθήσεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone will hand the Son of Man over” -20:18 rbl4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & αὐτὸν 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: "I, the Son of Man … me" +20:18 rbl4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & αὐτὸν 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man … me” 20:18 s8uh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns θανάτῳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “to die” 20:19 rjq7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person αὐτὸν & σταυρῶσαι & ἀναστήσεται 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: “me … to crucify me … I will be raised up” 20:19 a9k5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown μαστιγῶσαι 1 Here, to **flog** is to whip someone as a form of torture. Your language and culture may have a term for this which you could use in your translation. @@ -1395,14 +2002,14 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 20:26 y4qw rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλ’ 1 Jesus is comparing what the rulers of the world do with what the disciples should do. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “Rather” 20:27 j3ms rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj εἶναι πρῶτος 1 Jesus is using the adjective **first** as a noun to mean people who think they are most important. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “to be most important” 20:27 u8ea rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἔσται ὑμῶν δοῦλος 1 Jesus is using the term **servant** to mean a person who takes the humblest position among the Christian community. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will serve all of you” -20:28 m27d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: "I, the Son of Man … my life" +20:28 m27d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man … my life” 20:28 iz71 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὐκ ἦλθεν διακονηθῆναι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “did not come for people to serve him” 20:28 c7r9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ διακονῆσαι 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “but he came to serve” 20:28 fmr2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather” 20:28 zh3k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor καὶ δοῦναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ λύτρον ἀντὶ πολλῶν 1 Jesus’ **life** being a **ransom** is a metaphor for his being punished in order to set people free from themselves taking the punishment for their own sins. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to give his life as a substitute to set many free” 20:28 zv1p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom καὶ δοῦναι τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **to give his life** is an idiom that means to die. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and to die” 20:29 ev2t rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐκπορευομένων αὐτῶν 1 The pronoun **they** refers to Jesus and his disciples. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “as Jesus and his disciples were proceeding” -20:30 t577 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship Υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 The blind men are using the term **Son** to mean Descendent. This is a title for the Messiah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Descendent of King David” (See also: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +20:30 t577 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship Υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 The blind men are using the term **Son** to mean Descendent. This is a title for the Messiah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Descendent of King David” 20:33 yb39 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Κύριε, ἵνα ἀνοιγῶσιν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἡμῶν. 1 Here, the word **opened** means made able to see. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Lord, that we might see with our eyes” 20:33 xdgl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἵνα ἀνοιγῶσιν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἡμῶν 1 The blind men are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the previous verse if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “we desire that our eyes might be opened” 21:intro ni1x 0 # Matthew 21 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 21:5,16 and 42, which is quoted from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The donkey and the colt\n\nJesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal. In this way he was like a king who came into a city after he had won an important battle. Also, the kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on a donkeys. Other kings rode on horses. So Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel and that he was not like other kings.\n\nMatthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about this event. Matthew and Mark wrote that the disciples brought Jesus a donkey. John wrote that Jesus found a donkey. Luke wrote that they brought him a colt. Only Matthew wrote that there was both a donkey had a colt. No one knows for sure whether Jesus rode the donkey or the colt. It is best to translate each of these accounts as it appears in the ULT without trying to make them all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 21:1-7](../mat/21/01.md) and [Mark 11:1-7](../mrk/11/01.md) and [Luke 19:29-36](../luk/19/29.md) and [John 12:14-15](../jhn/12/14.md))\n\n### Hosanna\n\nThis is what the people shouted to welcome Jesus into Jerusalem. This word meant “Save us,” but people used it to praise God.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The kingdom of God will be taken away from you”\n\nNo one knows for sure what this phrase means. No one knows if Jesus meant that God would someday give the kingdom back or not. @@ -1464,12 +2071,12 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 21:23 mtt1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς? καὶ τίς σοι ἔδωκεν τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “who authorized you to do these things, and who authorized you in this way” 21:23 s1w6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ταῦτα ποιεῖς 1 Here, **these things** refers to Jesus teaching in the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “teach these things” 21:25 r7ns rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 In order to honor the commandment not to misuse God’s name, Jewish people often avoided saying the word “God” and used the word **heaven** to represent God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from God” -21:25 th4l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 Here, Jesus is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, you could say “people” to indicate this. (See also: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) Alternate translation: “people” or “humans” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +21:25 th4l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 Here, Jesus is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes all people. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, you could say “people” to indicate this. Alternate translation: “people” or “humans” 21:25 vvt5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ ἡμῖν, διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ? 1 If your language would not use a second direct quotation inside a first direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “If we say that we believe John received his authority from heaven, then Jesus will ask us why we did not believe John.” 21:25 seb0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐρεῖ ἡμῖν, διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ 1 The Jewish leaders are describing a hypothetical situation. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose we say, ‘From heaven.’ Then he will ask, ‘Then why did you not believe him’” 21:25 jmg7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ? 1 Jesus is using the question form to challenge the religious leaders. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should have believed John the Baptist” 21:26 zxn4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ἐὰν δὲ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, 1 If your language would not use a second direct quotation inside a first direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “But if we say that we believe John received his authority from men” -21:26 iysl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ἐὰν δὲ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, φοβούμεθα τὸν ὄχλον πάντες γὰρ ὡς προφήτην ἔχουσιν τὸν Ἰωάννην 1 The religious leaders uses this expression to introduce an imaginary situation to help explain what would happen if they said that John's authority was from man.. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose we say ‘from men’. Then we fear the crowd, because they all regard John as a prophet” +21:26 iysl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ἐὰν δὲ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, φοβούμεθα τὸν ὄχλον πάντες γὰρ ὡς προφήτην ἔχουσιν τὸν Ἰωάννην 1 The religious leaders uses this expression to introduce an imaginary situation to help explain what would happen if they said that John’s authority was from man.. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose we say ‘from men.’ Then we fear the crowd, because they all regard John as a prophet” 21:26 vn6j rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result πάντες γὰρ ὡς προφήτην ἔχουσιν τὸν Ἰωάννην 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because they all regard John as a prophet, we fear the crowd” 21:26 hhrn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole πάντες 1 The chief priests and elders say **all** here as a generalization for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “generally” 21:27 foa7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιῶ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “who authorized me to do these things” @@ -1482,7 +2089,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 21:32 a8z8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you ἦλθεν & Ἰωάννης πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 Here, **you** is plural and refers to all the people of Israel, not just the religious leaders. Alternate translation: “John came to all of you people of Israel” 21:32 n2ve rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν ὁδῷ δικαιοσύνης 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **righteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “teaching you what is right” 21:32 c5t4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ 1 Here, **you** is plural and refers to the religious leaders, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction. -21:33 nn9y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables Connecting Statement: 0 Connecting Statement:\n\nTo rebuke the religious leaders and illustrate their unbelief, Jesus tells a parable about rebellious servants. +21:33 nn9y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables 0 To rebuke the religious leaders and illustrate their unbelief, Jesus tells a parable about rebellious servants. 21:33 sx2y οἰκοδεσπότης 1 Alternate translation: “a person who owned a piece of property” 21:33 v39u φραγμὸν 1 Alternate translation: “a wall” or “a fence made of bushes” 21:33 lg79 ὤρυξεν ἐν αὐτῷ ληνὸν 1 Alternate translation: “dug a hole in the vineyard in which to press the grapes” @@ -1492,7 +2099,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 21:40 x1ll rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 The word **Therefore** indicates that what follows is the result of what has happened in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “As a result” 21:41 ss2m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit λέγουσιν αὐτῷ 1 Matthew does not make specify who answered Jesus, but it seems implicitly from the context that it was the chief priests and elders. Alternate translation: “The chief priests and elders replied to Jesus” 21:42 z9tm λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας; παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη, καὶ ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν 1 Jesus quotes the prophet Isaiah to show that God will honor the one whom the religious leaders reject. -21:42 x8zh Connecting Statement: 0 Connecting Statement:\n\nHere Jesus begins to explain the parable of the rebellious servants. +21:42 x8zh 0 Here Jesus begins to explain the parable of the rebellious servants. 21:42 kk7e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 It is unclear to whom Jesus asks the following question. If you need to make **them** explicit, use the same audience as you did in [21:41](../21/41.md). 21:42 me7g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐδέποτε ἀνέγνωτε ἐν ταῖς Γραφαῖς, λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας; παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη, καὶ ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν? 1 Jesus uses a question to make his audience think deeply about what this scripture means. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Think about what you have read in the Scriptures, ‘A stone that the builders rejected, this has become the head of the corner. This was from the Lord, and it is marvelous in our eyes.’” 21:42 mcm8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor λίθον ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες, οὗτος ἐγενήθη εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 Jesus is quoting from the Psalms. This is a metaphor that means the religious leaders, like builders, will reject Jesus, but God will make him the most important in his kingdom, like the cornerstone in a building. Since this is a quotation from Scripture, we recommend that you translate the words directly rather than providing a non-figurative explanation of them, even if your language does not customarily use such figures of speech. If you want to explain the meaning of the metaphor, we recommend that you do that in a footnote rather than in the Bible text. @@ -1506,7 +2113,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 21:43 cm2i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ποιοῦντι τοὺς καρποὺς αὐτῆς 1 Here, **fruits** is a metaphor for “results” or “outcomes.” Alternate translation: “that produces good results” 21:44 r7up rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁ πεσὼν ἐπὶ τὸν λίθον τοῦτον, συνθλασθήσεται 1 Here, **this stone** is the same stone as in [21:42](../21/42.md). This is a metaphor that means the Christ will destroy anyone who rebels against him. Since Jesus is referring here to his earlier quotation from Scripture, we recommend that you translate the words directly rather than providing a non-figurative explanation of them, even if your language does not customarily use such figures of speech. If you want to explain the meaning of the imagery, we recommend that you do that in a footnote rather than in the Bible text. 21:44 e7qc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ πεσὼν ἐπὶ τὸν λίθον τοῦτον, συνθλασθήσεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the stone will break into pieces anyone who falls on it” -21:45 gh8w Connecting Statement: 0 Connecting Statement:\n\nThe religious leaders react to the parable that Jesus told. +21:45 gh8w 0 The religious leaders react to the parable that Jesus told. 21:45 qpy9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns τὰς παραβολὰς αὐτοῦ 1 The pronoun **his** refers to Jesus. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “these parables that Jesus told” 22:intro k5ze 0 # Matthew 22 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in verse 44, which is quoted from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Wedding Feast\n\nIn the parable of the wedding feast ([Matthew 22:1-14](../22/01.md)), Jesus taught that when God offers to save a person, that person needs to accept the offer. Jesus spoke of life with God as a feast that a king prepared for his son who had just gotten married. In addition, Jesus emphasized that not everyone whom God invites will properly prepare himself to come to the feast. God will throw such people out from the feast.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Implicit information\n\nSpeakers usually do not say things that they think their hearers already understand. When the king in the parable says, “My oxen and fattened calves have been killed” ([Matthew 22:4](../mat/22/04.md)), he assumes that the hearers will understand that those who had killed the animals had also cooked them.\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a statement that describes two things that seemingly cannot both be true at the same time. To the Jews, ancestors were greater than their descendants. But in one psalm David calls one of his descendants “Lord.” Jesus tells the Jewish leaders that this is a paradox, asking, “If David then calls the Christ ‘Lord,’ how is he David’s son?” ([22:45](../22/45.md)). 22:2 xps3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 See how you translated **The kingdom of the heavens is like** in [13:24](../13/24.md). @@ -1537,11 +2144,11 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 22:16 eae4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοὺς μαθητὰς αὐτῶν μετὰ τῶν Ἡρῳδιανῶν 1 The **disciples** of the Pharisees supported paying taxes only to Jewish authorities. The **Herodians** supported paying taxes to the Roman government. It is implied that the Pharisees believed that no matter what Jesus said, he would offend one of these groups. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “their disciples, who paid taxes only to the temple, along with the Herodians, who paid taxes to the Roman government” 22:16 rf66 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Ἡρῳδιανῶν 1 **Herodians** is the name of a group of people who supported the ruler Herod Antipas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly, as modeled by the UST. 22:16 hhne rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-politeness Διδάσκαλε 1 The Pharisees and Herodians are addressing to Jesus by a respectful title. Your language and culture may have a comparable title that you can use in your translation, here and in verse 24. -22:16 z92l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **truth**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “truthfully.” Alternate translation: “truthfully” (See also: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +22:16 z92l rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **truth**, you could express the same idea with an adjective such as “truthfully.” Alternate translation: “truthfully” 22:16 t2qa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οὐ & βλέπεις εἰς πρόσωπον ἀνθρώπων 2 Here, **you do not look at the face of men** is an idiom that means that before you speak, you do not consider what others might think about what you say. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you do not worry what others will think of what you have to say” -22:17 a9by rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Καίσαρι 1 The religious leaders are using the term **Caesar** to mean the roman government. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the Roman government” (See also: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +22:17 a9by rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy Καίσαρι 1 The religious leaders are using the term **Caesar** to mean the roman government. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the Roman government” 22:18 a2ti rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί με πειράζετε, ὑποκριταί? 1 Jesus is using the question form to challenge the religious leaders. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You certainly should not test me, you hypocrites!” -22:19 cie7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney δηνάριον 1 The **denarius** was a Roman coin worth one day’s wages. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “a coin worth one day's wages” +22:19 cie7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney δηνάριον 1 The **denarius** was a Roman coin worth one day’s wages. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “a coin worth one day’s wages” 22:20 ue7j rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the Herodians and the disciples of the Pharisees. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “to the Herodians and the disciples of the Pharisees” 22:21 eseu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis καὶ τὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τῷ Θεῷ 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “and give to God the things of God” 22:23 wqg2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 The phrase translated **On that day** at the beginning of this phrase indicates that this event happened later that same day, after the previous event that the story described. Alternate translation: “Later that same day” @@ -1549,7 +2156,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 22:24 id3b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative ἐπιγαμβρεύσει ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀναστήσει 1 Moses is using a future statement to give a command. Alternate translation: “his brother must marry his wife and must raise up” 22:24 u7dm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σπέρμα 1 The term **seed** means “offspring.” It is a word picture. Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. If it would help your readers to understand what seed means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “offspring” 22:25 ag5z rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal ὁ πρῶτος 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number one” -22:25 njdt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ὁ πρῶτος 1 Jesus is using the adjective **first** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the person. Alternate translation: “the first brother” or “the oldest brother” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +22:25 njdt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ὁ πρῶτος 1 Jesus is using the adjective **first** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the person. Alternate translation: “the first brother” or “the oldest brother” 22:26 r6bq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal ὁ δεύτερος & ὁ τρίτος & τῶν ἑπτά 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the next oldest … the next oldest … the youngest” 22:26 pnf5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ὁ δεύτερος & ὁ τρίτος & τῶν ἑπτά 1 The Sadducees are using the adjectives **second**, **third** and **seventh** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the person. Alternate translation: “the second brother … the third brother … the seventh brother” 22:27 t7md rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj ὕστερον & πάντων 1 The Sadducees are using the adjective **all** as a noun in order to indicate a particular group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the people. Alternate translation: “all these people we have told you about” @@ -1566,7 +2173,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 22:31 essh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τῶν νεκρῶν 1 Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun to mean a certain kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who have died” 22:31 b9sy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑμῖν ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ λέγοντος 1 This is the first part of a rhetorical question that continues into the next verse. Jesus scolds the Sadducees by asking a question. He is not looking for an answer. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I know you have read what was spoken to you by God. You know that he said” 22:31 ljj7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑμῖν ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “what God spoke to you” -22:32 zwbp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ Θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰακώβ 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation, with no comma at the end of verse 31: “that he was the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob” (See also: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +22:32 zwbp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ Θεὸς Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς Ἰακώβ 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation, with no comma at the end of verse 31: “that he was the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob” 22:32 t7lv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj νεκρῶν & ζώντων 1 Jesus is using the adjective **dead** and the participle **living** as nouns to mean certain kinds of people. Your language may use adjectives and participles in the same way. If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases. Alternate translation: “of dead people … of living people” 22:32 qbyp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ Θεὸς νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “he is not the God of the dead, but he is the God of the living” 22:35 ud5r rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants καὶ ἐπηρώτησεν εἷς ἐξ αὐτῶν, νομικὸς πειράζων αὐτόν 1 Matthew is using this verse to introduce **a lawyer** as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “Now one of the Sadducees was a lawyer. He asked Jesus a question in order to test him” @@ -1577,14 +2184,14 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 22:40 wpr8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism ὅλος ὁ νόμος & καὶ οἱ προφῆται 1 Jesus is two of the main parts of the Scriptures, the **Law** and the **Prophets** to mean all of the Scriptures. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all of the Scriptures” 22:40 r9ca rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐν ταύταις ταῖς δυσὶν ἐντολαῖς, ὅλος ὁ νόμος κρέμαται καὶ οἱ προφῆται 1 Here, Jesus is speaking of the Law and the Prophets as if they were something that a person would **hang** on the **two commandments** that he previously mentioned. This means that the Law and the Prophets are summarized by these two laws. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the whole Law and the Prophets are summarized by these two laws” 22:41 pj4a rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 Matthew is using the word translated **Now** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. -22:41 foa1 σ rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive υνηγμένων 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “having gathered together” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +22:41 foa1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive υνηγμένων 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “having gathered together” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) 22:42 xlf8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor υἱός 1 Jesus is not asking whose literal son the **Christ** is. Jesus is using the term **son** to mean “descendant.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “descendant” 22:42 xhwj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis τοῦ Δαυείδ 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “He is a son of David” 22:43 cu3h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν Δαυεὶδ ἐν Πνεύματι καλεῖ Κύριον αὐτὸν 1 Jesus begins to ask a question to make the religious leaders think deeply about the Psalm he is about to quote. The question continues into the next verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Tell me, then, why David in the Spirit calls him Lord, saying” 22:43 yu5m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom Δαυεὶδ ἐν Πνεύματι 1 Here, **in the Spirit** is an idiom that means that David was prompted by the Holy Spirit to write the quote in the next verse. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “David, prompted by the Spirit,” -22:43 ai8c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “when he said this:” (See also: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +22:43 ai8c rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “when he said this:” 22:44 k3f7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ Κυρίῳ μου 1 Here, **Lord** refers to the Messiah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “my Lord, the Messiah” -22:44 as2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/ figs-nominaladj δεξιῶν μου 1 David is using the adjective **right** as a noun to mean a particular place. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “my right side” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +22:44 as2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj δεξιῶν μου 1 David is using the adjective **right** as a noun to mean a particular place. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “my right side” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) 22:44 dz2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου 1 To sit at the **right** side of God is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “Sit in the place of honor beside me” 22:44 e59n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 Here, to **put** the Messiah’s **enemies under** his **feet** means to make his enemies subordinate to him. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “until I might make your enemies subordinate to you” 22:45 d8gl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion εἰ οὖν Δαυεὶδ καλεῖ αὐτὸν, Κύριον, πῶς υἱὸς αὐτοῦ ἐστιν? 1 Jesus is using the question form to challenge the religious leaders. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “David would not call him ‘Lord’ if he were only his son!” @@ -1616,7 +2223,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 23:12 uz88 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὑψωθήσεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who will do the action, Jesus implies that God will do it. Alternate translation: “God will exalt him” 23:13 ts6z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὅτι κλείετε τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων; ὑμεῖς γὰρ οὐκ εἰσέρχεσθε, οὐδὲ τοὺς εἰσερχομένους ἀφίετε εἰσελθεῖν. 1 Jesus speaks of the **kingdom of the heavens** as if it were a house, the door into which the Pharisees have shut from the outside so that neither they nor anyone else can enter the house. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “For you have made it so that men cannot live with God forever in the kingdom of the heavens. For neither you will live there, nor will you let anyone else live there” 23:13 zpfe rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὐαὶ δὲ ὑμῖν, γραμματεῖς καὶ Φαρισαῖοι, ὑποκριταί! ὅτι κλείετε τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since you have shut the kingdom of the heavens before men, woe to you, scribes and Pharisees!” -23:13 qjt2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὅτι κλείετε τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 The words **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God's rule as king from heaven. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “For you have not allowed people to become people over whom God rules” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +23:13 qjt2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὅτι κλείετε τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 The words **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king from heaven. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “For you have not allowed people to become people over whom God rules” 23:13 lhem rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a term in your language that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” 23:14 onan rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants 0 Some ancient manuscripts include the first part of verse 14. Other ancient manuscripts add that sentence after verse 12. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of ULT. 23:15 xo45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ τὴν ξηρὰν 1 Jesus is describing the earth by naming its two main components. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the entire earth” @@ -1626,28 +2233,28 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 23:16 r5k3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁδηγοὶ τυφλοὶ 1 See how you translated **blind guides** in [15:14](../15/14.md). 23:16 bqal rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὃς ἂν ὀμόσῃ ἐν τῷ ναῷ 1 When a person **swears by** something, he is calling it to be a witness to the oath that he is making. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Whoever calls the temple to be a witness to his oath” 23:16 fjic rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐδέν ἐστιν 1 Here, **it is nothing** means that he is not bound to keep his oath. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he is not bound to the oath” -23:17 j71q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor μωροὶ καὶ τυφλοί 1 Jesus is using the adjectives **foolish** and **blind** as nouns to mean certain kinds of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases, here and in verse 19. Alternate translation: “You foolish and blind people” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +23:17 j71q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj μωροὶ καὶ τυφλοί 1 Jesus is using the adjectives **foolish** and **blind** as nouns to mean certain kinds of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate these words with equivalent phrases, here and in verse 19. Alternate translation: “You foolish and blind people” 23:17 s7a8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τυφλοί 1 Jesus is speaking of the scribes and Pharisees as if they were literally **blind**. He means that they are not able to recognize something in the moral realm that should be obvious. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “morally obtuse” 23:17 f9zd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τίς γὰρ μείζων ἐστίν, ὁ χρυσὸς ἢ ὁ ναὸς ὁ ἁγιάσας τὸν χρυσόν? 1 Jesus is using the question form to challenge the religious leaders. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Certainly the gold is not greater than the temple that sanctifies the gold!” 23:18 t7p1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐδέν ἐστιν 1 See how you translated **it is nothing** in [23:16](../23/16.md). 23:18 ngd2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ δώρῳ 1 Here, **gift** is referring to an offering that is sacrificed to God on the altar. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the sacrifice” 23:19 g7qr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί γὰρ μεῖζον, τὸ δῶρον, ἢ τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ ἁγιάζον τὸ δῶρον? 1 Jesus is using the question form to challenge the religious leaders. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “For the gift is certainly not greater than the alter sanctifying the gift!” 23:19 bb34 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τυφλοί 1 See how you translated **blind** in [23:17](../23/17.md). Alternate translation: “morally obtuse” -23:19 fl4o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τὸ δῶρον & τὸ δῶρον 1 See how you translated **the gift** in the previous verse. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +23:19 fl4o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ δῶρον & τὸ δῶρον 1 See how you translated **the gift** in the previous verse. 23:21 m21b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ κατοικοῦντι αὐτόν 1 Here, **the one inhabiting it** is referring to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God, who is inhabiting it” 23:22 ejw9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ 1 As in the previous verse, this refers to God the Father. 23:23 lg3r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οὐαὶ ὑμῖν & ὑποκριταί! 1 See how you translated this in [11:21](../11/21.md). Alternate translation: “How terrible it will be for you” -23:23 n94y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὸ ἡδύοσμον, καὶ τὸ ἄνηθον, καὶ τὸ κύμινον 1 These are various leaves and seeds people used to make food taste good. If your readers would not be familiar with them, in your translation you could use the name of comparable seasonings in your culture, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “herbs and spices” -23:23 es4h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τὰ βαρύτερα 1 Jesus is using the adjective **weightier** as a noun to mean certain aspects of the law. ULT adds the word **matters** to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the weightier commandments” +23:23 n94y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὸ ἡδύοσμον, καὶ τὸ ἄνηθον, καὶ τὸ κύμινον 1 These are various leaves and seeds people used to make food taste good. If your readers would not be familiar with them, in your translation you could use the name of comparable seasonings in your culture, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “herbs and spices” +23:23 es4h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τὰ βαρύτερα 1 Jesus is using the adjective **weightier** as a noun to mean certain aspects of the law. ULT adds the word **matters** to show that. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the weightier commandments” 23:23 c8bb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὰ βαρύτερα 1 Jesus is speaking as if the more important commandments in the law were literally **weightier** or heavier than the others. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the more important commandments” 23:23 m32j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ταῦτα & κἀκεῖνα 1 By **these**, Jesus means the commandments he has just mentioned, and by **those**, the means the ones he mentioned earlier. Your language may have its own way of indicating this distinction. Alternate translation: “the latter … and the former” 23:23 nn6q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives κἀκεῖνα μὴ ἀφιέναι 1 If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not … neglect**, you can state this in positive form. Alternate translation: “while also obeying the less important laws” 23:24 y84y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὁδηγοὶ τυφλοί! 1 See how you translated **You blind guides** in [15:14](../15/14.md). 23:24 l7fh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor οἱ διϋλίζοντες τὸν κώνωπα τὴν δὲ κάμηλον καταπίνοντες! 1 Jesus is speaking as if the scribes and Pharisees were literally **straining out** a tiny **gnat** if they found one in a drink but **swallowing** a large **camel** whole. He means that they are being careful to follow the less important laws but ignoring the more important laws. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you are carefully following the less important laws but ignoring the more important laws” 23:24 whk2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown κώνωπα 1 A **gnat** is a tiny flying insect. If your readers would not be familiar with what a gnat is, in your translation you could use the name of a comparable insect in your area, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a tiny insect” -23:24 g87t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole τὴν & κάμηλον 1 A **camel** is a large mammal that people in this culture would ride and use to carry loads. If your readers would not be familiar with what a camel is, in your translation you could use the name of a comparable beast of burden in your area, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a large beast of burden” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +23:24 g87t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὴν & κάμηλον 1 A **camel** is a large mammal that people in this culture would ride and use to carry loads. If your readers would not be familiar with what a camel is, in your translation you could use the name of a comparable beast of burden in your area, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a large beast of burden” 23:25 ru45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὅτι καθαρίζετε τὸ ἔξωθεν τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τῆς παροψίδος, ἔσωθεν δὲ γέμουσιν ἐξ ἁρπαγῆς καὶ ἀκρασίας 1 Here, cleaning **the outside of the cup and of the plate** represents the Pharisees acting in such a way that people will consider them holy. When Jesus says **inside they are full of greed and self-indulgence**, he is referring the inward desires of the Pharisees. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You try to make yourselves appear righteous by doing good deeds, but in your inner being, you are greedy and self-indulgent” -23:26 lb5j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Φαρισαῖε τυφλέ 1 Jesus is not referring to a specific **Pharisee**. He is referring to every Pharisee who acts in the way he has described. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You blind Pharisees” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +23:26 lb5j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun Φαρισαῖε τυφλέ 1 Jesus is not referring to a specific **Pharisee**. He is referring to every Pharisee who acts in the way he has described. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You blind Pharisees” 23:26 eoor rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τυφλέ 1 See how you translated **blind** in [23:17](../23/17.md). Alternate translation: “morally obtuse” 23:26 f9p8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor καθάρισον πρῶτον τὸ ἐντὸς τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τῆς παροψίδος, ἵνα γένηται καὶ τὸ ἐκτὸς αὐτῶν καθαρόν 1 See how you translated **inside of the cup and of the plate** and **outside** in in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “First make sure your inward being is righteous, and then you will genuinely appear righteous on the outside” 23:27 kry1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo παρομοιάζετε τάφοις κεκονιαμένοις & ἀκαθαρσίας 1 Here, Jesus is comparing the **scribes and Pharisees** with **whitewashed tombs**. Jesus states the plain meaning in the next verse, so you do not need to do that here. @@ -1663,7 +2270,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 23:32 vhes rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony ὑμεῖς πληρώσατε τὸ μέτρον τῶν πατέρων ὑμῶν 1 Even though Jesus is using an imperative form, he does not actually want the Pharisees to **fill up the measure** of their **fathers** by killing him, the Messiah. If they did that, they would not be obeying a command from him. Instead, Jesus is using a figure of speech in which he says the opposite of what he means. He does that in order to warn the scribes and Pharisees about where their attitude and behavior will lead if they do not change those things. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You should be very concerned, because if you do not stop resisting God, you will finish the sins of your ancestors by killing the Messiah” 23:33 va5c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet ὄφεις, γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν 1 The terms **serpents** and **vipers** mean similar things. Both are names of poisonous snakes. Jesus is using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single expression. Alternate translation: “poisonous snakes” 23:33 cfj3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ὄφεις, γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν 1 Jesus is speaking of the scribes and Pharisees as if they were literally **serpents** and **offspring of vipers**. He means that they are evil. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You evil people” -23:33 blv6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν 1 The expression **offspring of** figuratively describes a person who shares the qualities of something. In this case, **vipers** represent evil or harmful people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom from your language or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you who are harmful like vipers” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +23:33 blv6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν 1 The expression **offspring of** figuratively describes a person who shares the qualities of something. In this case, **vipers** represent evil or harmful people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom from your language or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you who are harmful like vipers” 23:33 vi6c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς φύγητε ἀπὸ τῆς κρίσεως τῆς Γεέννης? 1 Jesus is using the question form to challenge the religious leaders. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You will certainly not escape from the judgment of Gehenna” 23:33 u1ju rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor Γεέννης 1 See how you translated **Gehenna** in [5:30](../05/30.md). 23:35 l7ya rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἔλθῃ ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς 1 Jesus is speaking as if the **blood** of **righteous** people would literally **come upon** the scribes and Pharisees. He means that God would consider them guilty of shedding this blood. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God might consider you guilty for shedding” @@ -1685,7 +2292,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 24:2 mh5y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐ βλέπετε ταῦτα πάντα 1 Jesus is using the question form to challenge his disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Certainly you see all of these things!” 24:2 ecdz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὐ μὴ ἀφεθῇ ὧδε λίθος ἐπὶ λίθον, ὃς οὐ καταλυθήσεται 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “Your enemies will not leave one stone upon another here, but will tear them down” 24:3 e1is rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῆς σῆς παρουσίας, καὶ συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος 1 Here, **your coming** refers to when Jesus will come in power, establishing God’s reign on earth and bringing this **age** to an end. Alternate translation: “that you are about to come and reign in power and that the world is about to end” -24:3 uf7g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καθημένου & αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τοῦ Ὄρους τῶν Ἐλαιῶν, προσῆλθον αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ 1 Here, the pronouns **he** and **him** refer to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “as Jesus was sitting on the Mount of Olives, the disciples approached Jesus” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +24:3 uf7g rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns καθημένου & αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τοῦ Ὄρους τῶν Ἐλαιῶν, προσῆλθον αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ 1 Here, the pronouns **he** and **him** refer to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “as Jesus was sitting on the Mount of Olives, the disciples approached Jesus” 24:3 pudy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes προσῆλθον αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ κατ’ ἰδίαν λέγοντες, εἰπὲ ἡμῖν πότε ταῦτα ἔσται, καὶ τί τὸ σημεῖον τῆς σῆς παρουσίας, καὶ συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος? 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “the disciples came to him by themselves asked Jesus to tell them when these things would be and what would be the sign of his coming and the end of the age” 24:4 s64s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor βλέπετε μή τις ὑμᾶς πλανήσῃ 1 See how you translated the similar expression in [22:29](../22/29.md). Alternate translation: “Be careful that no one deceives you” 24:4-5 q6q1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result βλέπετε μή τις ὑμᾶς πλανήσῃ.\nπολλοὶ γὰρ ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου λέγοντες, ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ Χριστός; καὶ πολλοὺς πλανήσουσιν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since many will come in my name saying, ‘I am the Christ,’ and will lead many astray, you ought to be careful not to be led astray” @@ -1694,17 +2301,17 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 24:5 twh8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πλανήσουσιν 1 See how you translated the similar expression in the previous verse. 24:6 pgdl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μελλήσετε & ἀκούειν πολέμους, καὶ ἀκοὰς πολέμων 1 This probably means implicitly that the disciples will hear about wars that are definitely happening and about wars that may be happening (**reports of wars**). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “you are going to hear about wars that are definitely happening and about wars that may be happening” 24:6 hdz3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁρᾶτε, μὴ θροεῖσθε 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Do not let these things trouble you” -24:6 fvq7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis τὸ τέλος 1 Here, the end implicitly means “the end of the world.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly, as the UST models. (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +24:6 fvq7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ τέλος 1 Here, **the end** implicitly means “the end of the world.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could say that explicitly, as the UST models. 24:7 ygf2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ἐγερθήσεται γὰρ ἔθνος ἐπὶ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Jesus is likely using repetition for emphasis. If it would be helpful in your language, you could combine these two phrases into one phrase. Alternate translation: “Different groups of people will attack each other” 24:7 xuow rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐγερθήσεται & ἔθνος ἐπὶ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 Here, **nation** and **kingdom** represent the people who live within them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people of one nation will rise up against the people of another nation, and the people of one kingdom against the people of another kingdom” 24:7 tc4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun ἐγερθήσεται & ἔθνος ἐπὶ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 The word **kingdom** represents kingdoms in general, not one particular kingdom. The word **nation** represents nations in general, not one particular nation. Alternate translation: “some nations will attack other nations, and some kingdoms will attack other kingdoms” -24:7 fmy4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἐγερθήσεται & ἐπὶ 1 The phrase **rise against** is an idiom that means to attack. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “will attack” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +24:7 fmy4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐγερθήσεται & ἐπὶ 1 The phrase **rise against** is an idiom that means to attack. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “will attack” 24:7 xo7r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “kingdom will rise up against kingdom” 24:8 cnrt rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πάντα δὲ ταῦτα 1 Here, **all these things** refers to the things that Jesus has said will happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “These things that I have just described” 24:8 q4gl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἀρχὴ ὠδίνων 1 Jesus uses the image of **birth pains** to indicate that in the same way that the pain of childbirth is eventually replaced by joy when the child is born, so the suffering that is experienced by true believers will eventually be replaced by joy when Christ returns. Because childbirth occurs in all cultures, you may wish to retain this metaphor in your translation. You could express it as a simile if your language would not say directly that **these things** are **birth pangs**. Alternate translation: “These events will be like the first pains a woman suffers when she is about to give birth to a child” 24:9 uw1i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 See how you translated **nations** in [24:7](../24/07.md). 24:9 nsh3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People from every nation will hate you” -24:9 u2bd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 See how you translated **my name** in [24:5](../24/05.md) Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you believe in me” +24:9 u2bd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 See how you translated **my name** in [24:5](../24/05.md). Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you believe in me” 24:10 kvbw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σκανδαλισθήσονται πολλοὶ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “these hardships will cause many people to stumble” 24:10 a4yg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σκανδαλισθήσονται πολλοὶ 1 Here, **to stumble** means to stop believing in God. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “many people will stop believing in God” 24:11 fo6o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐγερθήσονται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will rise up” @@ -1722,9 +2329,9 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 24:15 lhas rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως 1 The phrase **the abomination of desolation** is found in [Daniel 9:27](../dan/09/27.md), [Daniel 11:31](../11/31.md), and [Daniel 12:11](../12/11.md). Jesus’ audience would have been familiar with those passages, which prophesy about **the abomination** defiling the temple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the shameful thing that defiles the temple” 24:15 lz9p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω 1 The phrase **Let the one reading understand** is not Jesus speaking. Matthew added this to get his readers to pay attention to this warning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could show that this is not part of Jesus’ direct speech by not enclosing it within quotation marks or in some other way that is natural in your language. 24:17 iv2j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος, μὴ καταβάτω ἆραι τὰ ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας αὐτοῦ 1 Where Jesus lived, the tops of houses were flat. People would eat and do other activities on top of their houses. Jesus assumes that his hearers know this and that they know that the roofs were accessed by an exterior staircase at the back of the house, distant from the entry at the front. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the person who is on top of his roof should escape immediately by the back stairway and not enter his house to get anything” -24:18 a6c2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καὶ ὁ ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ, μὴ ἐπιστρεψάτω ὀπίσω ἆραι τὸ ἱμάτιον αὐτοῦ 1 People in Jesus' time often walked from their towns to the field that they worked in during the day. Jesus is saying that when they see the abomination of desolation, they should not return to their town to get their cloak, but should flee from the field that they are working in. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “let the one working the field not return to his town to get his cloak before fleeing” +24:18 a6c2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καὶ ὁ ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ, μὴ ἐπιστρεψάτω ὀπίσω ἆραι τὸ ἱμάτιον αὐτοῦ 1 People in Jesus’ time often walked from their towns to the field that they worked in during the day. Jesus is saying that when they see the abomination of desolation, they should not return to their town to get their cloak, but should flee from the field that they are working in. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “let the one working the field not return to his town to get his cloak before fleeing” 24:18 duz4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὸ ἱμάτιον 1 See how you translated **cloak** in [5:40](../05/40.md). -24:19 kq12 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism ταῖς ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσαις 1 The phrase **having in the womb** is an idiom that refers to women who are expecting babies. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to women who are pregnant” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +24:19 kq12 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ταῖς ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσαις 1 The phrase **having in the womb** is an idiom that refers to women who are expecting babies. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to women who are pregnant” 24:19 piql rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ταῖς θηλαζούσαις 1 This does not mean babies who are nursing but women who are nursing babies (providing their milk for them). If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “mothers who are nursing their babies” 24:19 f533 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 Jesus is using the term **days** to refer to a specific time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “at that time” 24:20 u4jb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns μὴ γένηται ἡ φυγὴ ὑμῶν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **flight**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “you would not have to flee” @@ -1734,14 +2341,14 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 24:22 vd3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives εἰ μὴ ἐκολοβώθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the word **shortened**. Alternate translation: “if those days had continued” or “if God had allowed those days to continue” 24:22 r9qw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche σάρξ 1 See how you translated **flesh** in [16:17](../16/17.md). 24:23 avm2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo ἐάν τις ὑμῖν εἴπῃ, ἰδοὺ, ὧδε ὁ Χριστός, ἤ ὧδε, μὴ πιστεύσητε 1 Jesus uses this expression to introduce an imaginary situation to help explain what his disciples should do if someone claims that they have found the Messiah. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: “Suppose someone says to you, ‘Behold, here {is} the Christ!’ or, ‘Here!’ Then you should not believe it” -24:24 s3te rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἐγερθήσονται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will arise” or “will become powerful” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +24:24 s3te rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐγερθήσονται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will arise” or “will become powerful” 24:24 nx14 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet σημεῖα μεγάλα καὶ τέρατα 1 The terms **signs** and **wonders** mean similar things. Jesus may be using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “great miracles” 24:24 n744 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πλανῆσαι 1 See how you translated **lead astray** in [24:5](../24/05.md). 24:24 y0ub rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς 1 See how you translated the phrase **the elect** in [24:22](../24/22.md). 24:26 fmx1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἐὰν & εἴπωσιν ὑμῖν, ἰδοὺ, ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ ἐστίν, μὴ ἐξέλθητε 1 You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “if someone tells you that the Christ is in the wilderness, do not go out there” 24:26 zxg2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἰδοὺ, ἐν τοῖς ταμείοις 1 You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Or, if someone tells you that the Christ is in the inner rooms” 24:27 j1w1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile οὕτως ἔσται ἡ παρουσία τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The point of this comparison is that just as lightning flashes across the whole sky and so is obvious to see, so the Son of Man will be obvious to see when he returns. He will not be out “in the wilderness” or “in the inner rooms,” as Jesus says in verse 25 that some will claim. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “so the coming of the Son of Man will be obvious to see” -24:27 za8b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person οὕτως ἔσται ἡ παρουσία τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “in the same way I, the Son of Man, will come” +24:27 za8b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person οὕτως ἔσται ἡ παρουσία τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “in the same way I, the Son of Man, will come” 24:28 mu35 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs ὅπου ἐὰν ᾖ τὸ πτῶμα, ἐκεῖ συναχθήσονται οἱ ἀετοί 1 This is probably a proverb that the people of Jesus’ time understood. This could mean: (1) Alternate translation: “When the Son of Man comes, everyone will see him and know that he has come” (2) Alternate translation: “Wherever spiritually dead people are, false prophets will be there to tell them lies” 24:28 fo7o rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive συναχθήσονται οἱ ἀετοί 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the vultures will gather” 24:28 ivl8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown οἱ ἀετοί 1 The word **vultures** describes large birds that eat the bodies of dead or dying animals. If your readers would not be familiar with what a vulture is, in your translation you could use the name of a comparable scavenger bird in your area, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the scavenger birds” @@ -1762,7 +2369,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 24:35 i8vv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ παρελεύσεται 1 Jesus is using the two main components of creation, **heaven** and **earth**, to mean all of creation. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in plain language. Alternate translation: “All of creation” 24:35 e6bf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οἱ & λόγοι μου 1 Jesus is using the term **words** to mean the things he has said by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the things I have said” 24:36 q4pj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης καὶ ὥρας 1 The terms **day** and **hour** mean similar things. Jesus may be using the two terms together for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “that specific time” -24:36 vico rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης καὶ ὥρας 1 By **that day and hour**, Jesus means implicitly the time when he will return. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “that day and hour when I will return” (See also: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +24:36 vico rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης καὶ ὥρας 1 By **that day and hour**, Jesus means implicitly the time when he will return. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “that day and hour when I will return” 24:36 n0f2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions οὐδεὶς οἶδεν, οὐδὲ οἱ ἄγγελοι τῶν οὐρανῶν, οὐδὲ ὁ Υἱός, εἰ μὴ ὁ Πατὴρ μόνος 1 If it would in appear your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “only the Father knows, not the angels in heaven, nor the Son” 24:36 wq5r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῶν οὐρανῶν 1 Here, **the heavens** refers implicitly to the place where God lives. It does not refer to the sky. Be sure that this is clear in your translation. 24:36 p5vu rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱός & ὁ Πατὴρ 1 **Son** and **Father** are important titles that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain these titles in your translation. @@ -1829,7 +2436,7 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 25:13 i7nb rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 **Therefore** here indicates that what follows is the reason why Jesus told the parable in [25:1–12](../25/01.md). Use the most natural way in your language to state a reason. Alternate translation: “Since something like this could happen to you” 25:13 r7kf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit γρηγορεῖτε 1 Here Jesus implies that believers must **stay alert** for his return to the world. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “stay alert for my return” 25:13 xfdj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν ἡμέραν, οὐδὲ τὴν ὥραν 1 Here, **the day** and **the hour** refer to the time when Jesus will return to the world. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you know neither the day nor the hour when I will return” -25:13 hn7w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν ἡμέραν, οὐδὲ τὴν ὥραν 1 Here, **day** and **hour** refer to an exact point in time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you do not know the exact time” +25:13 hn7w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν ἡμέραν, οὐδὲ τὴν ὥραν 1 Here, **day** and **hour** refer to an exact point in time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you do not know the exact time” 25:14 cn21 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that the parable Jesus tells in [25:14–30](../25/14.md) teaches another reason why believers must “stay alert,” as stated in the previous verse. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a reason. Alternate translation: “Stay alert because” 25:14 zqi2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ὥσπερ 1 Here, **it** refers to “the kingdom of the heavens,” as mentioned in [25:1](../25/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of the heavens is like” 25:14 oy2v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables ἄνθρωπος ἀποδημῶν 1 Jesus tells a story to help his listeners understand why they should properly use the blessings that God gives them in order to be ready for him to return to the world. If it would help your readers, you could say that explicitly. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “a story in which a man goes to another country” @@ -1858,10 +2465,10 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 25:25 wl5c rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result φοβηθεὶς 1 This clause may refer to: (1) the result of knowing what the slave stated in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “this made me afraid, so, going away” (2) the reason why the slave went away and **hid** the master’s money in the ground. Alternate translation: “since I was afraid, going away” 25:26 u6do rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν αὐτῷ, πονηρὲ δοῦλε καὶ ὀκνηρέ! ᾔδεις ὅτι θερίζω ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρα, καὶ συνάγω ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισα 1 If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “said to him that he was a wicked and lazy slave. He knew that the master reaped where he did not sow and harvested where he did not scatter” 25:26 he3h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor θερίζω ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρα, καὶ συνάγω ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισα 1 See how you translated the similar clauses in [25:24](../25/24.md). -25:27 hmdo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ἔδει σε οὖν βαλεῖν τὰ ἀργύριά μου τοῖς τραπεζείταις, καὶ ἐλθὼν, ἐγὼ ἐκομισάμην ἂν τὸ ἐμὸν σὺν τόκῳ 1 This verse continues a direct quotation within a direct quotation that began in the previous verse. If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Therefore, it was necessary for him to have placed the master’s money with the bankers, and having come, he would have received back his money with interest” +25:27 hmdo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ἔδει σε οὖν βαλεῖν τὰ ἀργύριά μου τοῖς τραπεζείταις, καὶ ἐλθὼν, ἐγὼ ἐκομισάμην ἂν τὸ ἐμὸν σὺν τόκῳ 1 This verse continues a direct quotation within a direct quotation that began in the previous verse. If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Therefore, it was necessary for him to have placed the master’s money with the bankers, and having come, he would have received back his money with interest” 25:27 rhg9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown βαλεῖν τὰ ἀργύριά μου τοῖς τραπεζείταις & σὺν τόκῳ 1 Here, **bankers** refers to people who accept deposits of money and use them to make loans. They pay an **interest** premium on the deposits and charges an **interest** premium on the loans. If your culture does not have **bankers**, or if your culture does not allow **interest** payments, you could translate this in a different way that would be meaningful to your readers. Alternate translation: “to let someone borrow my money … with a share of the profits” 25:28 cq5b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ἄρατε οὖν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ τὸ τάλαντον, καὶ δότε τῷ ἔχοντι τὰ δέκα τάλαντα 1 This verse continues a direct quotation within a direct quotation that began in the previous verse. If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Therefore, the master commanded that his other slaves take away the talent from him and give it to the one having the ten talents” -25:28 paw8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἄρατε & ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ τὸ τάλαντον 1 The master says this command to other servants. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you other servants take away the talent from him” +25:28 paw8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἄρατε & ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ τὸ τάλαντον 1 The master says this command to other servants. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you other servants take away the talent from him” 25:29 e5py rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ & ἔχοντι παντὶ 1 The master implies that **everyone having** are those servants who use what has been given to them faithfully to earn more money. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to everyone who uses the money wisely that I have given him” 25:29 r7lv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δοθήσεται 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “I will give it” 25:29 xv1l rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns δοθήσεται καὶ περισσευθήσεται 1 Both occurrences of **it** here refer to more of what the master has already given to his servants. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “more of what he has will be given and what he has will abound” @@ -1888,7 +2495,6 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 25:34 ngbp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ, δεῦτε οἱ εὐλογημένοι τοῦ Πατρός μου, κληρονομήσατε τὴν ἡτοιμασμένην ὑμῖν βασιλείαν ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου 1 A direct quotation within a direct quotation begins here and continues until the end of [25:36](../25/36.md). If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “at his right that they have been blessed by his Father and should come inherit the kingdom prepared for them from the foundation of the world” 25:34 rb4e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ 1 See how you translated **his right** in the previous verse. 25:34 ze81 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οἱ εὐλογημένοι τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “you whom my Father has blessed” -25:36 cj18 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes γυμνὸς καὶ περιεβάλετέ με, ἠσθένησα καὶ ἐπεσκέψασθέ με, ἐν φυλακῇ ἤμην καὶ ἤλθατε πρός με. 1 This verse is a direct quotation within a direct quotation that began in the previous [25:34](../25/34.md) and continues until the end of this verse. If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “he was naked, and they clothed him; he was sick, and they cared for him; he was in prison, and they came to him” 25:34 h2k9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 **Father** is an important title for God. 25:34 b57r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἡτοιμασμένην ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that God has prepared for you” 25:34 w1du rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor κληρονομήσατε 1 Here Jesus speaks of being able to live in **the kingdom** of God as if **the kingdom** were property that people could **inherit** from their parents. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “live in” @@ -1900,9 +2506,9 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene 25:37 pdp4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes λέγοντες, Κύριε, πότε σε εἴδομεν πεινῶντα καὶ ἐθρέψαμεν, ἢ διψῶντα καὶ ἐποτίσαμεν 1 A direct quotation within a direct quotation begins here and continues until the end of [25:39](../25/39.md). If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “asking their master when they saw him hungry and fed him or thirsty and gave him to drink” 25:37 yh3p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis διψῶντα καὶ ἐποτίσαμεν 1 The **righteous ones** are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause and from the similar phrase in [25:35](../25/35.md). Alternate translation: “when did we see you thirsty and give you something to drink” 25:38 us2t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes πότε δέ σε εἴδομεν ξένον καὶ συνηγάγομεν, ἢ γυμνὸν καὶ περιεβάλομεν 1 This verse is a direct quotation within a direct quotation that began in the previous verse and continues until the end of [25:39](../25/39.md). If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “And they asked when they saw him a stranger and invited him in, or naked and clothed him.” -25:39 wwpp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes πότε δέ σε εἴδομεν ἀσθενῆ ἢ ἐν φυλακῇ, καὶ ἤλθομεν πρός σε? 1 A direct quotation within a direct quotation that began in [25:37](../25/37.md) continues until the end of this verse. If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “And they asked when they saw him sick or in prison and came to him” 25:38 fh6h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis συνηγάγομεν 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in [25:35](../25/35.md). 25:38 h52x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis γυμνὸν καὶ περιεβάλομεν 1 The “righteous ones” are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “when did we see you naked and clothe you” +25:39 wwpp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes πότε δέ σε εἴδομεν ἀσθενῆ ἢ ἐν φυλακῇ, καὶ ἤλθομεν πρός σε? 1 A direct quotation within a direct quotation that began in [25:37](../25/37.md) continues until the end of this verse. If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “And they asked when they saw him sick or in prison and came to him” 25:40 m6mi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Βασιλεὺς 1 See how you translated the same use of **King** in [25:34](../25/34.md). 25:40 i2aq rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 The pronoun **them** here refers to the “righteous ones” to whom **the King** spoke in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the righteous ones” 25:40 sjbd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes αὐτοῖς, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν, ἐφ’ ὅσον ἐποιήσατε ἑνὶ τούτων τῶν ἀδελφῶν μου τῶν ἐλαχίστων, ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε 1 If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “to them that he said truly to them, to the extent that they did it for one of the least of those brothers of his, they did it for him”